The URL can be used to link to this page

Home My WebLink AboutULTA Beauty #1503 Ithaca, NY - Permit SubmittalSITE LOCATION:ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850LANDLORDBENDERSON DEVELOPMENT570 DELAWARE AVENUEBUFFALO, NY 14202T: 716-878-9407CONTACT: JOE MARINACCIOEMAIL: JOEMARINACCIO@BENDERSON.COMTENANT PROJECT MANAGERULTA BEAUTYTALLGRASS CORPORATE CENTER1000 REMINGTON BLVD., SUITE 120BOLINGBROOK, IL 60440(630) 378-7324CONTACT: SCOTT DOWNEREMAIL: SDOWNER@ULTA.COMARCHITECTROBERT G. LYON AND ASSOCIATES5100 RIVER ROAD, SUITE 125SCHILLER PARK, IL 60176T: (847) 671-7452F: (847) 671-4200CONTACT: JOSEPH GEOGHEGANPLEASE CONTACT PROJECTCOORDINATOR FOR ALL INQUIRIES.PROJECT COORDINATORRGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.5100 RIVER ROAD, SUITE 125SCHILLER PARK, IL 60176T: (847) 916-2744F: (847) 671-4200CONTACT: MICHAEL O'ROURKEEMAIL: MOROURKE@RGLA.COMMEP ENGINEERHENDERSON ENGINEERS INC.8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300LENEXA, KANSAS 66214T: (913) 307 5300F: (913) 307 5400WWW.HENDERSONENGINEERS.COMCONTACT: ROBERT BOWLINBID ALTERNATESITEMREMARKSELECTRICALFLOOR OUTLETSG.C. TO PROVIDE COST TO ADD (1) ADDITIONAL FLOOR OUTLET,PRIOR TO FINISH FLOOR. COST TO INCLUDE UP TO 10 LINEALFEET OF ELECTRICAL TRENCHING.G.C. TO PROVIDE COST TO ADD (2-5) ADDITIONAL FLOOROUTLETS, PRIOR TO FINISH FLOOR. COST TO INCLUDE UP TO 10LINEAL FEET OF ELECTRICAL TRENCHING.ELECTRICALFLOOR OUTLETSMOISTURERESISTANTBARRIERG.C. TO PROVIDE COST FOR A CEMENT BASED PRODUCT ONLYTO COVER THE ENTIRE SALES FLOOR. SUPPLY AND INSTALL ANMRB AND A TOP COAT OF CEMENTITIOUS BASED PRODUCT PERMANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, SMOOTH, FLAT AND READYTO ACCEPT FLOOR FINISHES.SCALESITE MAPN.T.S.-SCALEPROJECT CONTACTSNONE-SCALEABBREVIATIONSNONE-SCALESYMBOL LEGENDNONE-SCALEAREA MAPNONE-SCALEDRAWING INDEXNONE-SCALEGENERAL NOTESNONE-SCALECODE AND BUILDING SUMMARYNONE-THE INTENT OF THE SCOPE CONTAINED WITHIN THESE DOCUMENTS RELATES TO THE INTERIOR REMODELING /BUILD-OUT OF A MERCANTILE/ INTERIOR SPACE CONTAINED WITHIN AN EXISTING SHELL BUILDING. THE ARCHITECTHAS NOT INSPECTED THE CONDITIONS OR THE INTEGRITY OF THE EXISTING SHELL BUILDING AND SHALL NOT ASSUMERESPONSIBILITY OR LIABILITY FOR SAME. THE RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY FOR THE EXISTING SHELL BUILDINGCONDITIONS AND INTEGRITY, AND FOR THE CONFORMANCE OF THE EXISTING BUILDING SHELL TO ALL APPLICABLELOCAL CODES AND ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS, IS SOLELY THAT OF OTHERS, AND NOT THAT OF THE ARCHITECT.THE ARCHITECT'S SCOPE OF WORK IS STRICTLY LIMITED SOLELY TO THE INTERIOR BUILD-OUT OF AN EXISTINGINTERIOR SPACE LOCATED WITHIN AN EXISTING SHELL BUILDING.SCALESCOPE OF WORK STATEMENTNONE-KEY NOTE /RESTROOMACCESSORIESTAGAX.X#ELEV: X'-X"NAME##AX.X#AX.X###XXX SQ. FT.ROOM-NAME2ROOM-NAMEXXXBUILDING REQUIREMENTSBUILDING:MECHANICAL:PLUMBING:ELECTRICAL:LIFE SAFETY:ACCESSIBILITY:OCCUPANCY LOAD CALCULATIONSNYBC CHAPTER 3, SECTION 309NYBC TABLE 601NYBC TABLE 1006.3.2NYBC TABLE 1005.3.2NYBC TABLE 1017.2NYBC TABLE 2902.1NYBC TABLE 2902.1NYBC TABLE 2902.1NYBC SECTION 507.4NYBC SECTIONS 507.4NYBC TABLE 2902.1ENERGY CONSERVATION:GROSS AREA:MERCANTILE AREA:BUSINESS AREA:STAGING AREA:TOTAL OCCUPANCY:11,000 S.F.8,888 SQ.FT./60 SQ.FT. PER PERSON = 1491,326 SQ.FT./150 SQ.FT. PER PERSON = 9786 SQ.FT./300 SQ.FT. PER PERSON = 3161 PERSONSDESCRIPTIONUSE GROUP:NUMBER OF STORIES:CONSTRUCTION TYPE:FIRE SPRINKLERS:TENANT AREA:OCCUPANT LOAD:NUMBER OF EXITS:EXIT WIDTH:MAX. TRAVEL DIST.:REQUIRED PLUMBING FIXTURESLAVATORIES:TOILETS:DRINKING FOUNTAIN:SERVICE SINK:CODE SECTIONREQUIREMENTSM (MERCANTILE)1TYPE II-B (EXIST. NO CHANGE)FULLY SPRINKLERED11,000 S.F. AREA OF WORK161 PERSONS2 REQUIRED2 PROVIDED32.2" REQUIRED144" PROVIDEDGENDER NEUTRAL1 REQUIRED1 PROVIDED1 REQUIRED1 PROVIDED (HI-LO)1 REQUIRED1 PROVIDEDAPPLICABLE CODES250-FT. MAX.1 REQUIRED1 PROVIDEDSEISMIC CATEGORY:BSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONSECTION TAG-SEE DWG. ASNOTEDELEVATION TAG-SEE DWG. ASNOTEDWALL TYPE TAG-SEE WALL TYPELEGENDDETAIL TAG-SEE DWG. ASNOTEDFINISH TAG- SEEFINISH LEGENDROOM NUMBERTAGELEVATIONBENCHMARKDOOR TAG- SEEHARDWARESCHEDULEREVISION TAGCOVER SHEETSLSMOCS1.0ULTASOUTH MEADOW STHWY 13 / ELMIRA ROAD1.IF SIGNIFICANT DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS IN THE DETAILS OR DIMENSION ARISE, OR IF UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS IN THE EXISTING BUILDINGIMPAIR THE ABILITY TO PERFORM THE WORK AS DESCRIBED AND/OR DETAILED. THEN REPORT SUCH OCCURRENCES TO THE ARCHITECT BEFOREPROCEEDING.2.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS- WRITTEN DIMENSIONS TAKE PRECEDENT.3.ALL THINGS SHOWN ARE NEW AND PROVIDED BY TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTOR UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.4.ALL WALL CONSTRUCTION FACING RESTROOM AREAS MUST UTILIZE MOISTURE RESISTANT GYPSUM BOARD.5.ALL DOORS TO BE KEYLESS IN DIRECTION OF EGRESS.6.DOORS SHALL HAVE A 5 SECOND MINIMUM CLOSING TIME FROM 90°- 12° OPEN. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED:A.5.0 L.B.F. (22.2 N) FOR INTERIOR DOORS WITHOUT CLOSURES.B.8.5 L.B.F. (38 N) FOR EXTERIOR DOORS.C.15 L.B.F. (67 N) FOR ALL OTHER DOORS.7.DOORS INDICATED AS PART OF THE REQUIRED MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL HAVE HARDWARE WHICH IS READILY OPERABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDEWITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY, SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT.8.ALL WALL AND CEILING FINISHES TO BE CLASS B OR BETTER, FLAME SPREAD 26-75 WITH MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 450.9.ALL INTERIOR TRIM TO BE CLASS C, FLAME SPREAD 76-200 WITH MAXIMUM SMOKE DEVELOPED OF 450.10.FLOOR COVERINGS TO HAVE A FLAME SPREAD RATING NOT TO EXCEED 75.11.ALL COMBUSTIBLE INTERIOR FINISH AND TRIM ITEMS ARE TO BE APPLIED DIRECTLY TO A NON-COMBUSTIBLE BASE.12.PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AS REQUIRED PER APPLICABLE CODES AND COORDINATE EXACT LOCATION WITH FIRE MARSHAL.13.PROVIDE AND INSTALL OCCUPANCY SIGN IN A CONSPICUOUS LOCATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL CODES.14.ALL EXTERIOR WORK AND BUILDING SHELL WORK, INCLUDING THE STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF EXTERIOR WALLS, AND ROOF, AND ITS ABILITY TOSUPPORT THE TENANTS AWNING AND/OR SIGNAGE OR ANY OTHER ELEMENTS, IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE LANDLORD. ALL OF THE WORK SHALL BEHANDLED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT AND IS NOT A PART OF THESE PERMIT DRAWINGS. THIS SHALL INCLUDE VERIFICATION OF ANY EXISTINGCONDITIONS AND BUILDING STRUCTURE THAT IS A PART OF THE LANDLORD'S WORK AS DESCRIBED IN THE LEASE AGREEMENT BETWEEN ULTA ANDLANDLORD.15.SIGNAGE AS SHOWN IN THESE DRAWINGS IS SCHEMATIC ONLY FOR ILLUSTRATION PURPOSES AND DOES NOT IMPLY OR DESCRIBE ANY MEANS,METHODS, OR DETAILS PERTAINING TO INSTALLATION OF THE AWNING OR SIGNAGE. IT SHALL BE SOLELY THE SIGN CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TODESIGN FABRICATE, AND INSTALL THE SIGN UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT. ANY AND ALL STRUCTURAL CONSIDERATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATEDBETWEEN THE SIGNAGE CONTRACTOR, LANDLORD, AND HIS DESIGN PROFESSIONALS. THE AWNING/SIGN CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGSDESCRIBING THE AWNING/SIGNAGE DESIGN INCLUDING FINISHES, COLORS AND DESIGN DIMENSIONS TO THE OWNER FOR DESIGN INTENT REVIEW ONLYPRIOR TO AWNING/SIGN FABRICATION.16.SPRINKLER WORK WHERE NEW OR WHERE MODIFICATIONS TO EXISTING SYSTEMS ARE REQUIRED BY CODE OR CONSTRUCTION CONDITIONS SHALL BESUBMITTED UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT BY A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. TIE SPRINKLER AND FIRE ALARM INTO BASE BUILDING FIREPROTECTION SYSTEM.17.G.C. TO INSURE THAT PROPER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ARE MET FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL INTERIOR FINISHES.18.REFER TO FIXTURE MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ON ALL FIXTURES.19.NO ELEMENTS ARE TO BE ATTACHED TO OR SUPPORTED FROM THE ROOF DECK OR BOTTOM CHORD OF ROOF JOISTS.20.G.C. SHALL NOT USED GAS POWERED CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT.21.VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO ANY CONSTRUCTION OR FABRICATION. IF DIFFERENT THAN SHOWN, NOTIFY ENGINEER/ARCHITECTIMMEDIATELY FOR MODIFICATION OF DRAWINGS.22.ALL CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO COORDINATE THEIR WORK WITH ALL DISCIPLINES TO AVOID CONFLICTS. ALL STRUCTURAL, MECHANICAL,ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING ASPECTS ARE NOT IN THE SCOPE OF THESE DRAWINGS. THEREFORE, ALL REQUIRED MATERIALS AND WORK MAY NOT BEINDICATED. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY TO COORDINATE THESE DRAWINGS WITH ALL OTHER CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. LOCATIONS,SIZES AND NUMBERS OF ALL OPENINGS MAY NOT BE COMPLETELY INDICATED IN THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. THE RESPECTIVE CONTRACTORSHALL VERIFY THEIR WORK WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES.23.THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS DO NOT INDICATE THE METHOD OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE ALL MEASURES NECESSARY TOPROTECT THE STRUCTURE DURING CONSTRUCTION. SUCH MEASURES SHALL INCLUDE, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, BRACING, SHORING, UNDERPINNING, ETC.ARCHITECT IS NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OR SAFETY PROCEDURES DURINGCONSTRUCTION.DRAWING INDEXREVISIONSHEET#SHEET NAME4/27/2021SOUTH MEADOW SQUAREITHACA, NEW YORK - STORE #1503INTERIOR FINISH OF NEW ULTA STOREAAREAA.B. ANCHOR BOLTA.C.I. AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTEACOUST.ACOUSTICALA.D.A.AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACTADH. ADHESIVEADJ.ADJACENTA.F.F.ABOVE FINISHED FLOORAHJAUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTIONALT. ALTERNATEAL./ALUM.ALUMINUMAMP. AMPEREANOD.ANODIZEDA.N.S.IAMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTEAPPROX.APPROXIMATEARCH.ARCHITECTA.S.T.MAMERICAN SOCIETY FORTESTING MATERIALSAVG.AVERAGEB/OBOTTOM OFBD.BOARDBEV.BEVERAGEBLDG.BUILDINGB.F.P.BACKFLOW PREVENTERBLK.BLACKBLK'G.BLOCKINGBRG.BEARINGBRKT.BRACKETBTM.BOTTOMBTN.BETWEENCAB.CABINETC.F.M.CUBIC FEET PER MINUTEC.G.F.COMPACTED GRANULARFILLC.J.CONTROL JOINTC.L.CENTER LINECLG.CEILINGCLOS.CLOSETCLR.CLEARC.M.U.CONCRETE MASONRY UNITCNTR.COUNTERCO.COMPANYCOL.COLUMNCONC.CONCRETECOND.CONDUITCONN.CONNECTIONCONSTR.CONSTRUCTIONCONT.CONTINUOUSCONTR.CONTRACTORCORP.CORPORATEC.T.CERAMIC TILEC.S.I.CONSTRUCTIONSPECIFICATIONSINSTITUTECU.CUBICCUST.CUSTOMERD.DEPTHDBL.DOUBLEDEG.DEGREESDIA.DIAMETERDIM.DIMENSIONDISC.DISCONNECTDN.DOWND.O.DOOR OPENINGDR.DOORDTL.DETAILDWG.DRAWINGSDWLS.DOWELSEA.EACHE.I.F.S.EXTERIOR INSULATIONFINISH SYSTEMELEC./ELECT.ELETRIC/-ALELEV./EL.ELEVATIONEMPL.EMPLOYEEENG.ENGINEER/-EDEQ.EQUALEQUIP.EQUIPMENTETC.ET CETERAEXIST.EXISTINGEXP.EXPANSION/ EXPOSEDEXT.EXTERIORF.A.FIRE EXTINGUISHERF.D.FLOOR DRAINFDN.FOUNDATIONFIN.FINISHFIXT.FIXTUREFLR.FLOORF.O.FRAMED OPENINGF.R.P.FIBERGLASS REINFORCEDPLASTICFT.FEET/FOOTFTG.FOOTINGGA.GAGE/GAUGEG.A.GENERAL CONTRACTORGALV.GALVANIZEDGD.GRADEGL.GLASSGYP.GYPSUMH.HIGHH.C.HANDICAP ACCESSIBLEH.C.HOLLOW COREH.D.HIGH DENSITYHDR.HEADERHDW.HARDWAREHDWD.HARDWOODH.M.HOLLOW METALH.P.HIGH OUTPUTHORIZ.HORIZONTALH.P.HIGH POINTH.R.C.HEATING ANDREFRIGERATION CONTRACTOR(S)HT.HEIGHTH.V.A.CHEATING, VENTILATION,AIR CONDITIONHZ.HERTZI.G.ISOLATED GROUNDIN.INCHESINCL.INCLUDEDINFO.INFORMATIONINSTL.INSTALLATION/ INSTALLEDINSUL.INSULATIONINT.INTERIORJ-BOXJUNCTION BOXJST.JOISTJT.JOINTK.S.I.KIPS PER SQUARE INCHLAM.LAMINATELAV.LAVATORYLBF.POUNDS FORCELBS.POUNDSL.F.LINEAL FOOTL.G.C.LANDLORD'S GENERAL CONTRACTORL.P.LOW POINTLLLANDLORDMA.MILLIAMPEREMATL.MATERIALMAX.MAXIMUMMECH.MECHANICALMFG./MANUF.MANUFACTURERMIN.MINIMUMMISC.MISCELLANEOUSMM.MILLIMETERM.O.MASONRY OPENINGM.R.MOISTURE RESISTANTMSRY.MASONRYMTD.MOUNTEDMTL.METALN/ANOT APPLICABLEN.I.C.NOT IN CONTRACTNOM.NOMINALNO./NUM.NUMBERN.T.S.NOT TO SCALEO.A.OVERALLO.C.ON CENTERO.D.OUTSIDE DIAMETERO.H.OPPOSITE HANDOPNG.OPENINGOPT.OPTIONALOPP.OPPOSITEP.C.PERSONAL COMPUTERP.C.CPRE-CAST CONCRETEPH.BD.PHONE BOARDPKG.PARKINGPL.PLATEP.L.PLASTIC LAMINATEPLMB.PLUMBINGPLYWD.PLYWOODPNL.PANELP.O.S.POINT OF SALEPR.PAIRPREP.PREPARATION/PREPAREDP.S.FPOUNDS PERSQUARE FOOTP.S.I.POUNDS PERSQUARE INCHPT.PART/ POINTP.V.C.POLY VINYL CHLORIDEPVMT.PAVEMENTQTY.QUANTITYR.A.RETURN AIRR./RAD.RADIUSR.D.ROOF DRAINRECPT.RECEPTACLEREINF.REINFORCINGREQ'D.REQUIREDRM.ROOMR.O.ROUGH OPENINGR.R.RESTROOMR.T.U.ROOF TOP UNITSAN.SANITARYS.C.SOLID CORESCHD.SCHEDULESECT.SECTIONSERV.SERVICESEV.SEVERSF.STOREFRONTSHT.SHEETSIM.SIMILARS.J.SAWCUT JOINTSM.SMALLSPECS.SPECIFICATIONSSPRINK.SPRINKLERSSQ.SQUARESQ. FT.SQUARE FEETS.S., S/SSTAINLESS STEELSTD.STANDARDSTL.STEELSTN.STATIONSTRUCT.STRUCTURE/-ALSUPPL.SUPPLY/-IEDSUSP.SUSPENDEDT/OTOP OFTB.THROUGHBOLTT&BTOP AND BOTTOMT&GTONGUE AND GROOVETEMP.TEMPEREDT.G.C.TENANT GENERAL CONTRACTORTHRUTHROUGHTYP.TYPICALU.L.UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIESU.N.O.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISEUV.ULTRAVIOLETV.VOLT/ VOLTAGEV.B.VAPOR BARRIERV.C.VOLUME CONTROLV.C.T.VINYL COMPOSITION TILEV.I.F.VERIFY IN FIELDV.P.VENT PIPEVERT.VERTICALW.WIDEW/-W/OWITH/WITHOUTW.B.WALL BASEW.B.C.WHITE BOX CONTRACTORW.C.WATER CLOSETWD.WOODWDW.WINDOWW.H.WATER HEATERWK.WORKWP.WATERPROOFWT.WEIGHTW.W.FWELDED WIRE FABRICCS1.0COVER SHEETCS2.0RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULEHC1.1ACCESSIBILITY DETAILSA1.0EGRESS PLANA1.1FIXTURE PLAN AND SPECIFICATIONSA2.0DIMENSION PLAN AND DETAILSA2.1ENLARGED SALON PLANA2.3WALL TYPES, STUD FRAMING & BLOCKING DETAILSA2.4DOOR & HARDWARE SCHEDULESA3.1REFLECTED CEILING PLAN AND DETAILSA4.1A6.1INTERIOR ELEVATIONSA6.2INTERIOR ELEVATIONSA6.3INTERIOR ELEVATIONS & ENLARGED TOILET ROOM PLANA7.1EXTERIOR ELEVATIONA8.1CONSTRUCTION DETAILSA8.2CONSTRUCTION DETAILSF1.1AWALL FIXTURE DETAILSF1.1BWALL FIXTURE DETAILSSP1SPECIFICATIONSSP2SPECIFICATIONSSP3SPECIFICATIONSSP4SPECIFICATIONSSP6SPECIFICATIONSM-1MECHANICAL REFLECTED CEILING PLANM-2ENLARGED REFLECTED CEILING PLANM-3MECHANICAL SCHEDULES AND DETAILSM-4MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONSM-5MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONSP-1PLUMBING PLANS AND NOTESP-2WATER ISOMETRICP-4PLUMBING SCHEDULES & SPECIFICATIONSP-5PLUMBING DETAILSP-6PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONSE0-1ONE LINE DIAGRAM & LIGHTING SCHEDULEE0-2PANEL SCHEDULESE0-3ROOF PLAN & ARCH LIGHTING ELEVATIONSE1-1FLOOR PLAN - LIGHTINGE2-1FLOOR PLAN - ELECTRICAL DIMENSIONSE2-2FLOOR PLAN - POWERE3-1FLOOR PLAN - LOW VOLTAGE WIRINGE3-2FLOOR PLAN - VOICE/DATA AND SECURITYE4-1ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONSFLOOR FINISH PLAN, SCHEDULE & SPECIFICATIONSP-3CS3.0VENDOR CONTACTS & SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTSSANITARY ISOMETRICA3.3DETAILSA8.3CONSTRUCTION DETAILSA6.4INTERIOR ELEVATIONSA3.2ARCH AND VALANCE LIGHTING PLAN AND DETAILSSP5SPECIFICATIONSF1.1CFIXTURE ELEVATIONS#NOTE TO THE LANDLORD:ALONG WITH THE ULTA REQUIRED APPROVAL LETTER OF THE TENANT IMPROVEMENT DRAWINGS,ULTA REQUESTS THAT THE LANDLORD PROVIDES A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE AND WEEKLYPHOTOS OF THE ULTA SPACE. PLEASE SEND THESE WEEKLY TO RGLA AND THE ULTACONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER FROM THIS LANDLORD REVIEW ISSUANCE DATE FORWARDUNTIL ONE WEEK PRIOR TO THE TURNOVER OF THE SPACE TO ULTA. THIS ALLOWS FOR ULTA TOPROPERLY TRACK THE PROGRESS AND DELIVERY OF THE SPACE.2020 MECHANICAL CODE OF NEW YORK STATE2020 PLUMBING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 702020 FIRE CODE OF NEW YORK STATE2020 BUILDING CODE OF NEW YORK STATE2009 ICC/ANSI A117.12020 ENERGY CONSERVATION CONSTRUCTION CODE OF NEW YORK STATESP7VINYL FLOOR TILE SPECIFICATIONSG.C. TO RECEIVE, UNLOAD ANDINSTALL OWNER SUPPLIED GLASSAND ARRAY SHELVES AND BRACKETS(COORDINATE WITH OWNER). G.C. TODISPOSE OF PACKAGING MATERIALS.SEE DESCRIPTION OF SHELFQUANTITIES ON SHEET A-1.1IF A FIRE ALARM SYSTEM IS REQUIRED,G.C. SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE TODESIGN, PERMIT, FURNISH ANDINSTALL A FULLY COMPLIANTOPERABLE FIRE ALARM SYSTEM.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGSFOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850NYBC SEC. 403.2NYBC SEC. 403.2 rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850PROJECTSPECIFICATIONSAND DIVISIONOF WORKSLSMOCS2.0EXTERIOR DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWAREAS APPLICABLE TO EACH CONTRACTORS SCOPE OF WORKBLOCKING FOR PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES IN SALES AREAINTERIOR DOORS, FRAMES AND HARDWAREEXTERIOR STOREFRONT GLAZINGDOOR VISION PANELS WITH ONE WAY MIRRORS/GLAZINGCOLUMN ENCLOSURESSEE DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULES. SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.DEMISING PARTITIONMETAL STUD / GYPSUM BOARD (INTERIOR PARTITION WALLS)WALL COVERING VINYLPAINTING EXTERIOR FACADEPAINTING OF INTERIOR GYPSUM BOARD AT STOREFRONTPAINTING INTERIOR PARTITIONSPAINTING INTERIOR DOORS AND FRAMES/WINDOW FRAMESPERIMETER WALL FIXTURESFRP PANELSTOILET ROOM ACCESSORIESTOILET ROOM MIRRORSEXTERIOR SIGNSCASH COUNTER/RECEPTION DESKSALES AREA FIXTURESINTERIOR SIGNAGE AND GRAPHICS (NON-ILLUMINATED)INTERIOR SIGNAGE (ILLUMINATED)RECEIVING ROOM SHELVING, UPRIGHTS AND BRACKETSSOUND SYSTEM AND SPEAKERSSALON FIXTURES/SEATING/WALL/CABINETSOFFICE FIXTURES, SHELVING, UPRIGHTS AND BRACKETSSAFECOFFEE MAKERFIRE EXTINGUISHERSSECURITY SYSTEMSLOCKERSSALON TIP BOXSEE A6.3 DETAILS FOR LOCATION AND SCHEDULEFOR FULL SCOPE OF WORK REFER TO A7.1 AND E1.1TO BE LOCATED NEAR THE TOP INSIDE EDGE OF THE CABINET DOOR WITHIN THE CONCIERGE DESK AND CASHWRAP, SEE SHEETF1.1C.COMPLY WITH LOCAL CODE/FIRE MARSHAL REQUIREMENTS. G.C. MUST PURCHASE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FROM ULTA'S VENDOR,SEE CONTACT INFORMATION ON SHEET CS3.0.ROOF TOP UNITS/HVAC EQUIPMENTSEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES INCLUDES GAS PIPING. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCEONLY.ROOF DRAINAGECONDENSATE DRAINAGEHVAC DISTRIBUTIONSEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND NOTES. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND NOTES. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.LANDLORD PROVIDING METAL DUCT DROPS FOR TENANT CONNECTION.SANITARY SEWER ROUGH-INS FOR PLUMBING FIXTURESTOILET, URINAL, ELECTRIC WATER COOLERSSEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS & NOTES. G.C. TO PROVIDE ULTA PROJECT MANAGER WITH ROD AND SCOPE VIDEOSCOPE OF SEWER LINES TO LANDLORD'S MAIN PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION START AND TURNING SPACE OVER TO ULTA, COPY OFVIDEO TO BE PROVIDED TO PROJECT MANAGER AT TIME OF PUNCHLIST.SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS & NOTES, PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULERESTROOM SINKSSINKS IN MILLWORKGAS LINE STUB IN FOR WHUTILITIES TO ROOF TOP UNITSGAS / ELECTRIC WATER HEATERSHAMPOO SINKSSPRINKLER MAIN AND SPRINKLER SYSTEMREWORK OF SPRINKLER SYSTEM INCLUDING DESIGN, HEADS ANDACCESSORIESSEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND NOTES. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. LANDLORDTO PROVIDE APPROPRIATELY SIZED LOW PRESSURE GAS LINE STUB INTO SPACE FOR WATER HEATER. G.C. TO VERIFY LOCATIONOF INCOMING STUB IN FIELD.PER LOCAL REQUIREMENTS, G.C. TO PREPARE SPRINKLER DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT FOR SEPARATE PERMIT AS REQUIREDFOR MODIFICATION TO SYSTEM ATO ACCOMMODATE INTERIOR TENANT LAYOUT. G.C. TO SUBMIT SPRINKLER DRAWINGSTO ULTA FOR REVIEW.SERVICE/MAIN/SUB-PANELS / TRANSFORMERSSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE.ADD'L SUB-PANELS DISTRIBUTION, J-BOXES, WIRING AND OUTLETSCIRCUIT BREAKERSUNDERGROUND WIRING AND BOXESWIRING AND J-BOXES FOR FIXTURESEXTERIOR SIGN WIRING AND TIME CLOCKSEXTERIOR SITE LIGHTINGINTERIOR GENERAL LIGHTING WITH LAMPSWIRING AND J-BOX/HARDWIRE BOX FOR INTERIOR LIGHTING AND TIMERSINTERIOR ACCENT LIGHTING WITH LAMPSEXIT AND EMERGENCY LIGHTINGPOWER REQUIREMENTS FOR MECHANICAL EQUIPMENTWEATHER PROOF RECEPTACLE AT EACH HVAC UNITFIRE ALARM SYSTEMSECURITY SYSTEM (GENERAL)CONDUIT, J-BOXES, COVERPLATES FOR SOUND SYSTEMCONDUIT, J-BOXES, COVERPLATES FOR TELEPHONESCONDUIT, SECURITY SYSTEM, J-BOXES COVERPLATESTELEPHONE SERVICE CONDUIT STUBSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESSEE ELECTRICAL ONE-LINE DIAGRAM NOTES ON E0-1SEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE. LANDLORD TO WIRE UNITSTO HIGHER VOLTAGE AND PROVIDE APPROPRIATE BREAKERS.AS REQUIRED BY LANDLORD AND LOCAL CODES. G.C. TO PREPARE FIRE ALARM DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT FOR SEPARATE PERMIT.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION.AS APPLICABLE TO EACH CONTRACTORS SCOPE OF WORKINSULATION IN EXTERIOR PERIMETER WALLS AND DEMISING WALLSWALL BLOCKINGMOP BASIN - SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONSCONDUIT BY G.C. IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION.CONDUIT BY G.C. IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION.ROOF PATCHINGCHECKPOINT SECURITY SYSTEMCONDUIT BY G.C. IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATIONAS REQUIRED, BY LL APPROVED CONTRACTORREFRIGERATORSSECURELY ADHERE TO WALL. COORDINATE W/ INSTALLATIONS INSTRUCTIONS & ULTASCRIBE TOE KICK BASE TO FLOORTEMP LIGHTING DURING CONSTRUCTION PER OSHA STANDARDSREGULATIONS (STANDARDS 29CFR) ILLUMINATIONS-1926.56TELEPHONE BOARDROUGH CARPENTRYFINISH CARPENTRYMILL WORKRESTROOM TRIM AND MOLDINGSROOF INSULATIONROOF ACCESS AND LADDERDIVISION 09: FINISHESDIVISION 08: DOORS, WINDOWS AND GLASSDIVISION 07: THERMAL AND MOISTURE CONTROLDIVISION 06: WOOD AND PLASTICSDIVISION 10: MISCELLANEOUS SPECIALTIESDIVISION 15: MECHANICALDIVISION 16: ELECTRICALEXTERIOR AWNINGSSECURELY ADHERE TO FLOOR, COORDINATE W/ INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS & ULTASTOREFRONT MODIFICATIONWINDOW SHADESSALON STATION MIRRORSDRAWING STORAGE TUBE4" DIAMETER CAPPED PVC TUBE LOCATED NEAR ELECTRICAL PANELSSANITARY ROOF VENTSDOOR CHIME WITH TRANSFORMER AND PUSH BUTTONCONDUIT AND WIRE BY G.C.SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY REGARDING THE SHELL BUILDING STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS.ULTA G.C. TO PROVIDE STRUCTURAL FRAMING SYSTEM AT MANAGER'S OFFICE.SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLYC-17 FURNISHED BY G.C., C-10 FURNISHED BY TENANTLL TO PROVIDE TWO SANITARY ROOF VENTS IN WHICH G.C. IS TO CONNECT TO. SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCEONLYLANDLORD WILL PROVIDE BUILDING WITH A COMPLETE AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM THROUGHOUT TIGHT TO THEUNDERSIDE OF ROOF STRUCTURE MIN 15' A.F.F. AND TURNED UP HEADS AT THE TIME OF LANDLORD TURNOVER. G.C. TOPREPARE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DRAWINGS AND SUBMIT FOR SEPARATE PERMIT AS REQUIRED FOR MODIFICATION TOSYSTEM TO ACCOMMODATE INTERIOR TENANT LAYOUT.DESCRIPTIONDOESNOTAPPLYEXIST.TOREMAINULTA G.C.FURN.INST.FURN.INST.ULTAREMARKSDIVISION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTSAS APPLICABLEDIVISION 02: SITE WORKDEMOLITIONSITE WORKPLYWOOD BARRICADESDIVISION 03: CONCRETECONCRETE SLABDIVISION 04: MASONRYMASONRY WALLDIVISION 05: METALSSTRUCTURAL FRAMING SYSTEMSREFER TO GENERAL NOTESTEMPORARY - AS REQUIRED BY LLDESCRIPTIONDOESNOTAPPLYEXIST.TOREMAINULTA G.C.FURN.INST.FURN.INST.ULTAREMARKSDESCRIPTIONDOESNOTAPPLYEXIST.TOREMAINULTA G.C.FURN.INST.FURN.INST.ULTAREMARKSLANDLORDFURN.INST.LANDLORDFURN.INST.LANDLORDFURN.INST.STEEL LINTELS, H-FRAMES, RTU-CURBS, MISC. FABRICATION.REINFORCEMENT FOR HVAC EQUIPMENTLANDLORD PROVIDING INTERIOR VESTIBULE DOOR (IF REQUIRED BY CODE). ALL OTHER INTERIOR DOORS BY ULTA G.C. SEEDOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULES AND SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.1" INSULATED CLEAR GLASS IN CLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUM FRAMES PROVIDED BY LANDLORD, SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FORREFERENCE ONLY. ALSO, SEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS.SEE DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULESSEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONSSEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONSSEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION, PROVIDE (1) FULL GALLON OF EACH COLOR FOR ATTIC STOCK.SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION, PROVIDE (1) FULL GALLON OF EACH COLOR FOR ATTIC STOCK.SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATION, PROVIDE (1) FULL GALLON OF EACH COLOR FOR ATTIC STOCK.SEE ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONSSEE A6.3 DETAILS FOR LOCATION AND SCHEDULEREFER TO ELECTRICAL FOR G.C. SCOPE OF WORKSEE SHEET A7.1WALL STORAGE SYSTEMSEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS OF STAGING AREA. STORAGE SYSTEM TO BE ORDERED AT START OF CONSTRUCTION.WASHER DRYER VENTSSEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND NOTES. COORDINATE WITH L.G.C. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGSFOR REFERENCE ONLY.SEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS & NOTES, PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULESEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS & NOTES, PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULEFLOOR BOXESSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTES. SEE SPECIALITY LIGHTING GROUP VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION ON CS3.0STOREFRONT SIGNAGECONDUIT BY G.C. IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION.CONDUIT BY G.C. IF REQUIRED BY CODE. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND NOTES FOR MORE INFORMATION.SEE A2.0 AND REFERENCE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS. DETERMINE FINISH CONDITION FROM LANDLORD'S WORK, G.C. TOPROVIDE FIRE SAFING TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING. G.C. TO CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS WITH LOCAL FIRE MARSHALINSPECTOR. REPAIR DEMISING PARTITION AFTER INSTALLING BLOCKING TO MAINTAIN REQUIRED FIRE RATING.LANDLORD PROVIDED MINIMUM 4" CONCRETE SLAB ON GRADE WITH 6X6-W2.9 (42#) MESH OVER COMPACTED GRANULAR FILL. INADDITION, ONCE ULTA G.C. HAS LAID OUT UNDER-SLAB DISTRIBUTION, LANDLORD WILL PROVIDE 2 1/4" TOPPING SLAB 4 WEEKSPRIOR TO TENANT INSTALL OF FLOORING MATERIAL, FIXTURE INSTALLATION, FINAL CONNECTIONS, AND ANYTHING ELSE THATREQUIRES FINISH FLOORS AS A PREREQUISITE.. THE SLAB SHALL BE LEVEL TO WITHIN 1/4 INCH TOLERANCE IN 10 FEET, SMOOTH,AND READY TO ACCEPT TENANTS INTERIOR FLOOR FINISHES. SEE ENGINEERING SHEETS AND ADDITIONAL DETAILS FORUNDER-SLAB DISTRIBUTION PROVIDED BY G.C. UNDER THIS PERMIT.CONCRETE PAD AT WATER HEATERCONCRETE RECEIVING PAD/LOADING DOCKSEE PLUMBING DRAWINGSREFERENCE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS.SLAB CUTS AS REQUIRED AND AS NOTED. SEE TRENCHING DETAIL 6/A8.3. REMOVAL OF EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD FOR IN WALLBLOCKING INSTALLATION. LANDLORD PROVIDING DEMOLITION OF ALL EXISTING TENANT ITEMS NOT BEING REUSED BY ULTA,REFER TO LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE.SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLYSEE GENERAL NOTES ON SHEET CS-1. SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FRO REFERENCEONLY.SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLYWALL BLOCKING FOR EXTERIOR WALL SIGNSLANDLORD PROVIDING 5/8" EXTERIOR GRADE PLYWOOD BLOCKING AT FRONT AND SIDE EXTERIOR WALL SIGNS.ULTA G.C. TO VERIFY WITH KIEFFER IF LOCATION OF PLYWOOD IS SUFFICIENT, IF NOT, ULTA G.C. TO PROVIDE ADDITIONALBLOCKING AS REQUIRED.INSULATION IN INTERIOR PARTITION WALLSSEE A2.0 FOR LOCATIONSLANDLORD PROVIDING ROOF ACCESS IN LANDLORD COMMON CORRIDOR. FIELD VERIFY LOCATION WITH ONSITE MALLMANAGEMENT.SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLYVESTIBULE SYSTEM, SOFFIT ABOVE, DOORS AND HARDWAREINTERIOR ENTRY ARCH PORTALINTERIOR ENTRY ARCH DOORS AND HARDWARESEE DOOR AND HARDWARE SCHEDULESHANDRAILSSEE DETAILS AND PLANS FOR LOCATIONSSEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY. SEE ALSO A2.0 G.C. TO REMOVE EXISTING GYPSUM BOARD AS REQUIRED TOPROVIDE IN WALL MILLWORK BLOCKING AND REPLACE GYPSUM BOARD.SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLYMETAL PANELS AT INTERIOR STOREFRONTLED LETTER SET FOR INTERIOR MALL ENTRYLED LETTER SET FOR INTERIOR MALL ENTRY FURNISHED BY ULTA VENDOR (KIEFFER SIGNS), INSTALLED BY LANDLORD G.C.,FINAL ELECTRICAL WIRING AND CIRCUITING BY ULTA G.C.SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE. LANDLORD TO PROVIDE FULLY FUNCTIONING UNITS CONNECTED TO THEGAS AND ELECTRIC SERVICE AND OPERATIONAL AND POWERED UP AS OF THE PREMISES DELIVERY DATE. THE LANDLORD SHALLCOORDINATE AND SCHEDULE A FACTORY START-UP FOR EACH HVAC UNIT AT THE APPLICABLE TIME. G.C. TO COORDINATEFACTORY START UP SCHEDULE WITH LANDLORD IF REQUIRED AFTER COMPLETED DUCTWORK INSTALLATION.UNDERGROUND CONDUIT AND J-BOXESSEE ENGINEERING DRAWINGS FOR NOTESSEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCEPORCELAIN TILEVINYL STRIP FLOOR TILE VT-3VINYL FLOOR TILE VT-8 AND VT-9WALL BASE (ALL PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES)WALL BASE (ALL WALLS AND COLUMNS)FLOOR TRANSITION STRIPSSEE A4.1 FOR LOCATIONSSEE A4.1 FOR LOCATIONS. PROVIDE REMAINING VT-3 (NO GLUE ON BACK) FOR ATTIC STOCK. G.C. TO PROVIDE 3 YEARSINSTALLATION WARRANTY. SEE SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTAL TESTING AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTS ON CS3.0.SEE A4.1 FOR LOCATIONSSEE A4.1 FOR LOCATIONS, PROVIDE REMAINING VINYL TILE FOR ATTIC STOCKSEE A4.1 FOR LOCATIONS, PROVIDE REMAINING WALL BASE FOR ATTIC STOCKSEE A4.1 FOR LOCATIONS, PROVIDE REMAINING WALL BASE (NO GLUE ON BACK) FOR ATTIC STOCKWATER SUPPLY DISTRIBUTIONSANITARY STUB IN TO SPACESEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND NOTESSEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND NOTES. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.LANDLORD TO PROVIDE 4" SANITARY SEWER LINE AT REAR OF SPACE, THE INVERT SHALL BE NO HIGHER THAN 43" BELOWFINISHED FLOOR.GAS WATER HEATER INTAKE AND EXHAUST, 6" TYPE B VENT AND ROOFPENETRATIONROOF MOUNTED EXHAUST FANSEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.WATER SUPPLY STUB IN TO SPACESEE PLUMBING DRAWINGS FOR LOCATIONS AND NOTES. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE. LANDLORD TOPROVIDE 2" WATER SERVICE STUBBED AT REAR OF SPACE TIGHT TO STRUCTURE WITH 50 TO 60 GPM (90 GPM MAX) FLOW, BACKFLOW PREVENTER AND WATER METER THAT WILL BE LOCATED IN MANHOLE ON SITE.METAL STUD / GYPSUM BOARD FURRING ON MASONRY PERIMETERWALLSSEE A2.0ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGSEE A3.1 FOR LOCATIONS AND NOTES. PROVIDE (1) CASE OF ACT FOR ATTIC STOCKFURRED GYPSUM BOARD ON MASONRY WALLS / CONCRETEAS REQUIREDWALL BASE ADHESIVESEE A4.1 FOR WALL BASE LOCATIONSNOTE:1.G.C. TO PROVIDE FORK-LIFT WITH FORK EXTENSIONS ON SITE DURING CONSTRUCTION THROUGH FIRSTWEEKEND OF STOCKING. SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION ON CS3.0 SHEET.2.G.C. TO CONTACT LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE FOR LANDLORD REQUIRED CONTRACTORS. SEE COVERSHEET FOR LANDLORD CONTACT INFORMATION.3.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL TENANT SPACE ADDRESS PER LANDLORDS' REQUIREMENTS.4.G.C. TO VERIFY SIZE AND SHAPE OF TENANT SPACE BEFORE LAYING OUT STORE.5.G.C. TO PROVIDE 3/4" PLYWOOD PROTECTION UNDER ALL DEBRIS BOXES AND STORAGE CONTAINERS.6.G.C. TO PERFORM FINAL CLEAN PRIOR TO PUNCHLIST WALK THROUGH. PRIOR TO STORE OPENING ULTA TOPERFORM PROFESSIONAL CLEANING AND FLOOR CLEANING THE WEDNESDAY BEFORE THE FRIDAY SOFTOPENING.7.G.C. TO TOUCH UP PAINT PRIOR TO STORE OPENING.8.G.C. TO USE ULTA VENDOR FOR FINAL CONSTRUCTION DUMPSTERS. SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATIONON SHEET CS-3.9.G.C. TO PROVIDE PHOTOGRAPHS TO ULTA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. SEE REQUIRED PHOTO LIST ONSHEET CS-3. ALL PHOTOS ARE REQUIRED TO HAVE A DATE STAMP. ALL PHOTOS SHALL BE TAKEN ANDPROVIDED TO CM PRIOR TO WALLS BEING ENCLOSED AND MIRRORS BEING INSTALLED TO ENSURE PROPERINSTALLATION.LEGENDNOTE:L.G.C. LANDLORD GENERAL CONTRACTOR G.C. GENERAL CONTRACTOR V.I.F. VERIFY IN FIELD"LL AND L.G.C. WORK LISTED IN THIS RESPONSIBILITY SCHEDULE IS UNDER A SEPARATE PERMIT AND IS NOTINCLUDED IN THIS SCOPE OF WORK".DIVISION OF WORKREMOVE ALL THINSETS AND ADHESIVESONE 10" ROUND DUCT WITH ROOF CAP MODEL GREENHECK #GRS-10.SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.ONE 10" DIAMETER EXHAUST VENT WITH GOOSE-NECK TERMINATION.SEE LANDLORD SHELL DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.CLINIQUE LIGHT BOX AND FABRIC GRAPHIC PANELFABRIC LIGHT BOX FURNISHED BY ULTA MILLWORK VENDOR (SEE CS3.0 FOR CONTACT) INSTALLED BY G.C. FINAL ELECTRICALWIRING AND CIRCUITING BY ULTA G.C. FABRIC GRAPHIC PANEL FURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C.INTERIOR STOREFRONT GLAZINGSEE PLANS AND ELEVATIONS. ALSO, SEE LANDLORD DRAWINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.SEE NOTES ON SHEETS F1.1A AND F1.1BFOR SURFACE MOUNTED CLEATS SEE SHEETS F1.1A AND F1.1BSKINBAR WALL SETG.C. TO PROVIDE IN-WALL BLOCKING.SKINBAR LIGHT BOXLIGHT BOX FURNISHED BY ULTA MILLWORK VENDOR (SEE CS3.0 FOR CONTACT), INSTALLED BY G.C., FINAL ELECTRICAL WIRINGAND CIRCUITING BY ULTA GC.MAC LIGHT BOX & FABRIC GRAPHIC PANELFABRIC LIGHT BOX FURNISHED BY ULTA MILWORK VENDOR (SEE CS3.0 FOR CONTACT), INSTALLED BY G.C., FINAL ELECTRICALWIRING AND CIRCUITING BY ULTA G.C. FABRIC GRAPHIC PANEL SUPPLIED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C.LANCOME LIGHT BOX & FABRIC GRAPHIC PANELFABRIC LIGHT BOX FURNISHED BY ULTA MILWORK VENDOR (SEE CS3.0 FOR CONTACT), INSTALLED BY G.C., FINAL ELECTRICALWIRING AND CIRCUITING BY ULTA G.C. FABRIC GRAPHIC PANEL SUPPLIED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C.VESTIBULE CEILING AND LIGHTINGCOORDINATE WITH LIGHTING VENDOR. SEE CS3.0 FOR VENDOR CONTACTINFORMATION. rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850VENDOR CONTACTINFORMATIONAND SUBMITTALREQUIREMENTSSLSMOCS3.0REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHSPHOTOGRAPHSDATE SENT TO CPMIN-WALL BLOCKING AT MILLWORK FIXTURESIN-WALL BLOCKING - VALANCE BRACKETSIN-WALL BLOCKING - MIRRORS, INCLUDINGJ-CHANNEL INSTALLATIONIN-WALL BLOCKING - TOILET ROOMACCESSORIESCONTINUOUS PLYWOOD AT BACKSIDE OFVALANCECEMENT BOARD IN TOILET ROOM AND MOPBASININ-CEILING CONTINUOUS BLOCKING AT ALUTRACKTOILET ROOMS THE SATURDAY PRIOR TOOPENINGEXTERIOR SIGNS, INCLUDING PYLON - DAYAND NIGHTWIRING AT EAS - STORE ENTRANCE ANDTOILET ROOM CORRIDORROOFTOP EQUIPMENT - IF FURNISHED ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.WALL BASE AT COLUMNS AND CORNERSWALL COVERING WHERE VALANCE MEETSADJACENT WALLHANGING ALU FRAMES ALONG STOREFRONTTO VIEW ALIGNMENTALL FLOOR TRANSITIONS AS INDICATED ONA4.1ARDEX MATERIAL BEING USEDVAPOR BARRIERS AND DOWELS AT TRENCHES- MINIMUM OF 3 LOCATIONS, NOT ADJACENT.COMPLETED EXHAUST FAN DUCT WORKCOVE LIGHTS INSTALLED ON UNISTRUTSCALEVENDOR CONTACT INFORMATIONNONE1SCALESUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS / NOTESN.T.S.-SEPARATE PERMIT SUBMITTALS(IF SYSTEM IS REQUIRED BY AHJ)SUBMITTAL ITEMPERMIT AS REQUIREDSUBMIT WITH ARCH DWGYESNOYESNOFIRE SPRINKLER SHOPDRAWINGSSTOREFRONT WINDOWGRAPHICS @ HANGINGFRAMESBUILDING SIGNAGELOW VOLTAGE PERMITS / SUBMITTALS(IF SYSTEM IS REQUIRED BY AHJ)SUBMITTAL ITEMPERMIT AS REQUIREDINSPECTIONS REQUIREDYESNOYESNOMUSIC SYSTEMEAS SYSTEMBURGLAR ALARM / CCTVTELEPHONE / DATAIF INSPECTIONS ARE REQUIRED, THE VENDOR WHO PULLED THE PERMITMUST CALL IN FOR AND BE PRESENT FOR EACH INSPECTION."FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION" SITE WORK,PARKING AREAS IN FRONT OF STORE ANDSHOW BOTH SIDE TENANTSFIRE ALARM DRAWINGS /EQUIP. SPECIFICATIONSNOTE: G.C. IS TO COORDINATE THE SHIPMENT, DELIVERY, AND INSTALLATION OF ALL ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED BY OWNER AND ULTA'S VENDORS. VENDOR CONTACTS ARE AS FOLLOWS:SUBMITTAL ITEMDESIGNED AND/ORDESIGNATED BY:SUBMITTALREVIEWED BY:INSPECTION REQUIRED/BY:CANOPIES / AWNINGSCONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION, IN-SITU RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND PH(ALKALINITY) TESTING ON ALL CONCRETE SLABS SCHEDULED TO BE COVERED WITH A FLOOR COVERING ORCOATING. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TESTING SHALL BE PERFORMED UTILIZING ASTM F 710 - STANDARDPRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING, ASTM F1869 - STANDARD TESTMETHOD FOR MEASURING MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION RATE OF CONCRETE SUBFLOOR USING ANHYDROUS CALCIUMCHLORIDE AND ASTM F 2170 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR DETERMINING RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN CONCRETE FLOORSLABS USING IN SITU PROBES USING RAPID RH® RELATIVE HUMIDITY AND TEMPERATURE SENSOR KIT ASMANUFACTURED BY WAGNER METERS (800) 634-9961, OR EQUAL. CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND PH TESTINGSHALL BE PERFORMED BY THE APPROVED NATIONAL ACCOUNT VENDOR, IFTI - INDEPENDENT FLOOR TESTING &INSPECTION, INC.: JENNIFER ARMSTRONG, 800-490-3657 x217, ulta.spec@ifti.com. AT COMPLETION OF TESTING ANDREPORTING, THE MOISTURE TEST REPORT SHALL BE FORWARDED TO ULTA'S CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGERAND CONTRACTOR. TESTING PERFORMED BY FLOORING INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR SHALL NOT BE ACCEPTED BYULTA. IF MOISTURE LEVELS ARE HIGHER THAN THE FLOOR COVERINGS ALLOWABLE LIMIT, THE SUBSTRATE SHOULDBE REMEDIATED WITH ARDEX MC RAPID. SEE ARDEX CONTACT INFORMATION ON THIS SHEET.ULTA VENDORARCHITECTULTAULTANOSTOREFRONT SIGNAGEULTA VENDORULTANOPOST CONSTRUCTION AS BUILTSG.C.ULTANOHVAC EQUIPMENT CUT SHEETSMECH. ENGINEERMECH. ENGINEERNORODDING AND SCOPE OF SANITARY SYSTEMINDEPENDENT TEST AGENCYHVAC AIR BALANCE REPORTMECH. ENGINEERMECH. ENGINEERINDEPENDENT TEST AGENCYSHOP DRAWING/PRODUCT SUBMITTAL AND INSPECTION REQUIREMENTSALUM. STOREFRONT / WINDOW MULLION SYSTEMARCHITECTAUTOMATIC DOORS /SECURITY GRILLESARCHITECTULTA(LOSS PREVENTION)NOINTERIOR / EXTERIOR PAINTARCHITECTARCHITECTNONATIONAL ACCOUNT VENDOR - INDEPENDENT TESTINGAGENCYRECOMMENDED 3RD PARTY CONCRETE SLAB MOISTUREAND PH TESTING:IFTI - INDEPENDENT FLOOR TESTING & INSPECTION, INC.2300 CLAYTON ROADSUITE 1240 CONCORD, CA 94520 CONTACT:JENNIFER ARMSTRONGTEL:800 490 3657 X 217 ulta.spec@ifti.comOFFICE STORAGE FRAMINGIF REQUIRED BY CODE, G.C. TO HIRE AN INDEPENDENT STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OR TESTING AGENCY TOINSPECT THE OFFICE FRAMING TO MET THE STANDARDS SET FORTH FOR THE CONSTRUCTION OF THE OFFICEWALLS SUPPORTING THE PLATFORM. LETTER OF COMPLIANCE TO BE FORWARDED TO ULTA/AHJ.STRUCT. ENGINEERULTA/AHJTESTING LABG.C.ULTAMETAL STUD FRAMINGARCHITECTARCHITECTNOARCHITECTNOCONDUCT AAMA 501.2 - QUALITY ASSURANCE AND DIAGNOSTIC WATER LEAKAGE FIELD CHECK OF INSTALLEDSTOREFRONTS, CURTAIN WALLS, AND SLOPED GLAZING SYSTEMS. TEST SHALL BE PERFORMED BY ANINDEPENDENT THIRD PARTY TESTING AGENCY WITH RESULTS SUBMITTED TO ULTA. TESTING PERFORMED BYA STOREFRONT/GLAZING INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED BY ULTA.AAMA 501.2 TEST BY ULTA G.C. FOR AS-IS STORES (ANY STOREFRONT MODIFICATION, HURRICANE/HIGH WINDAREAS AND WET CLIMATE).AAMA 501.2 TEST BY LANDLORD WHEN: NEW STOREFRONT BY LL, HURRICANE/HIGH WIND AND WET CLIMATE.ARCHITECTULTAINDEPENDENT TEST AGENCYSTRUCTURAL STUDS FOR OFFICE FRAMINGSHOWING STUD GAUGE, STAMP ANDCONNECTIONS.ACRYLIC PANEL:CREATIVE CONCEPTSCONTACT: BRYAN KOESTNER(P) 630-940-0500BACKROOM EQUIPMENT:GRAINGERCONTACT: JEFF GARDNER(P) 312-519-7209EMAIL: jeff.gardner@grainger.com**LOCKERS, 4-WHEEL CARTS, LADDERS, BABYCHANGING TABLE, AND WET/DRY SHOP VACBRACKETS AND GRAPHIC TRACK:FHC MARKETINGCONTACT: KELLY MARTIN(P) 773-724-3004EMAIL: kmartin@fhcmarketing.com** METAL BRACKETS FOR GONDOLA SHELVES - RECEIVED BY G.C./INSTALLED BY STORE** UNIWEB GONDOLA "ALLIED PANELS" BRACKETS**W-8 SHELVING AND LED LIGHTINGCCTV, BURGLAR & ALARMS:VECTOR SECURITYCONTACT: DUSTIN REAGAN13555 WELLINGTON CENTER CIRCLE,SUITE 123GAINSVILLE, VA 20155(C) 703-848-5342EMAIL: dcreagan@vectorsecurity.comCEILING TILE:ARMSTRONGCONTACT: BETH RINEHART(P) 1-800-442-4212EMAIL: armstrongcsa@armstrongceilings.comCLEANER:CLEANWAY(P) 631-288-6300(P) 800-332-6996COLUMN COVER:MOONLIGHT MOLDSCONTACT: JAMES SPENCER13720 S. WESTERN AVE. UNIT AGARDENA, CA 90249(P) 310-538-9142(F) 310-538-9717EMAIL: james@moonlightmolds.comCOLUMN COVER (ALTERNATE):FORMGLAS PRODUCTS LTD.181 REGENIA ROADVAUGHAN, ONTARIO L4L 8M3(P): 416-635-8030EMAIL: estimating@formglas.comwww.formglas.comCONCRETE LEVELING AGENT:ARDEXCONTACT: LINDA ZIGMANNATIONAL ACCOUNTS SPECIALISTS(P) 312-218-6893EMAIL: linda.zigman@ArdexAmericas.comORMAPEICONTACT: KATHLEEN MCGINLEY(P) 630-808-9944EMAIL: kmcginley@mapei.comCONSTRUCTION DUMPSTERS:WASTE MANAGEMENT C&D TEAM(REQUIRED FOR FINAL DEBRIS BOX)(P) 800-796-9696ENTER ZIPCODE AND A LIVE REPRESENTATIVE WILLBE READY TO TAKE YOUR CALLTHIS PHONE LINE IS AVAILABLE 24/7/365EMAIL: wmsscdteam@wm.comDOOR HARDWARE:LOCKNETCONTACT: KORY CHANDLER(P) 800-887-4307 X175EMAIL: koryc@locknet.com24 HOUR SERVICE(P) 800-353-2562EMAIL: service@locknet.comEAS:CHECKPOINTCONTACT: ALLAN BEAM101 WOLF DRIVETHOROFARE, NJ 08086(P) 937-522-5118EMAIL: abeam@checkpt.comELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT:GRAYBAR1-800-784-6059ENERGY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM:NOVARCONTACT: CODY HATCH(P) 216-682-1482(C) 216-372-7827EMAIL: cody.hatch@honeywell.comEQUIPMENT RENTAL:UNITED RENTALSCONTACT: TOM PARETISTRATEGIC ACCOUNT MANAGER(C) 630-774-9896EMAIL: tpareti@ur.comEXTERIOR SIGNS:KIEFFERCONTACT: STEVE BORN585 BOND STREETLINCOLNSHIRE, IL 60069(P) 847-415-5712EMAIL: sborn@kieffersigns.comFIRE EXTINGUISHERS:COMMERCIAL FIRE, INC.CONTACT: ERIC FABERT2465 ST. JOHNS BLUFF RD. S.JACKSONVILLE, FL 32246(P) 800-241-1277 x285EMAIL: eric.fabert@commercialfire.comFLOOR BOXES:SPECIALTY LIGHTING GROUPCONTACT: JESSICA RIVEIRA74 PICKERING STREETPORTLAND, CT 06480(P) 860-767-0110 x212EMAIL: jkr@sslighting.comGLASS:DILLMEIR GLASSCONTACT: MALENY ALARCON(P) 800-325-0596 x229EMAIL: malarcon@dillmeierglass.com**PROVIDES ALL GLASS SHELVES THAT WILL REQUIRE A LIFT TRUCKGONDOLA "ALLIED PANELS":UNIWEB, INC.CONTACT: KARINA RAMIREZ222 S PROMENADE AVE.CORONA, CA 92879(P) 800-486-4932 x131EMAIL: karinar@uniwebinc.comIT INSTALLER:CPT NETWORKSCONTACT: KEN VANOMERRING1062 THORNDALE AVE.BENSENVILLE, IL 60106(P) 630-735-7006EMAIL: ulta@cptnetworks.comLIGHTS / LIGHT BULBS:SPECIALTY LIGHTING GROUPCONTACT: JESSICA RIVEIRA74 PICKERING STREETPORTLAND, CT 06480(P) 860-767-0110 x212EMAIL: jkr@sslighting.comMILLWORK:CAPCONTACT: ROBERT BARCA455 McCORMICK BLVD.COLUMBUS, OH 43213(P) 614-863-3363EMAIL: rbarca@cap-associates.comINTERIOR MANUFACTURING GROUP INC.CONTACT: CHRISTA SCHLOSSER974 LAKESHORE ROAD EASTMISSISSAUGA, ON L5E 1E4(P)905-278-9510x240(C) 647-210-3079EMAIL:christa.schlosser@imgmfg.com**MAC, CLINIQUE, LANCOME FIXTURES(IF APPLICABLE)RODGERS WADECONTACT: BARRY SHIVER1401 3RD S.W.PARIS, TX 75460(P) 903-783-3655EMAIL: ultateam@rodgerswade.com** WALL CLEATS (2 DAYS PRIOR TO FIXTUREDELIVERY)**PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES AND ARCHES,INCLUDING THE SALON ARCH**CASHWRAP, SALON, CONCIERGE, COLOR LIBRARY,MANAGERS OFFICE, TREATMENT ROOM, BACKROOM STANDARDS AND SHELVES**GONDOLA (SALES FLOOR FIXTURES)**HAIR DRYER BOX FIXTURES, PCA SHOP, NESTING,PROMO, FRAGRANCE AND CHI TABLES, IDBOUTIQUE, NAIL BAR AND MISCELLANEOUSPRODUCT DISPLAYSGONDOLA "ALLIED PANELS":**BACKROOM SHELVES AND STANDARDSINCLUDING, 12" X 48" METAL, 20" X 48" METAL, 121WALL MOUNT STD HD, HANG ROD BRACKETS, 12"HANG ROD, 48".MUSIC:PLAYNETWORKCONTACT: KIMBERLEY BOHREN8727 148TH AVE. NEREDMOND, WA 98052(P) 425-629-4516EMAIL: kbohren@playnetwork.comNEW STORE INSTALLATION / BREAK FIX SUPPORT:CPT NETWORKSCONTACT: KEN VAN OMMERING1062 THORNDALE AVE.BENSENVILLE, IL 60106(P) 630-735-7006EMAIL: ulta@cptnetworks.comPAINT:BENJAMIN MOORECONTACT: MICHAEL ECKE(P) 201-949-6130(C) 201-783-7658EMAIL: michael.ecke@benjaminmoore.comNATIONAL ACCOUNTS DIVISION1-877-623-8484 PRESS 1 TO PLACE YOUR PAINTORDER OR EMAIL: ccp@benjaminmoore.comPAINT:(ALTERNATE)PPG PAINTSCONTACT: SHANE GLASCOCK802 SUMMER OAK CT.ST. LOUIS, MO 63021(C) 314-393-7807(F) 314-567-6190EMAIL: shane.glascock@ppg.comPORCELAIN TILE:TRANSCERAMICACONTACT: VIDHI PATEL314 WEST SUPERIORCHICAGO, IL 60654(P) 312-722-2787EMAIL:vpatel@transceramica.comDAL TILECONTACT: NICOLE DUFKIS1601 PRATT BLVD.ELK GROVE VILLAGE, IL 60007(C) 847-650-4295EMAIL:nicole.dufkis@daltile.comDALTILE NATIONAL ACCOUNTHOTLINE: 877-566-5728NATIONAL ORDER DESK:EMAIL: national.accounts@daltile.comPORCELAIN TILE CLEANER:(TEXSPAR PLUS)WATER LEGGE COMPANY(P) 800-345-3443www.leggesystems.comPRESTIGE SHELVES/LIGHTS:HARBOR INDUSTRIESCONTACT: MICHELLE FRENCHACCOUNT MANAGER(P) 616-850-8275EMAIL:michelle_french@harborind.comPRESTIGE UNIVERSAL FIXTURES:ARRAY MARKETINGCONTACT: ANDREA WENT(P) 416-299-9847 X129EMAIL: awent@arraymarketing.com**PRODUCT RECEIVED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.SALON EQUIPMENT:COLLINS MANUFACTURINGCONTACT: BEN SWANN(P) 800-292-6450EMAIL: ben@collinsmfgco.comOR CUSTOMER SERVICECONTACT: CINDY LOWERYEMAIL: cindyl@collinsmfgco.com**SHAMPOO BOWLS AND REMAINING SALONEQUIPMENTSECURITY SERVICES:ULTACONTACT: STEVE SCANLAN1000 REMINGTON BLVD. SUITE 120BOLINGBROOK, IL 60440(P) 630-410-5057(C) 708-567-7384EMAIL: sscanlan@ulta.comTELEPHONE AND DATA:CPT NETWORKSCONTACT: KEN VAN OMMERING1062 W. SOUTH THORNDALE AVE.BENSENVILLE, IL 60106(P) 630-735-7000(C) 630-735-7006EMAIL: ulta@cptnetworks.comTILE GROUT:MAPEICONTACT: KATHLEEN MCGINLEY(C) 630-808-9944EMAIL: kmcginley@mapei.comTOILET ROOM ACCESSORIES:CONTACT: SHARYN BYRNE(P) 312-925-8057EMAIL: sharynm.byrne@staples.com**TOILET PAPER DISPENSER, PAPER TOWELDISPENSER & TOILET SEAT COVER DISPENSER(FOR CA STORE ONLY)WALLCOVERING:DESIGNTEXCONTACT: JENELLE FRANCOIS(P) 800-221-1540(C) 312-714-6215EMAIL:jfrancois@designtex.comORCONTACT: AMANDA GOTSCH(P) 720-274-6010EMAIL: agotsch@designtex.comWEARLON COATINGS:ECOLOGICAL COATINGS, LLC(P) 518-383-9585WINDOW SHADES:ROLL-A-SHADECONTACT: DEANNA MCCOY(P) 951-245-5077 x116EMAIL: deanna.mccoy@rollashade.comVINYL FLOORING AND WALL BASE:MANNINGTON MILLS, INC.CONTACT: RICH CAMPBELLP.O. BOX 1270SAUGATUCK, MI 49453(C) 773-791-3305EMAIL: rich_campbell@mannington.comVINYL GRAPHICS:PRINTED BY: GFXCONTACT: JOANNA SAWALLISCH(P) 847-543-4646EMAIL: jsawallisch@gfxi.com or ulta@gfxi.com SCALEDISABLED ACCESS DETAILSNONE1DISABLEDACCESSDETAILSSLSMOHC1.1rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850LCdimension showing English units (ininches unless otherwise specified) abovethe line and SI units (in millimeters unlessotherwise specified) below the linedimension for small measurementsdirection of travel or approachboundary of clear floor space ormaneuvering clearancecenterlineminimummaximuma permitted element or its extensiona wall, floor, ceiling or other element cutin section or plana highlighted element in elevation or planlocation zone of element, control orfeaturegreater thanless thandimension showing a range withminimum - maximumFigure 104.3Graphic Convention for Figuresless than or equal togreater than or equal toConventionDescriptionmaxmin369153691533-36840-915>><<Figure 305.5Position of Clear Floor Space(a)forward(b)parallel48 min 1220 30 min76030 min 760 48 min1220Figure 306.2Toe Clearance(a)elevation(b)plan6 max1509 230 30 min 76017-25430-635Figure 306.3Knee Clearance(a)elevation(b)plan11 min2809 230 30 min 76025 max63527 min685 8 min205Figure 308.2.2Obstructed High Forward Reach20 max51048 max 1220(a)44 max 1120 >20-25 max>510-635(b)Figure 403.5Clear Width of an Accessible Route32 min 815 24 max61036 min 915 32 min 815 36 min 915 24 max61048 min1220Figure 403.5.2Clear Width at Turn(a)180 degree turn(b)180 degree turn(Exception)48 min 122042 min106542 min1065X < 48122060 min 152536 min91536 min915X < 481220(c)folding door(a)hinged door(b)sliding doorFigure 404.2.2Clear Width of Doorways32 min81590°32 min81532 min815(d)Doorways without Doors36 min915>24 >610 Figure 404.2.3.2Maneuvering Clearance at ManualSwinging Doors(a)front approach, pull side60 min 1525 18 min445Figure 404.2.3.2Maneuvering Clearance atManual Swinging Doors(b)front approach, push side48 min 1220 12 min*305*If bothcloser and latchare providedFigure 404.2.3.2Maneuvering Clearance at ManualSwinging Doors(c)hinge approach, pull side60 min 152536 min915Figure 404.2.3.2Maneuvering Clearance at ManualSwinging Doors(d)hinge approach, pull side54 min 137042 min1065Figure 404.2.3.2Maneuvering Clearance at ManualSwinging Doors(e)hinge approach, push side42 min** 1065 22 min560*If both closer and latchare provided**48 min (1220 if bothcloser and latch provided12 min*305Figure 404.2.3.2Maneuvering Clearance at ManualSwinging Doors(g)latch approach, pull side48 min* 1220 24 min610*54 min (1370) if closeris provided(g)latch approach, push sideFigure 404.2.3.2Maneuvering Clearance at ManualSwinging Doors*42 min 106524 min610*48 min (1220) ifcloser is providedFigure 404.2.3.3Maneuvering Clearance at Sliding and Folding Doors(a)Front Approach48 min 1220 42 min 106522 min560(b)Pocket or Hinge Approach42 min 1065 24 min610(c)Stop or Latch Approach(b)side approachFigure 404.2.3.4Maneuvering Clearance atDoorways Without Doors or Gates42 min 1065 Figure 404.2.3.5Maneuvering Clearance at Recessed Doors(a)pull side60 min 1525 18 min445X > 8205Figure 404.2.3.5Maneuvering Clearance at RecessedDoors(b)push side48 min 1220X > 8205Figure 404.2.3.5Maneuvering Clearance at RecessedDoors and Gates(c)push side, door provided with both closerand latch48 min 1220X > 820512 min305Figure 404.2.5Two Doors in Series(c)(a)(b)60 min152548 min122060 min 1525 Door WidthDoor Width60 min 1525 48 min1220Door WidthFigure 604.2Water Closet LocationLCCL(a)AccessibleWater Closets(b)AmbulatoryAccessible WaterClosets17-19430-48516-18405-445Figure 604.3Size of Clearance for Water Closet60 min152556 min1420 Other fixtures notallowed within this areatransfersideFigure 604.5.2Rear Wall Grab Bar for Water ClosetLC24 min61012 min30536 min91533-36 840-914Section 609.4 Figure 604.7Dispenser Outlet Location7-9180-23018 24 min61042 max10701-1/2 min38Toilet PaperFigure 604.9.2Wheelchair Accessible Toilet Compartments(a)Wall-Hung Water Closet-Adult(b)Floor-Mounted WaterCloset-Adult56 min 1420 60 min152560 min152559 min 1500 (a)elevation adult(c)plan(b)elevation childrenFigure 604.9.5Wheelchair Accessible Compartment Toe Clearance9 min2306 min150Partition12 min3056 min150Partition6 min1506 min150Figure 604.10Ambulatory Accessible Compartment42 min1065 3691560 min1525 LC17-19430-485Section 604.2Figure 703.3.11Location of Signs at DoorsLC45°18 min 455 Centerd ontactile charecters18 min455Figure 703.5Pictogram Field6 min 150 REFUGEAREA OFAREA OFREFUGEFigure 703.3.10 and Figure 703.4.5Height of Raised/Braille Characters Above Floor48 min 1220 60 max 1525 Figure 703.4.4Position of Braille3/8 min9.53/8 min9.5AREA OFREFUGE36 min 915 24 min 61012 min30512 min30536 min91560 min 1525 60 min1525SIZE OF TURNING SPACE(a)Circular(b)T-Shaped60 min 1525Figure 304.3Size of Clear Floor Space48 min122030 min 760Figure 305.3X > 24 X > 610 36 min915Maneuvering Clearance in anAlcove, Forward ApproachFigure 305.7X > 15 X > 380 60 min1525Maneuvering Clearance in an Alcove,Parallel ApproachFigure 305.7X ³ 80 2030 X > 27 685 4 max100Limits of Protruding ObjectsFigure 307.215 min 38048 max 1220Unobstructed Forward ReachFigure 308.2.115 min 38048 max 122010 max255Unobstructed Side ReachFigure 308.3.148 max 1220 34 max 865 10 max25546 max 1170> 10-24 max255-61034 max 865(a)(b)Obstructed High Side ReachFigure 308.3.2Figure 604.5.1Side Wall Grab Bar at Water Closet1230542 min106554 min137039-41 990-1040 18 min 455 33-36 Section 609.4 840-915 39-41990-1040Figure 604.9.3.1 (c)Wheelchair Accessible CompartmentDoor Openings - Alternate60 min 1525 16-18 405-44556 min142059 min1550(Floor Mounted W.C.) - Adult(Wall Mounted W.C.) - AdultDoor shall not swing intothe required min area of thecompartmentDIMENSIONS OF ADULT- SIZED WHEELCHAIRS8 205 TOE19 485 SEAT27 685 LAP43-51 1090-1295 EYE LEVELDESK ARM30 760 ARMREST36 915 HANDLE18 455615042106526 660NOTE: FOOTREST MAY EXTENDFURTHER FOR TALL PEOPLEFigure A3Figure 604.4Water Closet Seat Height17-19 430-485 Seat HeightFigure 703.3.5Character Height5/8-2 16-51 LIBRARYFigure 703.4.3Braille Measurmentblank cell spacebetween wordsdotdiameterdistance between dotsin the same celldistance between dotsin the same celldistance between dotsin adjacent cellsdistance between corresponding dotsfrom one cell directly belowsingle Braillecellraised dotno raised dotFigure 703.6.3.1International Symbol ofAccessibilityFigure 703.6.3.2International TTY SymbolFigure 703.6.3.4Volume-ControlledTelephoneFigure 703.6.3.4International Symbol ofAccess For Hearing LossFigure 606.3Height of Lavatories and Sinks34 max 865 Figure 603.3Mirrors40 1016 max to bottom of reflective surface 74 MIN 1879 TO TOP OF MIRROR17-194'-1" min 9 min 27 min 36 max 8 min6 max5 maxspout15 min4'-1" m in 36 max spout 27 min 18 min24 max18 min24 max38 min - 43 max spout 38 min - 43 maxClear Floor SpaceDrinking FountainsFigure 404.2.3.4Maneuvering Clearance at Doorways Without Doors(a)Front Approach48 min1220 Figure 604.9.3.1Wheelchair Accessible CompartmentDoor Openings(a)Front Partition(b)Side Wall or Partition42 min 1065 4 max10056 min1420or4 max 100 52 min 1320 Wall Hung W.C. 55 min 1935 Wall Mounted W.C. or orFigure 605.2Height of Urinal(Wall-Hung Type)17 max430 Figure 703.6.3.1 bSymbol of AccessibilityNew York State 11 SQ. FT.N.I.CSHARED RECEIVING / CORRIDOR44" MIN. EGRESS WIDTH/ TRAVEL DIST. = 141'-10"EXIT SIGN. SEE 4/A2.4 NOTE #18EXIT #2CLEAR EXIT WIDTH: 72"OCCUPANT LOAD: 72"/.20"PER PERSON = 360 PEOPLE9'-4 3/4"SALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRDC.2C.2D.3B.711DCBAECWH455 SQ. FT.SALON1028,888 SQ. FT.SALES101 99 SQ. FT.EXIST.VESTIBULE10071 SQ. FT.OFFICE104786 SQ. FT.STAGING10311 SQ. FT.COATCLOSET105232 SQ. FT.SHAMPOO/DRYING10723 SQ. FT.WASHER/DRYER10877 SQ. FT.UNISEXRESTROOM109137 SQ. FT.PLUMBING ROOM110147 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR10674 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR111PH.BD.44" MIN. EGRESS WIDTH/ TRAVEL DIST. = 141'-10"DIAGONAL DISTANCE = 161'-10"( 1/3 DIAGONAL DISTANCE = 53'-11" )EXIT SIGN. SEE 4/A2.4 NOTE #18EXIT SIGN. SEE 4/A2.4 NOTE #18EXIT #1CLEAR EXIT WIDTH: 72"OCCUPANT LOAD: 72"/.20"PER PERSON = 360 PEOPLE225'-9" DISTANCE BETWE E N D O O R S OCCUPANT LOAD: 72"/.20"PER PERSON = 360 PEOPLE4'-4 7/8" 44" MIN. EGRESS WIDTH/ TRAVEL DIST. = 166'-5"4'-0 7/8"3'-11 3/4"44" MIN. EGRESS WIDTH/ TRAVEL DIST. = 141'-10"9'-4 3/4"SCALEEGRESS PLAN1/8"=1'-0"AEGRESSPLANSLSMOA1.0rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850NOTE:REFER TO SECTION 10522 ON SHEET SP5 FOR FIREEXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES. PERSPECIFICATION FIRE EXTINGUISHER PLACEMENT IS TOCOMPLY WITH NFPA 10.MATCHLINEBAMATCHLINEBA 11 SQ. FT.N.I.CSHARED RECEIVING / CORRIDOR33'-0" HOLD ±1'-0"5847311091344'-5"AL-M9AL-M9AL-M9AL-M96'-11"X-60-WX-3F-WX-3F-W Y-7-WY-7-WX-3F-WX-3E-W BATH & BODYCARE 4'-6"X-60-W6'-0"DERMALOGICA W-4B W-4B W-4B W-4B W-4B A-3 W-10W-10W-10W-10FINISHEDEND PANELSALON HAIRCAREAL-FCH-1 W-10 W-10W-10 W-10W-10 X-3B-WX-3A-W M1 M1 Y-3-WY-3-WX-3B-W X-3B-WX-3A-W M1 M1 Y-3-WY-3-WX-3B-W X-3B-WX-3A-W M1 M1 Y-3-WX-3B-W X-3B-WX-3A-WX-3B-WM1M1Y-3-WX-3B-W3'-8"X-2A-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WY-4-L-WY-4-L-W3'-8"Y-3-W3'-8"3'-10"3'-10"MASS SKINPRESTIGESKIN4'-0" W-4B W-4B W-4B W-4B A-25 X-1B-L-WX-1A-L-WX-1B-L-WX-1A-L-WX-1B-L-WX-1B-L-WX-1A-L-WX-1B-L-WX-1B-L-WX-3G-WX-3H-WX-3H-WX-3H-WGRAPHIC FRAMES ON BOTH SIDES4'-0"4'-0"X-1A-L-WX-1B-L-WX-1B-L-W3'-2"X-3F-WX-3E-W X-3F-WX-3F-WDT DT X-3F-WX-3F-WY-7-WY-7-WX-3F-WX-3E-W X-3F-WX-3F-WX-3F-WX-3F-WY-7-WY-7-WX-3G-W X-3H-W X-3H-WX-3H-W X-3H-W GRAPHIC FRAMES ON BOTH SIDES Y-7-WY-7-W3'-10"3'-10"X-35rpZ-3ESNEEZE GUARD4'-6"Y-3-WY-3-WX-43A-NS-WX-3F-WX-3F-WX-3F-WX-3E-WX-3F-WX-2A-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2A-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WMASS COMESTICSX-2A-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WY-4-L-W Y-4-L-W Y-4-L-WY-4-L-WY-4-L-WY-4-L-WX-3F-WX-3F-WX-3F-WX-3E-WX-3F-W4'-0"4'-6"4'-0"4'-0"4'-0"4'-0"Y-7-WY-7-WY-7-WY-7-WBENEFITX-68-PLX-69X-69X-70X-714'-0"AL-B3M-525-WAL-B3M-525-W4'-6"AL-B-WM-524-WAL-A-WX-3F-WX-3F-WX-3F-WX-3E-WX-3F-WY-7-WY-7-W 4'-0"AL-B3AL-B34'-6" 5'-11"5'-2"5'-2"SALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIRSALONCHAIR 1'-4"3'-8" 3'-8" W-10 W-10 FRAGRANCE 3'-9"4'-1"2'-10"STYLING TOOLS13'-6" CUSTOMX-34B4'-0"M-530M-530BASKETSBASKETS14'-0"AL-B-WM-5 2 4 - W AL-B-WM-5 2 4 - W SALONA-13BUL-9025-RW-3FW-3FW-3FW-3FA-13BLANCOME ESTEE LAUDER4'-0"3'-9"4'-0"X-2A-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WY-4-L-WY-4-L-WX-2A-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WY-4-L-WY-4-L-W4'-0"X-2A-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WY-4-L-WY-4-L-W4'-0"X-2A-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WY-4-L-WY-4-L-W4'-0"4'-2" W-10 M-525-WM-525-WCLINIQUEBX-1D-RX-3B-WX-3A-WX-3B-WAL-FCH-1Y-3-WX-3B-WX-3A-WY-3-WX-3B-WY-3-WM1M1 M1M1Y-3-WY-3-W X-3B-WX-3A-WY-3-WX-3B-WM1M1Y-3-WY-3-WY-3-W X-3B-WX-3A-WY-3-WX-3B-WM1M1Y-3-WY-3-WY-3-WM1X-3B-WX-3A-WX-3B-WM1CH-1AL-FY-3-WM1X-3B-WX-3A-WX-3B-WM1CH-1AL-FY-3-W4'-3"4'-3"4'-3"4'-3"4'-3"4'-3"PRESTIGE COLORX-3B-WX-3A-WY-3-WX-3B-WM1M1Y-3-WY-3-WY-3-WM-530M-530M-530M-530PROVIDE ELECTRICALFOR FUTURE FIXTURE3'-8"FRAGRANCEX-F3X-F3X-49X-F3X-49X-493'-0"3'-0"4'-0" 4'-0" 3'-2"1'-4"SKIN BARSKIN BARCHAIRSKIN BARCHAIR Z-ESS-WALLA-2ESS-CABW-14W-14W-14W-14W-14AL-M9SHAMPOOCHAIRSHAMPOO STATIONSHAMPOOBOWLSHAMPOOCHAIRSHAMPOOCHAIRSHAMPOOBOWLSHAMPOOBOWLC-43C-43C-43DRYERC-35DRYERC-354'-0"4'-6"CLOSET3'-2"C-22C-213'-9" 4'-0"4'-0" 1'-7" 7'-4"7'-4"AL-B-WM-524-WAL-B-WM-524-W2'-5"C-15DAMAGESC-14T-10T-05PALLETPALLETPALLETPALLETC-10CARTCARTCARTCARTFRAGRANCECAGECARTCARTCARTCARTSTOW AWAYCARTSTOW AWAYCARTSTOW AWAYCARTSTOW AWAYCARTC-15CARTCARTLWF-1AL-M8AL-M9AL-M9AL-M9FR-17 SHELFSTORAGEETAGERESTORAGE T-14M-229C-09C-15C-15T-173'C-15T-03T-05STORAGEABOVE OFFICET-06T-02M-213FR-12C-49C-01GARAGE WORKSC-15C-15C-15C-15PALLETPALLETFRAGRANCECAGEFRAGRANCECAGEHYGHYGW-3BW-3BW-3BW-3BA-6SANITIZER ST.SANITIZER ST.SANITIZER ST.W-3B W-3B W-3B W-3B W-3B W-3B W-3BW-3B A-28 Y-7-WY-7-W Y-1-L-W Y-1-L-W Y-1-L-W Y-1-L-WY-1-L-WY-1-L-WY-1-L-WY-1-L-WAL-M7AL-M7AL-M6AL-M6AL-B3 M-525-W AL-B3 M-525-W Z-1ASNEEZE GUARDC-154'-0"C-15T-09T-16C-17C-19M-2054'-0"4'-0"7'-1"Y-4-L-WY-4-L-WNO DIVIDER PANELS ON BOTH SIDESUBC - PLGX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2A-L-WEL_NSH_12 - BUNKERS BELOWA-13BW-3BW-3BW-3BW-3BA-13BSANITIZER ST.X-2A-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WX-2B-L-WY-4-L-WY-4-L-WC-15C-25FR-14FR-14FR-14FR-14C-15FR-16W-3BW-3BW-3BW-3BA-13BC-15SNEEZE GUARDZ-11-L-5BBOPISCOUNTERZ-1AZ-9-BCKWSAFESNEEZE GUARDSNEEZE GUARDSNEEZE GUARDSNEEZE GUARDSNEEZE GUARDCOLOR STATIONSINKZ-2C narrowDC.2C.2D.3B.711DCBAECWHM-513M-513M-513M-513 M-513M-513455 SQ. FT.SALON1028,888 SQ. FT.SALES101 99 SQ. FT.EXIST.VESTIBULE10071 SQ. FT.OFFICE104786 SQ. FT.STAGING10311 SQ. FT.COATCLOSET105232 SQ. FT.SHAMPOO/DRYING10723 SQ. FT.WASHER/DRYER10877 SQ. FT.UNISEXRESTROOM109137 SQ. FT.PLUMBING ROOM110147 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR10674 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR111C-46C-46 PH.BD.24'-6" ±1'-0" 20'-4" HOLD 8'-2"24'-5" HOLD 5'-5 1/2" EGGCRATE LOUVER SEE A3.2 6'-0 1/2"EGGCRATE LOUVER SEE A3.220'-0"HOLD16'-4"10"1'-6 1/2"3'-0 1/2"29'-8" 17'-6" HOLD 15'-6" HOLD 15'-6" HOLD 15'-6" HOLD 15'-6" HOLD 15'-6" HOLD ±1'-8 1/2"±1'-8 1/2" 15'-5"2'-0"2'-3"16'-4"HOLD111112123621M-513 HEIGHT TOEXTEND VERTICALLYTO BOTTOM EDGE OFVALANCE. SEE A3.2.2'-0"EQ.90°EQ.2'-0"90°2'-4 1/4"2'-0"2'-0"90°CORNER M-513 TOEXTEND FULL HEIGHTTO FINISHED CEILINGABOVE.EQ. 90 °2'-0"EQ.90°M-513 HEIGHT TOEXTEND VERTICALLYTO BOTTOM EDGE OFVALANCE. SEE A3.2.10"2'-0"90°M-513 HEIGHT TO EXTENDVERTICALLY TO BOTTOMEDGE OF VALANCE. SEEA3.2.FURNITURE SCHEDULEITEMFURNISHEDBYINSTALLEDBYITEMFURNISHEDBYINSTALLEDBY#DescriptionRemarks#DescriptionRemarksA-3SALON HAIRCARE ARCH245" INSIDE WIDTHULTAG.C.A-6PRESTIGE ARCH162" INSIDE WIDTH (ARCH WITH NO RETURN)ULTAG.C.A-6APRESTIGE ARCH162" INSIDE WIDTH (WITH ARCH TOWER RETURN)ULTAG.C.PY-2BLANCOME PAD FIXTUREULTAG.C.A-6-2SPRESTIGE DOUBLE SIDED ARCH162" INSIDE WIDTHULTAG.C.PY-3ALANCOME SKINCARE ISLANDULTAG.C.A-13APRESTIGE ARCH162" INSIDE WIDTH (WITH ARCH TOWER RETURN)ULTAG.C.PY-4ALANCOME SECONDARY ISLANDULTAG.C.A-13BPRESTIGE ARCH162" INSIDE WIDTH (ARCH WITH NO RETURN)ULTAG.C.PY-5A-LLANCOME BOUTIQUE - LEFTULTAG.C.A-14PRESTIGE SKIN ARCH165" INSIDE WIDTHULTAG.C.PY-5A-RLANCOME BOUTIQUE - RIGHTULTAG.C.A-14APRESTIGE SKIN ARCH165" INSIDE WIDTHULTAG.C.PZ-1MAC ISLAND GONDOLAULTAG.C.A-15ULTA BEAUTY COLLECTION ARCH294" INSIDE WIDTHULTAG.C.PZ-2MAC BACKWALLULTAG.C.A-16PRESTIGE SKIN ARCH171" INSIDE WIDTHULTAG.C.PZ-3MAC GONDOLAULTAG.C.A-25STYLING TOOLS ARCH196" INSIDE WIDTHULTAG.C.PZ-4MAC PLAY TABLEULTAG.C.A-2SKIN BAR ARCHULTAG.C.PZ-5MAC TOWERULTAG.C.AL-A22x28 SIGN HOLDERULTAG.C.PZ-6MAC GONDOLA ENDCAPULTAG.C.AL-ATABLE MOUNTED SIGNAGEULTAULTAT-01, T-02(7) CLIP BOARD HOLDERCLIPBOARD HOLDER 48" IN LENGTH (1x4 PAINTED P-1 WITH 7HOOKS) TO BE MOUNTED DIRECTLY BELOW BULLETIN BOARD AT2'-9" A.F.F.G.C.G.C.AL-BTABLE MOUNTED SIGNAGEULTAULTAT-03MAIL SLOT / FILEMOUNT BOTTOM AT 3'-6" A.F.F.ULTAG.C.AL-B2TABLE MOUNTED SIGNAGEULTAG.C.T-05BATTERY OPERATED WALL CLOCKMOUNT AS INDICATED ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONSULTAG.C.AL-B311x14 W/ PANEL PIVOT MOUNTULTAG.C.T-06BULLETIN BOARD 36"x48"BOTTOM MOUNTED AT 2'-5" A.F.F.ULTAG.C.AL-FDEMO STATIONULTAG.C.T-08BULLETIN BOARD 24"x36"MOUNT AT 2'-5" A.F.F.ULTAG.C.AL-HMIRROR - TABLE MOUNTEDULTAG.C.T-09FIRST AID KITMOUNT AS INDICATED ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND MOP SINKACCESSORY DETAIL.ULTAG.C.AL-L-WENDCAP SIGN HOLDERULTAG.C.T-10SAFETY CONEWALL MOUNT AT 48" A.F.F. LOCATE AT BACKROOM DOOR LEADINGTO SALES FLOOR, INSIDE DISPENSARY ROOM AND NEAR FRONTDOORSULTAG.C.AL-MTRACKVERIFY LINEAR FOOTULTAG.C.T-14LADDER STORAGESECURE 2 HEAVY DUTY EYE BOLTS IN A 2x4 SECURED TO WALL,AT 60" A.F.F. WITH CHAIN. VERIFY LOCATION WITH ULTAULTAG.C.AL-M1SMALL GRAPHIC FRAME - TRACK HUNGULTAG.C.T-16PAPER TOWEL DISPENSERULTAG.C.AL-M2LARGE GRAPHIC FRAME - TRACK HUNGULTAG.C.T-17WET / DRY SHOP VACULTAG.C.AL-M4LARGE GRAPHIC FRAME - TRACK HUNGULTAG.C.W-3B37" WIDE PERIMETER WALL UNITNO DIVIDERSULTAG.C.AL-M5SMALL GRAPHIC FRAME - WALL HUNGULTAG.C.W-4B49" WIDE PERIMETER WALL UNITNO DIVIDERSULTAG.C.AL-M6SMALL GRAPHIC FRAME - TRACK HUNGULTAG.C.W-4B-S49" WIDE PERIMETER WALL UNITE WITHDRYER TESTINGNO DIVIDERSULTAG.C.AL-M7LARGE GRAPHIC FRAME - TRACK HUNGULTAG.C.W-849" WIDE ARCH PERIMETER WALL UNITWITH MIRRORS, DRAWER AND POWERNO DIVIDERSULTAG.C.AL-M8SMALL GRAPHIC FRAME - WALL HUNGULTAG.C.W-937" WIDE PERIMETER WALL UNITULTAG.C.AL-M9LARGE GRAPHIC FRAME - TRACK HUNGULTAG.C.W-9-D37" WIDE PERIMETER WALL UNIT WITHDRYER TESTINGULTAG.C.AL-N-WENDCAP SIGN HOLDERULTAG.C.W-9-F37" WIDE PERIMETER WALL UNIT(FRAGRANCE)ULTAG.C.AP4836x48 ALLIED PANELULTAG.C.W-9-M37" WIDE PERIMETER WALL UNIT (MASS)ULTAG.C.AP5448x54 ALLIED PANELULTAG.C.W-1049" WIDE PERIMITER WALL UNITNO DIVIDERSULTAG.C.BX-CHCONSULTATION CHAIRULTAG.C.W-10-S49" WIDE PERIMETER WALL UNIT WITHDRYER TESTINGNO DIVIDERSULTAG.C.BX-EC-2CLINIQUE SHELFULTAG.C.W-1137" WIDE PERIMETER WALL UNITNO DIVIDERSULTAG.C.BX-EC-3CLINQUE SHELFULTAG.C.X-1A-L-WMASS GENERAL, PCA AND PRO RETAILGONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-1C-LLARGE GONDOLA - LEFTULTAG.C.X-1B-L-WMASS GENERAL, PCA AND PRO RETAILGONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-1D-RLARGE GONDOLA - RIGHTULTAG.C.X-2A-L-WMASS COSMETICS GONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-2AARCH WALL TABLEULTAG.C.X-2B-L-WMASS COSMETICS GONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-3CLINIQUE SHELFULTAG.C.X-3A-WPRESTIGE GONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-3D-LCONSULTATION TABLE - LEFTULTAG.C.X-3B-WPRESTIGE GONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-3D-RCONSULTATION TABLE - RIGHTULTAG.C.X-3E-WMASS GONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-5B-LCOLUMN SURROND - LEFTULTAG.C.X-3F-WMASS GONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-5B-RCOLUMN SURROUND - RIGHTULTAG.C.X-4LLOW FIXTUREULTAG.C.BX-5C-LTOWER - LEFT HANDULTAG.C.X-4LELOW END FIXTUREULTAG.C.BX-5C-RTOWER - RIGHT HANDULTAG.C.X-10HPCA HIGH GONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-6A36" PLAY TABLEULTAG.C.X-10HEPCA HIGH GONDOLA END UNITULTAG.C.BX-6B32" PLAY TABLEULTAG.C.X-10L-WPCA LOW GONDOLAULTAG.C.BX-7A-R50" CONSULTATION TABLEULTAG.C.X--10LE-WPCA LOW GONDOLA END UNITULTAG.C.BX-7BCONSULTATION CARTULTAG.C.X-16-WB.E. WALL UNITULTAG.C.BX-7CCONSULTATION TABLEULTAG.C.X-16D-WBARE ARCHULTAG.C.BX-10-LTREATMENT WALL - LEFTULTAG.C.X-27PLBENEFIT PADULTAG.C.BX-10-RTREATMENT WALL - RIGHTULTAG.C.X-27-WBENEFIT BACKWALL PERIMETER FIXTUREULTAG.C.C-014 DRAWER FILE CABINET (OFFICE)ULTAG.C.X-30BENEFIT BROW BARULTAG.C.C-09LOCKERS. G.C. ALSO TO PROVIDE 1 1/2"DIAMETER HANG RODG.C. TO VERIFY HANG ROD LENGTH AND LOCATION OF LOCKERSWITH ULTA PRIOR TO INSTALLATIONULTAG.C.X-30BBENEFIT LINEAR BOUTIQUEULTAG.C.C-10REFRIGERATOR IN STAGINGULTAG.C.X-30CBENEFIT LINEAR BOUTIQUEULTAG.C.C-15SHELVINGINSTALL 121" TREATER HEAVY WEIGHT DOUBLE SLOT UPRIGHTSAND 16" FLANGE BRACKETS (48" O.C.)ULTAG.C.X-34AIMPULSE TOWERULTAG.C.C-17UNDER COUNTER REFRIGERATOR:DANBY 2.6 CU. FT. COMPACTREFRIGERATOR (WHITE) MODEL:DAR026A1WDD ALTERNATE: HAIER 2.7CU. FT. COMPACT REFRIGERATOR(WHITE) MODEL: HC27SF22RBWSEE MILLWORK CUT SHEETS FOR COFFEE BAR AND INTERIORELEVATIONS FOR ALLOWABLE AREA FOR REFRIGERATORG.C.G.C.X-35GIFT CARD MERCHANDISERULTAG.C.C-19COFFEE MAKERULTAG.C.X-35RPACRYLIC CLEAR GIFT CARD HOLDERULTAG.C.C-21WASHERULTAG.C.X-41BARE GONDOLA ISLANDULTAG.C.C-22DRYERULTA G.C.X-42BARE 3' ROUND TABLEULTAG.C.C-25MICROWAVE IN LOUNGEULTAG.C.X-43A-NS-WSALON WALL COLORULTAG.C.C-32SKINCARE ROOM STOOLULTAG.C.X-44FRAGRANCE GONDOLAULTAG.C.C-35ROLLING HAIR DRYER AND CHAIRULTAG.C.X-45FRAGRANCE TABLEULTAG.C.C-39ROLLING CLIMAZON AND CHAIRULTAG.C.X-46FRAGRANCE FEATUREULTAG.C.C-42AESTHETICIAN CHAIRULTAG.C.X-49FRAGRANCE ETAGEREULTAG.C.C-43SHAMPOO BOWL WITH 48" WIDECABINETSULTAG.C.X-52CLARINS WALL BOUTIQUEULTAG.C.C-45SKIN SINKULTAG.C.X-53BARE WALL BOUTIQUEULTAG.C.C-46SERVER CUBEULTASYSTEMSX-54GONDOLA BOUTIQUEULTAG.C.C-48DEMO STATIONULTAG.C.X-54-LHLEFT HAND GONDOLA BOUTIQUEULTAG.C.C-49CHARGING STATIONULTAG.C.X-54-RHRIGHT HAND GONDOLA BOUTIQUEULTAG.C.C-50SKINCARE CHAIRUTLAG.C.X-55BARE MINERALS GLORIFIERULTAG.C.C-51DERMALOGICA CABULTAG.C.X-55-MGBARE MINERALS GLORIFIERULTAG.C.CH-130" HIGH ALUMINUM BAR STOOLULTAG.C.X-56-LBENEFIT BEAUTY BAR GONDOLA - LEFTULTAG.C.COAT-3COAT HOOKSQTY. 3G.C.G.C.X-56-RBENEFIT BEAUTY BAR GONDOLA - LEFTULTAG.C.DTDRYER TESTING, POWER REQUIREDULTAG.C.X-57BENEFITY WAX POT STATIONULTAG.C.FR-12OFFICE CHAIRULTAG.C.X-58BARE MINERALS LINEARULTAG.C.FR-14LOUNGE CHAIRULTAG.C.X-59BARE MINERALS LINEAR HYGIENE STANDULTAG.C.FR-15BREAK TABLEULTAG.C.X-60-WBATH AND BODY TABLEULTAG.C.FR-16BREAK TABLEULTAG.C.X-F1FRAGRANCE GONDOLA 1 BAYULTAG.C.FR-17MOBILE STATIONULTAG.C.X-F2AFRAGRANCE GONDOLA 2 BAY AULTAG.C.LWF-1SALON LICENSE FRAME (18x22)ULTAG.C.X-F2BFRAGRANCE GONDOLA 2 BAY BULTAG.C.LWF-2SALON LICENSE FRAME (18X22)ULTAG.C.X-F3FRAGRANCE GONDOLA 3 BAYULTAG.C.M1PRESTIGE MIRRORULTAG.C.Y-1-L-WMASS GENERAL, PCA AND PRO ENDCAPULTAG.C.M2WALL DISPLAY HYGIENE UNITSULTAG.C.Y-3-WPRESTIGE ENDCAPULTAG.C.M-205COFFEE BARSINK AND FAUCET PROVIDED BY G.C.ULTAG.C.Y-4-L-WCW MASS COSMETICS ENDCAP LOWULTAG.C.M-206DOUBLE RESTROOM VANITYSINK AND FAUCET PROVIDED BY G.C.ULTAG.C.Y-6PRO NAIL ENDCAPULTAG.C.M-207SINGLE RESTROOM VANITYSINK AND FAUCET PROVIDED BY G.C.ULTAG.C.Y-7-WGONDOLA ENDCAP WITH SHELVESULTAG.C.M-213MANGERS OFFICE COUNTER TOP ANDSHELVING REEVE STANDARDSVERIFY SIZES WITH MILLWORKERULTAG.C.Z-1ASERVICE COUNTER GATEULTAG.C.M-229GLASS STORAGE CABINETULTAG.C.Z-2BZ-2CSTYLING, CUTTING, COLOR ANDWASHING STATIONS WITH ARCHSINK AND FAUCET PROVED BY G.C.ULTAG.C.M-513MILLWORK CORNER FILLERTO BE ASSEMBLED IN FIELD.ULTAG.C.Z-3ECONCIERGE DESKULTAG.C.M-524-WNESTED TABLEULTAG.C.Z-4SIDEWRAPULTAG.C.M-525-WTIERED PROMOULTAG.C.Z-7-L-5B-UWCASHWRAP 5 BAY LEFTULTAG.C.Z-7-R-5B-UWCASHWRAP 5 BAY RIGHTULTAG.C.M-530ETAGEREULTAG.C.X-54-3BBENEFIT LINEAR BOUTIQUEULTAG.C.X-61BENEFIT 2-BAY GONDOLAULTAG.C.X-62BENEFIT WAX STATIONULTAG.C.C-14SHELVINGINSTALL 121" TREATER HEAVY WEIGHT DOUBLE SLOT UPRIGHTSAND 16" FLANGE BRACKETS (48" O.C.)ULTAG.C.C-13SHELVINGINSTALL 121" TREATER HEAVY WEIGHT DOUBLE SLOT UPRIGHTSAND 16" FLANGE BRACKETS (48" O.C.)ULTAG.C.X-3G-WMASS GONDOLAULTAG.C.X-3H-WMASS GONDOLAULTAG.C.X-63SKINBAR GONDOLAULTAG.C.PK-1KIEHLS SKIN WALLULTAG.C.Z-SLW-9MILLWORK - PARTIAL HEIGHT SALONWALLLOW MILLWORK FIXTURE FURNISHED BY MILLWORK VENDOR ANDASSEMBLED IN FIELD BY G.C. G.C. TO PROVIDE WB-1 AT BASE, SEEA4.1 FOR SPECIFICATIONSULTAG.C.Z-ESS-WALLSKIN BAR WALL UNITULTAG.C.PK-2KIEHLS SKIN CARE GONDOLAULTAG.C.M4ULTA BEAUTY COLLECTION MIRRORULTAG.C.148" INSIDE WIDTHPY-1ALANCOME WALL FIXTUREULTAG.C.PY-2ALANCOME PAD FIXTUREULTAG.C.X-34BIMPULSE TOWERULTAG.C.T-18BLOOD BORNE KITULTAG.C.MOUNT AS INDICATED ON INTERIOR ELEVATIONS AND MOP SINKACCESSORY DETAIL.CUW-AACHANEL BACKWALLG.C.CUW-BACHANEL MAKE-UP TABLEG.C.ULTAULTAX-32ATESTER TABLEULTAG.C.UL-9025LANCOME BACKWALLULTAG.C.UL-9026CLINIQUE GONDOLAULTAG.C.X-65-WBENEFIT BACKWALLULTAG.C.X-66BENEFIT DOUBLE WAX STATIONULTAG.C.X-67BENEFIT GONDOLAULTAG.C.X-68-PLBENEFIT PAD LINERULTAG.C.X-69BENEFIT WAX STATIONULTAG.C.X-70BENEFIT GONDOLAULTAG.C.SCALEFIXTURE PLAN1/8"=1'-0"ASALES AREA CEILINGAT 11'-0" A.F.F.FIXTUREPLANDFMOA1.1NOTE:1.ANY REVISED / ADJUSTED FIXTURE PLANS RECEIVED FROM ULTA, WILLSUPERSEDE THE FIXTURE LAYOUT INDICATED ON THIS SHEET. PLEASENOTIFY ARCHITECT IF ANY CONFLICTS OCCUR.2.REFER TO FIXTURE MANUAL FOR INFORMATION ON ALL FIXTURES.3.TENANT CONTRACTOR TO RECEIVE, UNLOAD AND INSTALL THE ARRAY ORDERWHICH CONSISTS OF 25 PALLETS OF STORE EQUIPMENT.4.LEVEL ALL OWNER SUPPLIED FIXTURES..5.THE FOLLOWING FIXTURES WILL RECEIVE GLASS SHELVES: W-4B, W-4B-S,W-10, W-10-S, X-1A-L-W, X-1B-L-W, X-2A-L-W, X-2B-L-W, X-10L-W, AND X-10H.6.SCRIBE M-513 PANELS TO ADJACENT WALLS AS REQUIRED.7.PLUG IN ALL OWNER FIXTURES THAT NEED TO BE PLUGGED INTO OUTLET.8.ADJUST THE HEIGHTS OF THE ILLUMINATED ARCH FIXTURES AS REQUIREDTO MAINTAIN THE CEILING ELEVATION BY CUTTING DOWN THE BASE TOACCOMMODATE THE UNEVEN FLOOR SLAB. VERIFY WITH MILLWORKMANUFACTURER.9.ASSEMBLE THE ROLL-AROUND CARTS (6 ROLL-AROUND CARTS TYP. PERSTORE). SHELVES ARE TO BE 12" O.C.10.UNLOAD ETAGERE UNITS AND STORE THEM IN THEIR ASSIGNED STORAGEAREA.11.ALL JOINTS/SEAMS TO BE CAULKED WHERE MILLWORK MEETS WALL U.N.O.,CAULK COLOR: WHITE12.SECURE I.D. BOUTIQUE END CAP SHELVES TO BRACKETS.13.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL STANDARDS, BRACKETS, AND J-HOOKS FORMISC. FIXTURE STORAGE IN STAGING. SEE INTERIOR STAGING ELEVATIONS.14.FIXTURE RUN DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY. CONFIRMACTUAL MILLWORK DIMENSIONS WITH FIXTURE MANUFACTURER.15.G.C. TO INSTALL OWNER FURNISHED FIRST AID KITS IN SALON AND STAGING.COORDINATE WITH ULTA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR EXACT LOCATION.16.CAULK SEAMS & JOINTS IN FIXTURES USING WHITE CAULK. CAULKCOUNTERTOPS TO CABINETS.17.G.C. TO COORDINATE FINAL SHELF LOCATION WITH STORE SET TEAM ANDSTORE MANAGER.18.SEE F1.1A AND F1.1B SHEET FOR PERIMETER FIXTURE DETAILS.TOTAL SQUARE FOOTAGESUPPORT AREASALON AREAALLOWABLE FINISH AREASALES/RETAIL AREAAREA/S.F.STAGING, OFFICE, RESTROOMS, DISPENSARY,HALLWAYS, ETC.AREAS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR CALCULATING OCCUPANCY, EXITING,PLUMBING FIXTURES, ETC. FOR USE BY ULTA ONLY. SEE CS1.0 FOROCCUPANCY CALCULATIONS11,000 S.F.1,425 S.F.687 S.F.8,888 S.F.ALLIED PANEL (AP48 & AP54) PLACEMENT NOTES:HAIR FASHIONS - ALL ALLIED PANELSHAIR ACCESSORIES - ALL ALLIED PANELSCOSMETIC APPLICATORS - ALL ALLIED PANELSTRIAL - ALL ALLIED PANELSPRO BRUSH - 1 ALLIED PANEL AT OUTSIDE ENDBATH ACCESSORIES - ALL ALLIED PANELSMASS COSMETICS - ALL ALLIED PANELS - NO DIVIDER PANELSEASI HAIR - ALLIED PANELWHEN THERE IS 24' OF MASS COSMETICS ON THE WALL THEBRANDS THAT WILL GO IN THAT LINEAR WILL ALWAYS BE ALMAYAND REVLON. FOR THOSE BRANDS, THE OUTRIGGERS THAT GOON THE PERIMETER WALL DO NOT GO ON THOSE SECTIONS DUETO THE CABINETRY BEING USED BY THE VENDOR.PLAN KEY NOTES:ALIGN FACE OF M-513 WITH FACE OF VALANCE.CEILING ELEMENTS. SEE SHEET A3.1 FOR DETAILS.FLOOR ELEMENTS. SEE SHEET A4.1 FOR DETAILS.G.C. TO START INSTALLING PERIMETER WALL FIXTURES FROM THIS POINT.A.ALL SOLID SURFACE TOPS TO BE JOINED, FUSED AND FINISHEDBY AN EXPERIENCED SOLID SURFACE CONTRACTOR.B.FOR CASHWRAP AND BACKWRAP INSTALLATION ONLY - SCRIBETOE KICK BASE TO FLOOR AND INSTALL SECONDARY BASE AFTER.33" HIGH ADA COUNTER WITH 30" WIDE ACCESSIBLE SIDE APPROACH. SEE1/A6.1. FOR POWER ROUGH-INS, SEE DETAIL 1/F1.1C AND ELECTRICALDRAWINGS.33" HIGH ADA COUNTER. FOR POWER ROUGH-INS, SEE DETAIL 2/F1.1CAND ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.G.C. TO COORDINATE CASHWRAP LOCATION WITH CONDUIT STUBS ANDELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS. LOCATE CONDUIT TIGHT TO SIDE OFCASHWRAP, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR ROUGH-IN PLAN.STORAGE ABOVE OFFICE, SEE A8.2.ALIGNRESTROOM EAS WALL MOUNTED SECURITY DEVICESECURITY BOLLARDSG.C. TO INSTALL J-BOX WITH DIMMER SWITCH FOR LIGHTING. SEE 3/F1.1CAND ELECTRICAL SHEETS FOR DETAILS.12345678910111213rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850MATCHLINE147 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR106BAMATCHLINEBA DC.2C.2D.3B.711DCBAECWH455 SQ. FT.SALON1028,888 SQ. FT.SALES101 99 SQ. FT.EXIST.VESTIBULE10071 SQ. FT.OFFICE104786 SQ. FT.STAGING10311 SQ. FT.COATCLOSET105232 SQ. FT.SHAMPOO/DRYING10723 SQ. FT.WASHER/DRYER10877 SQ. FT.UNISEXRESTROOM109137 SQ. FT.PLUMBING ROOM110147 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR10674 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR111PH.BD.147'-6 3/4"EXISTING DEMISING WALL: STUDS TO BE 362S162-54 AT 16"O.C. WITH R-6 BATT INSULATIONWITH 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD TAPEDAND SANDED BOTH SIDES. G.C. TOVERIFY CONSTRUCTION IN FIELDPRIOR TO START OF WORK.A197A1010911268FLOOR ELEMENTS,SEE SHEET A4.1FOR DETAILSFLOOR ELEMENTS,SEE SHEET A4.1FOR DETAILSCEILING ELEMENTS,SEE SHEET A3.1FOR DETAILS162'-6 1/2"10213EXISTING DEMISING WALL: STUDS TO BE 600S162-33 AT 16"O.C. WITH R-6 BATT INSULATIONWITH 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD TAPEDAND SANDED BOTH SIDES. G.C. TOVERIFY CONSTRUCTION IN FIELDPRIOR TO START OF WORK.1" INSULATED CLEAR GLASS INCLEAR ANODIZED ALUMINUMFRAMES PROVIDED BY LANDLORDUNDER SEPARATE PERMIT.EXTERIOR AWNING TYPICALOF 3 PROVIDED BYLANDLORD AND UNDERSEPARATE PERMIT, TYPICAL.G.C. TO VERIFYEXISTING REINFORCEDCONCRETE SLAB ONGRADE IS 4" MINIMUMTHICKNESS, MINIMUMLOAD BERING CAPACITY100 POUNDS PERSQUARE FOOT ANDPROVIDED WITHMINIMUM SHEET VAPORRETARDER ASTM E1745.CLASS 'C', 10 MIL.CONTACT ARCHITECTIMMEDIATELY WITHDISCREPANCIES.TYP.1A7.11AA6.12AA6.13AA6.14AA6.11A2.01A2.1A153119'-9"10010142A2B2C2DA6.49'-4 1/2"91075SEE DETAIL6/F1.1B1'-0" 29'-0" 1'-0" 29'-0" 1'-0" 29'-0" 1'-0" 29'-0 1/8"13'-4 3/4" 11 3/4"66'-4 3/4"11'-5 1/4"6"39'-6"6"14'-5 1/2"1'-0"1'-3"3BA6.110310410610510810710956'-11 1/2"9'-5 1/2"1A156868A151A151689797151515ACCBB115TYP.15TYP.12AAAAAAAA103333B1FBJJBB1C1CLMBBBAACC159797979759797979797105157715118'-1"15EXISTING DEMISING WALL:STUDS TO BE 600S162-33 AT 16" O.C.WITH R-19 BATT INSULATION WITH5/8" GYPSUM BOARD TAPED ANDSANDED BOTH SIDES. G.C. TOVERIFY CONSTRUCTION IN FIELDPRIOR TO START OF WORK.BB@ COL.103CA6.166"PROVIDE COLUMN TRIM RING AT ACTCEILING G.C. TO USE"MANUFACTURER APPROVED VINYLLATEX TOUCH UP PAINT" ON ALL CUTEDGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS.ACT-1P-6ALL SIDESWB-1WB-1P-6A2.38NOTE: REFER TO MANUFACTURERS DETAILS FOR ADDITIONAL INSTALLATION INFORMATION. G.C. TO FIELD VERIFYSTRUCTURAL COLUMN SIZES. NOTIFY ARCHITECT IF COLUMN IS TOO LARGE FOR PREMANUFACTURED COLUMNENCLOSURE.SEE SHEET CS-3 FORCOLUMN COVER VENDORPROVIDE COLUMN TRIM RING AT CEILING.CUSTOM COLUMN COVER FIBER REINFORCED GYPSUM TOEXTEND 6" ABOVE CEILING - CONTACT MOONLIGHT MOLDSPRIOR TO WORK START.BEND METAL RECEPTACLE FACE PLATE TO MATCH COLUMNENCLOSURE RADIUS. COORDINATE LOCATION AND HEIGHT WITHELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.1'-3"1'-0"TYPICAL ATTACHMENT TO EXISTING COLUMNSTRUCTURE - REFER TO ENLARGED DETAIL.5/8" GYPSUM BOARD.BEND METAL CLEAN OUTCOVER TO MATCH COLUMNENCLOSURE RADIUS.COORDINATE LOCATION ANDHEIGHT WITH PLUMBINGDRAWINGS.CONTINUOUSREINFORCEMENT.TYPICAL.FASTENERS @ 6"O.C. -COUNTERSINKTAPERED TOACCEPT TAPE ANDJOINT COMPOUND.1 1/2" X 1 1/2" X 3"METAL CLIP ANGLEATTACHED TOFLOOR. REFER TOOVERHEADCONNECTIONDETAILS 1/A8.1.18 GAUGE METALSTUD.STRUCTURAL STEEL COLUMN - EXISTINGFILL, TAPE AND SAND BY INSTALLER, TYPICAL.BA4" DRYER VENT6" 'B' VENT2'-0"11'-0"10" COMBUSTION AIRRTU-3 11'-0"9'-0"10" VENT W/ GOOSENECKTERMINATION(RESTROOM EXHAUST)4'-0"4'-0"4" SANITARY VENTSALON EXHAUST FAN4" SANITARY VENT10'-0"16'-0"1 1/4" GAS STUBRTU-420'-0"15'-0"PRICE SCANNER STICKERSFURNISHED BY ULTA,INSTALLED BY G.C. BOTTOMOF SCANNER STICKER TO BEMOUNTED AT 96" A.F.F.PRICE SCANNER FURNISHEDBY ULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C.TOP OF SCANNER TO BEMOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F. MAX.SEE A1.1. FOR PRICESCANNER LOCATION.11 SQ. FT.N.I.CSHARED RECEIVING / CORRIDOR110AASCALEDIMENSION PLAN1/8"=1'-0"Argla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850DIMENSION PLANAND DETAILSSLSMOA2.0NEW INTERIOR PARTITIONEXISTING PARTITIONNEW INSULATED PARTITION, SEE WALLTYPES FOR FURTHER INFORMATIONSCALEPLAN KEY NOTESNONE-EXISTING DEMISING/BUILDING WALL TO REMAIN.PLAN KEY NOTES:G.C. TO FIELD VERIFY COLUMN LOCATIONS AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND ULTA CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER IMMEDIATELY OF ANY DISCREPANCY.PROVIDE (7) ROWS OF 2 x 4 HORIZONTAL FIRE RATED BLOCKING FOR INSTALLATION OF 10'-0" TALL STANDARDS. SEE DETAIL 7/A8.3 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.G.C. TO PROVIDE PLYWOOD BLOCKING IN WALL FOR MIRRORS. REFER TO ELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION.1234SKIM COAT WALL TO LEVEL 5 FINISH FROM FLOOR TO UNDERSIDE OF ARCH.5CONTINUOUS 4" x 3/4" FIRE-RATED PLYWOOD BACKING PLACED ABOVE GYPSUM BOARD AND SECURE TO GYPSUM BOARD CEILING FRAMING SYSTEM BETWEEN STUDS. TRACK STARTS AT 6" FROM INTERIORPARTITION OR ARCH FIXTURE U.N.O.67WINDOW SHADES ARE TO BE INSTALLED ON ALL WINDOWS. SHADES WILL NOT BE LOCATED ON TRANSOM AND VESTIBULE WINDOWS. SEE A4.1 FOR SHADE SPECIFICATION.8SEE DETAIL 8/A8.3 FOR WALL BASE INSTALLATION AT PERIMETER FIXTURES.9G.C. TO PROVIDE (2) 2 x 12 FIRE TREATED WOOD BLOCKING IN WALL FOR LENGTH OF VALANCE. ATTACH PLATE WITH 3 1/2" LONG LAG BOLTS. SEE DETAIL 1/A3.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.10REFER TO SHEET P-5 FOR WATER HEATER PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS.11REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR AND LIGHT SWITCH LOCATIONS AT OFFICE AND COORDINATE METAL STUD FRAMING.123/4" FIRE RATED PLYWOOD FLOOR SLAB TO 6" ABOVE CEILING ON ALL THREE SIDES OF ETAGERE STORAGE PAINTED P-1.1314BACK OF SIDEWRAP TO BE ANCHORED TO WALL. G.G. TO INSTALL 2X8 WOOD BLOCKING IN WALL. TOP OF WOOD BLOCKING TO BE MOUNTED AT 31" A.F.F. SEE DETAIL 6/A2.3 FOR BLOCKING.BLOCKING NOTES:GENERAL:1.ALL IN WALL BLOCKING BY G.C.2.PLYWOOD BLOCKING IN WALL BETWEEN STUDS FORANCHORING3.ALL WOOD BLOCKING TO BE MIN. 3/4" THICK FIRERETARDANT TREATED (AS REQUIRED BY CODE)4.ALL PLYWOOD AND BLOCKING TO BE FIRERETARDANT TREATED (AS REQ'D. BY CODE)5.SEE 6/A2.3 FOR TYPICAL BLOCKING DETAILSALES:PERIMETER WALL CASE FIXTURES:FIXTURE CLEATS FURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLEDBY G.C., BLOCKING PROVIDED BY G.C. SEE MILLWORKFIXTURE CUT SHEETS AND BLOCKING AT WALL FIXTUREDETAIL THIS SHEET ON F1.1A & F1.1B SHEETS.FOR RETROFIT INSTALLATION AT EXISTING GYPSUMBOARD, REMOVE GYPSUM BOARD AS REQUIRED TOINSTALL CONTINUOUS 2x8 AND REPAIR WITH NEWGYPSUM BOARD TO MATCH EXISTING GYPSUM BOARDTYPE AND THICKNESS. 2X8 CONTINUOUS WOODBLOCKING WITH SCAFCO KWIK-BACK CLIPS. SCREWBLOCKING TO EXISTING STUDS WITH SCAFCOKWINK-BACK CLIPS USING #10 SCREWS.OFFICE:COUNTER TOP - 18" HIGH BLOCKING AT 30" A.F.F.CENTEREDSHELVING - 36" HIGH BLOCKING AT 63" A.F.F. CENTEREDSTAGING AREA:CONTINUOUS SURFACE MOUNTED HORIZONTAL FIRERETARDANT (AS REQUIRED BE CODE) 2x4 BLOCKING ATEACH SCREW HOLE IN WALL STANDARDS. SEE INTERIORELEVATIONS FOR MORE INFORMATION.-G.C. TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT WALL BLOCKING FORWALL MOUNTED STORAGE. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONSFOR LOCATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS.RESTROOMS:G.C. TO PROVIDE SUFFICIENT WALL BLOCKING FORWALL MOUNTED TOILETS - GRAB BARS ANDACCESSORIES. SEE PLUMBING SHEETS FOR TOILETSPECIFICATIONS.15G.C. TO FLAT TAPE ALL WALLS POST INSTALLATION OF FLOORING; G.C. TO FLAT TAPE ALL WALLS TO FLOOR FOR WALLS THAT REQUIRE COVE BASE.SCALESECTION AT COLUMN COVERN.T.S.2SCALECOLUMN COVER DETAIL1-1/2"=1'-0"1NOTE: DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUDOR FACE OF EXISTING WALL/ COLUMN, U.N.O.XXPLAN KEY NOTEWALL TYPE - SEE A2.3 SHEETFOR FURTHER INFORMATION16G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL IN-WALL BLOCKING. FOR BLOCKING HEIGHT, REFER TO SHEET F1.1B.SCALEEXISTING ROOF PENETRATIONS3/32"=1'-0"-*FOR SITE REFERENCE ONLY*G.C. TO INSTALL ULTA (FIXTURE CONTRACTOR) SUPPLIED WALL CLEAT. G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL WALL BLOCKING. SECURE CLEAT TO BLOCKING. FOR BLOCKING AND LOOSE CLEAT HEIGHTS, REFERTO F1.1A & F1.1B SHEETS.SCALEPRICE SCANNER1-1/2"=1'-0"3MATCHLINEBAMATCHLINEBA WHPH.BD.SALES101SALON102UNISEX RESTROOM1091A1B1C1DA6.26A6B6C6DA6.2C1'-0"MIN.1BA6.41AA6.4AA6.33A8.3B3A3B3C3DA6.25BA6.25AA6.24A4B4C4DA6.22A2B2C2DA6.2TYP.EACHSIDEDASTAGING103OFFICE104PLUMBINGROOM110 CORRIDOR111WASHER/DRYER108SHAMPOO/DRYING107 CORRIDOR106COATCLOSET105INSTALL WC-5 AT SIDE OF NEW WALL CONSTRUCTION.WRAP WC-5 BEHIND ARCH. INSTALL WALL COVERINGPRIOR TO INSTALLING LIGHT ARCH TO ENSURE WALLCOVERING EXTENDS BEHIND ARCH.ARCHINTERIOR WALL7'-11 3/8"3 5/8"6'-2 1/8"6"7'-11 3/4"3 5/8"48'-4 3/8"±ALIGN5'-3 5/8"3'-0"D.O.1'-1 3/4"3 5/8"4'-8 1/2"10 3/8"3 5/8"4'-1 1/4"3 5/8"1'-11 1/4"3 5/8"32'-2 1/4"6"7'-0 3/8"3'-0"D.O.1'-4 7/8"4'-2 3/4"3'-0" D.O. 8 5/8" 3 5/8" 1'-10 5/8"6 5/8"3'-0"D.O.7 1/8"3 5/8"4'-2 1/8"3 5/8"1'-0 5/8"8 7/8"4'-0"D.O.4 5/8"12'-10 7/8"3 5/8"11'-4 3/8"1'-2" 1'-10 5/8" 6" 2'-1 3/8" 3 5/8" 1'-6"3'-0" F.O. 6'-5 5/8" 3 5/8" 3'-6 1/4" 3 5/8" 9'-9" 3 5/8" 7'-5 5/8" 3 5/8" 1'-9 7/8" 3'-0" F.O. 1'-10 1/2"6"1CA6.41DA6.41A8.23A3B3C3DA6.43 5/8"6 1/4" 3 5/8"SCALEENLARGED SALON PLAN1/4"=1'-0"1rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850ENLARGEDSALON PLANSLSMOA2.1NEW INTERIOR PARTITIONEXISTING PARTITIONNEW INSULATED PARTITION, SEE WALLTYPES FOR FURTHER INFORMATIONNOTE: DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OFSTUD OR FACE OF EXISTING WALL, U.N.O. FOR ATTACHMENT OF SLOTTED SLIP TRACK TOWALL STUDS: TIGHTEN SCREWS, THEN BACKOFF 1/2 TURNNOTE:FOR ALTERNATE GAP AMOUNT,NOTIFY ARCHITECT/ENGINEER.SECTION VIEW1" GAPATTACH TRACK TOSTUDS WITH SCREWAT EACH FLANGETYPICALWALL STUD1" GAP TO ALLOWFOR VERTICALDEFLECTIONATTACH SLOTTED SLIP TRACKTO MAIN STRUCTURE (SEE TOPTRACK ATTACHMENT SCHEDULEIN DETAIL #2 OF THIS SHEET)54 MIL. (16 GAUGE)SLOTTED SLIP TRACKCONCRETE FLOOR SLABTYPICAL RUNNER TRACK(SEE PLANS FOR SIZE)HILTI DS 0.177" SHANK 1 1/2"MINIMUM PENETRATION,2,000 PSI MINIMUMCONCRETE, ESR-1663TYPICALWALL STUD(SEE PLANSFOR SIZE)CENTERLINE16" O.C. (N.T.S.)GYPSUM BOARD WALLCOVERING (SEE PLANS)2X8 WOOD BLOCKINGSCAFCO KWICK-BACKKB162-33 CLIPS WITH #10SCREWS IN EVERY HOLENEW / EXISTING LIGHTGAUGE METAL WALL STUDS(SEE PLANS FOR SIZES)NOTE: SEE PLANS FOR BLOCKING HEIGHTS / LOCATIONSRUNNER TRACKATTACHMENTTYPICALRUNNERTRACKTYPICALWALL STUDJ=JOIST (OR STUD)S=STUDT=TRACK1) THE BOTTOM PLATE OF ALL INTERIOR PARTITIONS SHALL BE ATTACHED ATFLOOR W/ .177 SHANK DIAMETER x 1 3/4" PENETRATION AT 32" O.C. POWERDRIVEN FASTENER HILTI DS, 0.177" SHANK, 1 1/2" MINIMUM PENETRATION,2,000 PSI MINIMUM CONCRETE, ESR-16632) WALL STUD TABLE:MAXIMUM WALL HEIGHT13'-6"362S162-3316" O.C.STUD SIZESPACINGREMARKS16'-0"362S162-43362S162-54362S162-68 ALT. 600S162-33Fy = 50 KSI18'-0"20'-0"16" O.C.16" O.C.16" O.C.600S162-3322'-0"16" O.C.24'-0"16" O.C.26'-0"16" O.C.28'-0"16" O.C.30'-0"16" O.C.600S162-43600S162-54600S162-54800S162-43Fy = 50 KSINOTE: ALL STEEL TO BE MIN. Fy = 33 KSI U.N.O.3) THE TOP TRACK OF EACH FULL HEIGHT WALL SHALL BE ATTACHEDDIRECTLY TO THE STRUCTURE WHEN THE WALL IS PERPENDICULAR TOFRAMING. THE TOP TRACK OF EACH FULL HEIGHT WALL SHALL BEATTACHED DIRECTLY TO BLOCKING WHEN THE WALL IS PARALLEL TO THESTRUCTURE AT 4'-0" O.C.4) PROVIDE MINIMUM 4'-0" HIGH CEMENT BOARD AT FLOOR BEHIND ALL FRP.5) PROVIDE CEMENT BOARD UNDER ALL WALL TILE.6) ALL BRACING AND SUSPENDED COMPONENTS ARE FROM STRUCTURE(NOT FROM DECK). DO NOT PENETRATE THROUGH DECK ABOVE.7) ALL COLD FORMED STEEL FRAMING COMPONENTS BY CLARK DIETRICH,ESR-1166P.8) INSTALL COLD-FORMED METAL FRAMING ACCORDING TO TABLE ANDAISI'S "STANDARD FOR COLD-FORMED STEEL FRAMING - GENERALPROVISIONS" AND TO MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS.9) WATER-RESISTANT GYPSUM BACKING BOARD SHALL BE USED AS A BASEFOR THE TILE IN WATER CLOSET COMPARTMENT WALLS INSTALLED INACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER RECOMMENDATIONS.10) WALLS TO BE BRACED TO STRUCTURE ABOVE USING ALTERNATINGSTUDS (362S162-33). MAX. UNBRACED LENGTH OF 4'-0". SEE CONNECTIONDETAILS ON SHEET A-8.1.11) SEE F1.1A & F1.1B SHEETS FOR BLOCKING HEIGHTS/LOCATIONS.CONVERSIONTABLEMILSGAUGE1825272233204318541668149712DEPTH(1/100 IN)MEMBER TYPEFLANGE WIDTH(1/100 IN)THICKNESS(MILS=.001")NOTE: GAUGE EQUIVALENT STUDS ARE NOT ANACCEPTABLE ALTERNATE. G.C. TO PROVIDECOPY OF MANUFACTURER'S METAL STUDSUBMITAL TO ARCHITECT PRIOR TO ORDERING.NOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKINGWITHIN WALL. PATCH AND REPAIR GYPSUMBOARD TO ORIGINAL CONDITION WHENBLOCKING IS REQUIRED INSIDE EXISTING WALLS.EXTEND 12" ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS EXISTING METAL STUD DEMISINGWALL CONSTRUCTION.DIETRICH E543 EASY CLIP @ 4'-0"O.C.(2) #10 TEK INTO EXISTING METALSTUD WALL.STEEL STUD RUNNERHOLD GYPSUM BOARD FROMUNFINISHED FLOOR. SEE 8/A8.2FOR DETAILS AT PERIMETERWALLS AND A4.1 FOR FLOORFINISH LOCATIONS.POWER DRIVEN FASTENER AT 32"O.C. (TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.EMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.16 GAUGE CLIP ANGLE AT EACHSTUD WITH (2) #10 TEK AT EACHLEG. CLIP ANGLE AT MID SPAN OFEACH LEG.16 GAUGE CLIP ANGLE AT EACHSTUD WITH (2) #10 TEK AT EACHLEG. CLIP ANGLE AT MID SPAN OFEACH LEG.5/8" GYPSUM BOARDG.C. TO VERIFY EXISTING STUD FRAMING,SIZE, SPACING, GAUGE AND FLANGEWIDTH AND REPORT FINDINGS TOARCHITECTS.LINE OF EXISTING DEMISING/ EXTERIORWALL. PATCH AND REPAIR AS REQUIREDTO MAINTAIN FIRE RATING.ANOTE: FOR WALL CLEATS AND WOOD BLOCKINGREFER TO BLOCKING AT PERIMETER WALLFIXTURES DETAILS ON F1.1A & F1.1B SHEETS6"STEEL STUD RUNNERLINE OF CEILING - SEE REFLECTEDCEILING PLANB15/8" GYPSUM BOARDPOWER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 32" O.C.(TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.HOLD GYP. BD. FROM UNFINISHED FLOOR.SEE 8/A8.2 FOR DETAILS AT PERMIETERWALLS AND A4.1 FOR FLOOR FINISHLOCATIONS.LATERALLY BRACE TO STRUCTUREABOVE. SEE NOTE #10 BELOW. ATTACH TOTOP OF TRACK WITH (2) #10 SCREWSMETAL STUDS:600S162-33 @ 16" O.C.BMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.6"LINE OF CEILING - SEE REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN5/8" GYPSUM BOARD (CEMENT BOARD ASREQUIRED)LATERALLY BRACE TO STRUCTUREABOVE. SEE NOTE #10 BELOW.ATTACH TOTOP CHORD OF TRACK WITH (2) #10SCREWS.SOUND ATTENUATED INSULATION (5 1/2"INSULATION AT SKINCARE)STEEL STUD RUNNERHOLD GYPSUM BOARD FROM UNFINISHEDFLOOR. SEE 8/A8.2 FOR DETAILS ATPERIMETER WALLS AND A4.1 FOR FLOORFINISH LOCATIONS.C1POWER DRIVEN FASTENER AT 32" O.C.(TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.METAL STUDS:600S162-33 @ 16" O.C.CMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.EXTEND 12" ABOVE SUSPENDED CEILINGS6"CONTINUOUS 362T125-54 WITH (1)#10 TEK AT EACH LEG.EXISTING METAL STUD DEMISINGWALL CONSTRUCTION.(2) #10 TEK INTO EXISTING METALSTUD WALL.362S162-54 FOR TIE-BACK WITH (2)#10 TEK AT EACH LEG. TIE-BACKSTUD AT MID SPAN OF EACH LEG.6'-0" A.F.F. MAX.CONTINUOUS 362T125-54 WITH (1)#10 TEK AT EACH LEG.(2) #10 TEK INTO EXISTING METALSTUD WALL.362S162-54 FOR TIE-BACK WITH (2)#10 TEK AT EACH LEG. TIE-BACKSTUD AT MID SPAN OF EACH LEG.362S162-54 FOR TIE-BACK AT 4' O.C.WITH (2) #10 TEK ATTACHED TOTOP TRACK.(2) #10 TEK INTO EXISTING METALSTUD WALL.STEEL STUD RUNNERHOLD GYPSUM BOARDFROM UNFINISHED FLOOR.SEE 8/A8.2 FOR DETAILSAT PERIMETER WALLSAND A4.1 FOR FLOORFINISH LOCATIONS.POWER DRIVEN FASTENER AT 32" O.C.(TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.SPAZZER 5400 BRIDGINGBAR AT 4'-0" O.C.VERTICALLY TO BEINSTALLED ONLY ONWALLS WITH MILLWORKFIXTURES. REFER TODETAIL 2 OF THIS SHEET.DMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.5/8" GYPSUM BOARDE1METAL STUDS:600S162-33 @ 16" O.C.6"STEEL STUD RUNNERPOWER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 32" O.C.(TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.HOLD GYP. BD. FROM UNFINISHED FLOOR.SEE 8/A8.2 FOR DETAILS AT PERIMETERWALLS AND A4.1 FOR FLOOR FINISHLOCATIONS.LATERALLY BRACE TO STRUCTUREABOVE. SEE NOTE #10 BELOW. ATTACHTO TOP OF TRACK WITH (2) #10 SCREWSLINE OF CEILING - SEE REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN5/8" GYPSUM BOARDSTEEL STUDNOTE: STUDS AND BACK SIDE OF GYPSUMBOARD TO BE PAINTED PRIMED WHITEPRIOR TO GYPSUM BOARD INSTALLATIONWHEN WALL IS LOCATED ADJACENT ANEXTERIOR WINDOWSECURELY ATTACH NEW STUDS TOEXISTING STUD WALL CONSTRUCTION.FMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.F1METAL STUDS:600S162-33 @ 16" O.C.GSTEEL STUD RUNNERBASE TO WRAP AROUND ALL SIDES.P-1WB-2VT-8POWER DRIVEN FASTENERS AT 32"O.C. (TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.WB-2MOP SINK SIDE5/8" GYPSUM BOARDSTEEL STUDS AT 16" O.C. SEE PLANFOR STUD SIZEHEADER TRACK2 1/2" DIAMETER STEEL POST AT EACHEND CORE AND GROUT SOLID INTOCONCRETE SLAB WITH NON-SHRINKGROUT.FRP PANEL5/8" CEMENT BOARD4'-0" 6"LINE OF CEILING - SEE REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN5/8" CEMENT BOARD AS REQUIREDLATERALLY BRACE TO STRUCTUREABOVE. SEE NOTE #10 BELOW.ATTACHTO TOP CHORD OF TRACK WITH (2)#10 SCREWS.SOUND ATTENUATED INSULATION.STEEL STUD RUNNERPOWER DRIVEN FASTENER AT 32" O.C.(TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.5/8" GYPSUM BOARDPT-7PT-2H1METAL STUDS:600S162-33 @ 16" O.C.HMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.6"LINE OF CEILING - SEE REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN5/8" CEMENT BOARD AS REQUIREDLATERALLY BRACE TO STRUCTUREABOVE. SEE NOTE #10 BELOW.ATTACHTO TOP CHORD OF TRACK WITH (2)#10 SCREWS.SOUND ATTENUATED INSULATION.STEEL STUD RUNNERPOWER DRIVEN FASTENER AT 32" O.C.(TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.5/8" GYPSUM BOARDPT-7PT-2J1METAL STUDS:600S162-33 @ 16" O.C.JMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.RESTROOM SIDEHOLD GYP. BD. FROM UNFINISHED FLOOR.SEE 8/A8.2 FOR DETAILS AT PERIMETERWALLS AND A4.1 FOR FLOOR FINISHLOCATIONS.(2) #10 TEK ATTACH TO 362T125-54EXISTING METAL STUD DEMISINGWALL CONSTRUCTION.(2) #10 TEK INTO EXISTING METALSTUD WALL.STEEL STUD RUNNERPOWER DRIVEN FASTENER AT 32"O.C. (TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.KMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.16 GAUGE CLIP ANGLE AT EACHSTUD WITH (2) #10 TEK AT EACHLEG. CLIP ANGLE AT MID SPAN OFEACH LEG.16 GAUGE CLIP ANGLE AT EACHSTUD WITH (2) #10 TEK AT EACHLEG. CLIP ANGLE AT MID SPAN OFEACH LEG.DIETRICH E543 EASY CLIP @ 4'-0"O.C.5/8" CEMENT BOARD ASREQUIREDPT-7PT-2RESTROOMSIDESPAZZER 5400 BRIDGING BAR AT4'-0" O.C. VERTICALLY TO BEINSTALLED ONLY ON WALLS WITHMILLWORK FIXTURES. REFER TODETAIL 2 OF THIS SHEET.SPAZZER 5400 BRIDGING BAR AT 4'-0" O.C.VERTICALLY TO BE INSTALLED ONLY ONWALLS WITH MILLWORK FIXTURES. REFERTO DETAIL 2 OF THIS SHEET.6"LINE OF CEILING - SEE REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN3"LINE OF CEILING - SEE REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN5/8" CEMENT BOARD AS REQUIREDLATERALLY BRACE TO STRUCTUREABOVE. SEE NOTE #10BELOW.ATTACH TO TOP CHORD OFTRACK WITH (2) #10 SCREWS.SOUND ATTENUATED INSULATION.STEEL STUD RUNNERPOWER DRIVEN FASTENER AT 32"O.C. (TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.5/8" GYPSUM BOARDLMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.HOLD GYP. BD. FROM UNFINISHEDFLOOR. SEE 8/A8.2 FOR DETAILS ATPERIMETER WALLS AND A4.1 FORFLOOR FINISH LOCATIONS.SEE PLANS6" 6"LINE OF CEILING - SEE REFLECTEDCEILING PLAN5/8" CEMENT BOARD AS REQUIREDLATERALLY BRACE TO STRUCTUREABOVE. SEE NOTE #10BELOW.ATTACH TO TOP CHORD OFTRACK WITH (2) #10 SCREWS.SOUND ATTENUATED INSULATION.STEEL STUD RUNNERPOWER DRIVEN FASTENER AT 32"O.C. (TYPICAL) SEE DETAIL 5/A2.3.5/8" GYPSUM BOARDPT-7PT-2MMETAL STUDS:362S162-33 @ 16" O.C.RESTROOM SIDEHOLD GYP. BD. FROM UNFINISHEDFLOOR. SEE 8/A8.2 FOR DETAILS ATPERIMETER WALLS AND A4.1 FORFLOOR FINISH LOCATIONS.SEE PLANS6""OFF MODULE" STUD, JAMB OR POST.TYPICAL SPAZZER BARTERMINATION:EXTEND SPAZZER INTOPUNCH-OUT. ATTACHWITH CONNECTOR USING(4) #10-16 SCREWS.CLARK DIETRICH SPAZZER BAR. SIZEAND SPACE PER DESIGN.TYPICAL SPAZZER BAR SPLICE:OVER LAP 2" AND USE (2) #10-16SCREWS AS SHOWN."BUTTERFLY" CUT SPAZZER BAR ANDBEND LEGS 90°. USE (2) #10-16SCREWS IN EACH LEG (LEGS TO BEA MINIMUM 1-1/2" LONG).ORORORSPAZZER BAR FLY CLIP(SFLY) WITH (4) #10-16SCREWS.USE (2) #10-16SCREWS AT EACHSTUD AS SHOWN.SPAZZER BARGUARD (SPBG) WITH(2) #10-16 SCREWS.SPAZZERGROMMET (SPGR).NOTE:SPAZZER BAR IS NOT SUITABLE FOR STUDSDEEPER THAN 6".EACH END OF LATERAL BRACING MUST BERIGIDLY FIXED OR OTHERWISE PREVENTEDFROM HORIZONTAL MOVEMENT.rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850WALL TYPES,STUD FRAMING,AND BLOCKINGDETAILSSLSMOA2.3SCALEPARTITION DETAIL - LATERAL BRACINGN.T.S.2SCALEPARTITION DETAIL - TOP RACKN.T.S.3SCALEBLOCKING DETAILN.T.S.6SCALEPARTITION DETAIL - SLOTTED RACKN.T.S.4SCALEPARTITION DETAIL - TRACK ANCHORN.T.S.5MATERIALCONCRETESTEELOTHERFASTENERSPACINGREMARKSTOP TRACK ATTACHMENT SCHEDULE32" O.C.32" O.C.16" O.C.HILTI DS, 0.177" SHANK, 1 1/2"MINIMUM PENETRATION, 2,000 PSIMINIMUM CONCRETE ESR-1663X.U P.A.F.(1) - #10 SCREW(1) - #10 SCREWMATERIAL > 43 MILS (> 18 GAUGE)MATERIAL < 43 MILS (< 18 GAUGE)EMBED 1" MINIMUMATTACHMENT TO BE APPROVED BY DESIGN ENGINEERSCALEWALL TYPES1" = 1'-0"1NOT USEDNOT USEDNOT USEDNOT USEDNOT USED H.M. JAMB DETAIL-H.M. HEADER DETAIL-16 GAUGE STEEL DOORFRAME. PAINT P-1TREATED WOODBLOCKINGDOOR SEE FLOOR PLANCAULK BOTH SIDESBOX METAL FRAMINGSTUD LINTEL5/8" TYPE 'X' GYP. BD.ON EACH SIDE OF THESTUD FRAME WALLSEE PLANS16 GAUGE STEEL DOORFRAME. PAINT P-1TREATED WOOD BLOCKINGCAULK BOTH SIDESMETAL FRAMING5/8" GYPSUM BOARD ON EACHSIDE OF THE STUD FRAMEWALLDOOR SEE FLOOR PLANSEE PLANS TYP.3/4" FINISHED WOOD JAMB/HEAD.(DO NOT PROVIDE STOP AT JAMB)1/2"X2" PERIMETER WOODCASING. SET BACK 1/2"FROM FACE OF JAMB.2X FIRE TREATED WOODBLOCKINGSEE A2.3 FOR WALL TYPES5/8" GYPSUM BOARDTYPICAL BOTH SIDES. SEEINTERIOR ELEVATIONSFOR FINISH.1/2"X2" PERIMETER CASING.SETBACK 1/2" FROM FACE OF JAMBCASED OPENING (DO NOTPROVIDE STOP AT JAMB)PROVIDE WHITECAULK, TYPICAL ATINSIDE CORNERSWOOD TRIM,TYPICALNOTE:CABINET GRADE WOOD TRIM PROVIDED BY G.C. TRIM PIECES TO BESTANDARD ITEM IN STOCK. CUSTOM PIECE IS NOT REQUIRED.SEE PLAN AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR APPLICABLE LOCATIONS.P-1ISOMETRIC VIEWAPLAN VIEWB1/2"1/2"EASED EDGEF.O.BCLOUVEREDDOOR SOLIDCORE WITHFALSELOUVER, SEEDETAIL 1ATHIS SHEETP-1KICKPLATEKICKPLATEEXIT DEVICEE3'-6"FLUSHBOLT TOPAND BOTTOMVIEWER AT60" A.F.F.P-1INSULATEDHOLLOWMETAL DOORGP-1LOUVERED DOORSOLID CORE WITHFALSE LOUVER, SEEDETAIL 1A THISSHEET10" 3'-2" TO ℄ OF PUSH BAR AND LOCK 3'-4" TO ℄OF PULLA ALUM.STOREFRONTDOORS (BYSTOREFRONTMANUFACTURER)LOCK CYLINDERAS APPLICABLESEE DOORHARDWARESCHEDULEEXTERIOR DOORPULLS. MOUNTINGHEIGHT NOT TOBLOCK LOCK ACCESS.A1ALUM.STOREFRONTDOORS (BYSTOREFRONTMANUFACTURER)10" 10"EXTERIOR DOORPULLS.3'-2" TO ℄ OF PUSH BAR 3'-4" TO ℄ OF PULL 4'-7"EQ.EQ.KICKPLATE2'-4"1'-0"D10"VISION PANEL WITH TEMPERED GLASS(REFLECTIVE SIDE FACING OUTSIDE OF ROOM).PAINT FRAME P-1."EMPLOYEE ONLY"SIGNAGE FURNISHED BYULTA. MOUNT DIRECTLY TOVISION PANEL. SEE DOORSCHEDULE FORLOCATIONSP-1FOR STAGING DOOR, SEEDOOR SCHEDULE REMARK #16.SOLID CORE. PREMACHINEDFLUSH DOOR4'-0"℄ VISION PANEL3'-2" 3'-2"KICKPLATE10"SOLID CODEP-1FLUSHBOLT TOPAND BOTTOMKICKPLATE3'-2" 60" MAX.6"9"SEE DETAIL 6/A2.4 FOR MOUNTING/BRAILLE/ TEXT REQUIREMENTSSOLID COREKICKPLATE6"P-148" MIN. 10"UNISEX ACCESSIBILITYSIGNAGE AS PER STATEAND LOCAL CODES (ONLYAT RESTROOM DOORS)CHARCOAL GREY WITHWHITE LETTERS ANDSYMBOLS UNLESSOTHERWISE REQUIREDBY CODEBRAILLELETTERSPER ADAH4'-0" MIN. 5'-0" MAX.SAMPLETEXTSAMPLETEXT18"MIN.18"MIN.℄CLEAR SPACECENTERED ONTACTILECHARACTERSHEIGHT OF TACTILE CHARACTERS ABOVE FLOOR OR GROUND-LOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORS-9"FROMD.O.FOR TACTILE EXIT SIGN ATEXIT DOORS:G.C. TO PURCHASE TACTILEEXIT SIGNS TO BE USED ATEXIT DOORS. IF SIGN ISINSTALLED ON GLASS, G.C. TOPURCHASE ADDITIONAL SIGN(BLANK SIGN - SAME SIZE ANDCOLOR) TO BE INSTALLED TOTHE OPPOSITE SIDE OF THEGLASS TO COVER THE BACKOF TACTILE EXIT SIGN.www.compliancesigns.com(P): 800-578-1245ADA EXIT SIGN BRAILLE SIGNRRE-655 WHITE ON CHARCOALGRAY 6x4 IN. OR EQUALSEE PLANBI-FOLD HEAD-BI-FOLD JAMB-BOX METAL FRAMINGSTUD LINTEL16 GAUGE STEELDOOR FRAMEDOOR SEE FLOORPLAN5/8" TYPE "X" GYPSUMBOARD EACH SIDE OFTHE STUD FRAMEWALLP-1WOOD FACIA TOCONCEAL OVERHEADTRACKP-1CAULK BOTH SIDES16 GAUGE STEELDOOR FRAME5/8" TYPE "X"GYPSUM BOARDEACH SIDE OF THESTUD FRAME WALLMETAL FRAMINGCAULK BOTH SIDESDOOR SEE FLOORPLANP-1P-1rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850DOOR ANDHARDWARE SCHEDULESSLSMOA2.4SCALEHARDWARE SCHEDULENONE3LOCATIONMARKTYPEDOORFINISHREMARKSFRAMETYPEHARDWARE100-STOREFRONT ENTRYSCALEDOOR SCHEDULENONE4SCALELOCATION OF TACTILE SIGNS AT DOORSN.T.S.6SCALEWOOD CASED WALL OPENING DETAILN.T.S.5SCALEDOOR DETAIL3"=1'-0"1REMARKS:1.ALL HARDWARE SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATELOCAL ACCESSIBILITY CODES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO MOUNTINGHEIGHTS, OPERATING FORCE, & GRIP REQUIREMENTS).2.ALL TRIM FOR INTERIOR DOORS TO MATCH DOOR FINISH3.ALL EXTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE SHALL BE PROVIDED BY G.C. UNLESSNOTED OTHERWISE.4.G.C. VERIFY HARDWARE ON EXISTING EXTERIOR DOORS.5.ALL EXITS TO BE OPENABLE FROM INSIDE WITHOUT KEY OR SPECIALKNOWLEDGE.6.G.C. TO REPLACE CONSTRUCTION LOCK CYLINDER WITH ULTA SPECIFICLOCK CYLINDER.7.EXTERIOR EXIT DOOR SHALL HAVE SIGN ON OR ADJACENT TO DOOR THATSTATES "THIS DOOR TO REMAIN UNLOCKED WHENEVER THE BUILDING ISOCCUPIED" WITH 1" HIGH LETTERS IN CONTRASTING COLOR WITHBACKGROUND.8.DOORS SHALL HAVE A 5 SECOND MINIMUM CLOSING TIME FROM 90°-12°OPEN. MAXIMUM EFFORT TO OPERATE DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED:A.5.0 L.B.F. (22 N) FOR INTERIOR DOORS.B.8.5 L.B.F. (38 N) FOR EXTERIOR DOORS.C.15.0 L.B.F. (67 N) FOR FIRE DOORS. ADJUST CLOSER SO THAT IT COMPLIES WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS.9.COORDINATE LOCATION AND MOUNTING HEIGHT FOR THE HOURS OFOPERATION DECALS WITH ULTA.10.LOCKNET HARDWARE. TGC TO CONTACT LOCKNET AT START OFCONSTRUCTION. G.C. TO COORDINATE INSTALLATION WITH LOCKNET.LOCKNET CONTACT: JEFF CARROLL 800-887-4307 EXT. 23911.HM FRAMES TO BE KNOCK-DOWN TYPE AND TO BE INSTALLED AFTERFLOORING INSTALLATION. FINISH FRAME JOINTS TO PROVIDE AN EVENSURFACE AND NO IMPERFECTIONS. ALL SCREWS SHALL BE RECESSED.CAULK FRAME TO WALL.12.G.C. TO INSTALL ULTA SUPPLIED STICKER WITH STORE TELEPHONENUMBER ON REAR DOOR TO COORDINATE DELIVERIES (AFTERCONSTRUCTION).13.G.C. TO PURCHASE ALL DOORS, FRAMES, AND HARDWARE THROUGHLOCKNET. LOCKNET CONTACT : KORY CHANDLER 800-887-4307 EXT. 17514.UNDERCUT DOOR 1". SEE ALSO MECHANICAL DRAWINGS.15.G.C. TO INSTALL "EMPLOYEE ONLY" SIGNAGE16.PAINT DOOR AND FRAME P-6 (BOTH SIDES). REFER TO FINISHSPECIFICATIONS ON A4.1 SHEET17.ALL WOOD DOOR CLOSERS ARE TO BE INSTALLED WITH THRU BOLTS WITHSNB FASTENERS18.PROVIDE TACTILE EXIT SIGNAGE PER CODE REQUIREMENTS. REFER TODETAIL #6 ON THIS SHEET FOR TACTILE SIGN LOCATION.SIZESCALEBI-FOLD DOOR DETAIL3"=1'-0"1SCALEDOOR TYPES1/4"=1'-0"2SEE A4.1 FOR FINISH SPECIFICATIONS.SEE A4.1 FOR FINISH SPECIFICATIONS.SEE A4.1 FOR FINISH SPECIFICATIONS.101-VESTIBULE ENTRYITEMQUANTITYFINISHMANUFACTURERMODEL #BUTTSCLOSEREXIST.2 EXIST.-EXIST.TOP JAMB MOUNTINGPUSHEXIST.ROCKWOOD47 SERIESPULLEXIST.--EXIST.-ITEMQUANTITYFINISHMANUFACTURERMODEL #BUTTSMORTISECYLINDERWEATHERSTRIPCLOSER/PIVOTSEXIST.EXIST.EXIST.2 EXIST.---EXIST.EXIST.EXIST.BEST 7 PIN SFIC COMPATIBLE, SEE DOORSCHEDULE REMARKSGASKETING AND SILL SWEEPSTOP JAMB MOUNTINGPULLEXIST.ROCKWOOD-EXIST.-THRESHOLDEXIST.PEMKO-4 1/2" X 4 1/2" B.B. W/NON REMOVABLE PINS4 1/2" X 4 1/2" B.B. W/NON REMOVABLE PINSCVR EXITDEVICEEXIST.-ADAMS RITE8600-36-US32D-MECESCUTCHEONEXIST.-ADAMS RITE8650-US32D#255A SET ON MORTAR BEDIN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI CABO 117.A4.13.B.RM3131ROCKWOODRM3131WEATHERSTRIP-EXIST.ENTRYAEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTING TO REMAIN1,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,18100UNISEX TOILETB1023'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"107EH.M.EGRESS CORRIDOR1,2,8,11,13,15,16,17STAGINGD1,2,8,11,13,173'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"OFFICEH.M.DH.M.1063'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"1,2,13,14WOOD105COAT CLOSETC(2) 1'-6" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"1,2,13(4) 1'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"WASHER/DRYERGCORRIDORD110100101102105103104107106VESTIBULE1011,5,8,18A1EXISTINGEXISTINGEXISTINGWOODWOODWOODWOODH.M.H.M.SEE DOORTYPEEXISTING TO REMAIN1,2,8,11,13,14,17SEE DOORTYPESEE DOORTYPESEE DOORTYPESEE DOORTYPE108109103-OFFICEFINISHITEMQUANTITYVISION PANELMANUFACTURERMODEL #BUTTSLOCKSETSTOPCLOSER1-1/2 PR.111YALE1626ENTRANCE LOCKSET B-AU5407LN689ONEWAYDORMA-12" x 28" ONE WAY GLASS MIRRORTEMPERED GLASS102-STAGINGITEMQUANTITYFINISHMANUFACTURERMODEL #BUTTSLOCKSET1-1/2 PR.1US26-D626YALEPASSAGE LOCKSET AU5401LNKICKPLATE2US32-DROCKWOODK1050, 10" HIGH X 34" WIDE - ON PATHOF TRAVEL SIDEUS26-D7414-ARP-SNBUS26DROCKWOOD440STOPKICKPLATECLOSERVISION PANEL1211US26D689ONEWAYROCKWOODDORMA-4407414-ARP-SNB12" x 28" ONE WAY GLASS MIRRORTEMPERED GLASSUS32-DROCKWOODK1050, 10" HIGH X 34" WIDE108-WASHER/DRYERITEMQUANTITYFINISHMANUFACTURERMODEL #TRACKTOP PIVOT SETDOOR HANGERTRACK STOPPANEL HINGE3 PR.222JOHNSON1001071703BOTTOM PIVOT2170611251155-JOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONBOTTOM PIVOTBRACKETDOOR ALIGNERDOOR KNOB1212--------1011180833106-UNISEX TOILETLOCKSETITEMQUANTITYFINISHMANUFACTURERMODEL #BUTTS689STOPCLOSER1-1/2 PR.YALE111626KICKPLATE1DORMAUS32-DPRIVACY LOCKSET AU5402LNROCKWOODK1050, 10" HIGH X 34" WIDE - ON PATHOF TRAVEL SIDE7414-ARP-SNBUS26-DUS26DROCKWOOD440105-COAT CLOSETITEMQUANTITYFINISHMANUFACTURERMODEL #TRACKTOP PIVOT SETDOOR HANGERTRACK STOPPANEL HINGE1-1/2 PR.111JOHNSON1001071703BOTTOM PIVOT1170611251155-JOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONJOHNSONBOTTOM PIVOTBRACKETDOOR ALIGNERDOOR KNOB1111--------1011180833EXIST.GASKETING AND SILL SWEEPS1,2,3,4,5,8,10,11,13,18MCKINNEY1 EA 1502 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (MIDDLE)2 EA MPB79 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (TOP AND BTM.)MCKINNEY1 EA 1502 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (MIDDLE)2 EA MPB79 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (TOP AND BTM.)MCKINNEY1 EA 1502 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (MIDDLE)2 EA MPB79 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (TOP AND BTM.)103104-STAGINGITEMQUANTITYFINISHMANUFACTURERMODEL #BUTTSLOCKSETDOOR HOLDERSTOPKICKPLATECLOSERMANUAL FLUSHBOLT3 PR.US26-D1YALE626PASSAGE LOCKSET AU5401LN2ROCKWOOD461L KICKDOWN STOP 4-5/8"US26-D1US32-DROCKWOODWALL BUMPER 4094ROCKWOODUS32-DK1050, 10" HIGH X 34" WIDE2689DORMA7414 ARP SNB1 PR.S.S.555ROCKWOODVISION PANEL1-ONEWAY12" x 28" ONE WAY GLASS MIRRORTEMPERED GLASSMCKINNEY1 EA 1502 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (MIDDLE )2 EA MPB79 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (TOP & BTM.)1101081,2,8,11,13,15,16,17PLUMBING ROOMDH.M.3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"WOODSEE DOORTYPE1,2,3,8,11,13,17STAGING104HH.M.(2)3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"WOODSEE DOORTYPEH.M.(2)3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"H.M.SEE DOORTYPE109H.M.3'-0" x 7'-0" x 1 3/4"H.M.SEE DOORTYPE1,2,8,11,13,17110-EGRESS CORRIDOR109-CORRIDORITEMQUANTITYFINISHMANUFACTURERMODEL #BUTTSLOCKSETDOOR HOLDERSTOPKICKPLATECLOSERMANUAL FLUSHBOLT3 PR.US26-D1YALE626PASSAGE LOCKSET AU5401LN2ROCKWOOD461L KICKDOWN STOP 4-5/8"US26-D1US32-DROCKWOODWALL BUMPER 4094ROCKWOODUS32-DK1050, 10" HIGH X 34" WIDE2689DORMA7414 ARP SNB1 PR.S.S.555ROCKWOODVISION PANEL1-ONEWAY12" x 28" ONE WAY GLASS MIRRORTEMPERED GLASSMCKINNEY1 EA 1502 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (MIDDLE )2 EA MPB79 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (TOP & BTM.)MANUFACTURERMODEL #ITEMQUANTITYFINISHBUTTSEXIST.NON-REMOVABLE PINSS.S.PANIC DEVICECONTACTLOCKNETLOCKNETSECURITECH TRIDENTLOCKNET CONTACT: JEFF CARROLL800.887.4307 x239-SILENCERSAS NEEDEDROCKWOOD608-DOOR BELL1EDWARDSSIGNALING/ TRINE156G SERIES WITH TRANSFORMERSAND WEATHERPROOF PUSH BUTTONSTRINE 65P-CLOSEREXIST.-HEAVY DUTY SPEC. WITH THRUBOLTS. 1609 STRIKE-THRESHOLDEXIST.-IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANSI CABO117.A4.13B-DOOR SWEEPSEXIST.---WEATHERSTRIPEXIST.-GASKETING AND SILL SWEEP-RAINHOODEXIST.---VIEWEREXIST.#DS238 ONE WAY VIEWER ON ACTIVEDOORSILVERANODIZEDKICKPLATEEACH LEAF-EXIST.S.S.S.K1050, 10" HIGH X 34" WIDE - PUSH SIDEFLUSH BOLT1 PR. EXIST.S.S.MTD. ON INACTIVE LEAF-DOOR HOLDER2ROCKWOOD461L KICKDOWN STOP 4-5/8"US26-DASD-1-1/2 PR.EACH107-PLUMBING ROOMITEMQUANTITYFINISHMANUFACTURERMODEL #BUTTSLOCKSET1-1/2 PR.1US26-D626YALEPASSAGE LOCKSET AU5401LNSTOPKICKPLATECLOSERVISION PANEL1211US26D689ONEWAYROCKWOODDORMA-4407414-ARP-SNB12" x 28" ONE WAY GLASS MIRRORTEMPERED GLASSUS32-DROCKWOODK1050, 10" HIGH X 34" WIDEMCKINNEY1 EA 1502 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (MIDDLE)2 EA MPB79 4 1/2" X 4 1/2" (TOP AND BTM.) @AFF11'-0"ACT-1@AFF9'-0"GYP. BD.@AFF13'-0"ACT-2WIRELESS ACCESS POINT1'-6"8'-0"TYP.ALIGN (TYP.)PROVIDE OPENING IN CEILING GRIDFOR TRANSFORMER. MAINTAINCLEARANCE OF 3'-0" FRONT AND 1'-0"TO THE TOP BOTTOM AND SIDES.SEE DETAIL 5/A3.3.1. CCTV HEAD IN I.T. RACK.2. CABLE RUN FROM RACK TO L.P.PORT IN OFFICE.3. CABLE RUN FROM I.T. RACK TOCHECKSTAND PULLED THROUGH TOLOCATION OF CCTV MONITOR.ACT-2 EXTENDS ABOVESTORAGE PLATFORM#14 DOOR MULLIONCAMERA (EXIT VIEW).LINE OF EXTERIORAWNING, TYPICALSIGNAGE TRACK AT GYP.SOFFIT FURNISHED BYULTA INSTALLED BY G.C.TYPICAL.P-1LED LIGHT FIXTURES WILL EXTENDOVER ACT-1 AT CORNERS,SEEDETAIL 1/A3.1. INSTALL CEILINGGRID CROSS BAR EVERY 4'-0".PROVIDED BY G.C.I.P. CAMERA CROSS VIEWS:CAMERA 4 = REGISTERS 1, 2, 3CAMERA 5 = REGISTERS 4 AND 5CCTV MONITOR ONCASHWRAP BELOW±4'-7"GYPSUM BOARD SOFFIT AT 7'-0" AFF.SEE 2/A3.12'-5"P-1A3.13A3.37@AFF10'-0"ACT-127" PVM HANGS FROM CEILINGLINE OF OVERHEAD STORAGE.4'-0"SIGNAGE TRACK AT GYP.SOFFIT FURNISHED BY ULTAINSTALLED BY G.C. TYPICAL.BACKLIT WHITE ACRYLIC PANELWITH LIGHT FIXTURE MOUNTEDABOVE CEILING, TYPICAL.1'-0" TYP.23'-8 3/8"1'-0" TYP. 25'-0"4'-0" FULL TILE WIRELESS ACCESS POINT@AFF9'-0"ACT-1CASED OPENING AT 7'-0" AFF. SEEDETAIL 5/A2.4'U' LIGHT TO BE CENTERED INCEILING@AFF±10'-0"GYP. BD.#18 EXTERIOR CAMERA (ENTRYVIEW). G.C. TO FURNISH ANDINSTALL EMT CONDUIT WITH PULLSTRING AS REQUIRED. COORDINATECONDUIT REQUIREMENTS ANDEXACT LOCATION WITH VENDORAND LANDLORD. REFER TOELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FORPOWER REQUIREMENT.@AFF9'-0"ACT-2@AFF11'-0"ACT-2CUSTOMER COUNTERCUSTOMER COUNTER ANTENNA92'-0"22'-0"WC-5WIRELESS ACCESS POINTWIRELESS ACCESS POINTDC.2C.2D.3B.711DCBAEC455 SQ. FT.SALON1028,888 SQ. FT.SALES101 99 SQ. FT.EXIST.VESTIBULE10071 SQ. FT.OFFICE104786 SQ. FT.STAGING10311 SQ. FT.COATCLOSET105232 SQ. FT.SHAMPOO/DRYING10723 SQ. FT.WASHER/DRYER10877 SQ. FT.UNISEXRESTROOM109137 SQ. FT.PLUMBING ROOM110UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUU147 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR10674 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR111L5L5L5L5L5L5L5L5L3L3L5 L5 L4 L4 L5 L5 UUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUUULUUUUUUL5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 UUUUUUUULLLLLLLLLLLLLLL5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L4 L4 L4 L4 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5L3L5L3L5L5L5L5L5L5ULLLLLLLL1845UUUUUUU11GBGBGBGBGB615139177121016832012SSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSSEQ.EQ.EQ.EQ.@AFF11'-0"GYP. BD.P-18'-0"TYP.@AFF11'-0"ACT-1A3.11@AFF13'-0"ACT-2A3.11@AFF11'-0"ACT-1CASED OPENING AT 7'-0" AFF. SEEDETAIL 5/A2.4ALIGN (TYP.)@AFF±9'-0"ACT-26'-0"6'-0"CONT. 362T162-33ATTACH TOEXISTING WALLFRAMING1'-6"ELEV: +11'-0" ± AFFCEILINGELEV: +9'-10" ± AFFSTOREFRONTRECESSED LIGHT FIXTURETRACK - ATTACH TO WINDOW HEAD FRAMING OR CEILING HEAD FRAMING EVERY 12" WITH #10 SCREWS, AS APPLICABLE. SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION OF TRACKING.TOP MOUNT SHADE. REFER TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR BLOCKINGREQUIREMENTS. SHADE SHALL EXTEND FROM CENTERLINE TO CENTERLINE OF VERTICAL MULLIONS SOTHAT THE SHADE PULL CORDS ALIGN WITH THE CORD TENSION DEVICE MOUNTED ON THE VERTICALMULLIONS. SEE A4.1 FOR WINDOW SHADE SPECIFICATION.STOREFRONT - EXISTINGCORD TENSION DEVICE. MOUNT ON VERTICAL MULLION SO THAT BEAD CHAIN IS TAUT. REFER TO SHADE MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS.SEE PLANSWIRE HANGERCONT. 362S162-33 BRACING.ATTACH TO HORIZONTAL ANDVERTICAL STUDS.362S162-33 AT 16" O.C. WITH 5/8"GYPSUM BOARD. ATTACH VERTICALSTUDS TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. REFERTO DETAILS ON SHEET A8.1 FORCONNECTIONEXPOSED TEE GRID (SECUREDABOVE)1"5/8" GYPSUM BOARD, PAINTACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE (FULL TILE)CAULK℄P-1FINISH WITH PAPER EDGEEXISTING EXTERIOR WALL. SEE SHEET A6.1 FOR WALL FINISHES.G.C. TO PROVIDE 6"X3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD BLOCKING, THE ENTIRE LENGTHOF THE TRACK AND SHADE BETWEEN STUDS6"1"1"G.C. TO PROVIDE 6"X3/4" FIRE RETARDANT PLYWOOD BLOCKING,THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE SHADE BETWEEN STUDSTRACK - ATTACH TO WINDOW HEAD FRAMING OR CEILING HEAD FRAMING EVERY 12" WITH #10SCREWS, AS APPLICABLE. SEE PLAN FOR LOCATION OF TRACKING.10"1'-0""T" SUPPORT AT 4'-0" O.C., TYP.ATTACH TOSTRUCTURE ABOVEWIRE HANGERCEILING SUSPENSIONSYSTEMTEGULAR CEILINGPANEL ACT-1ACRYLIC PANEL BYG.C. PLEXIGLASS#2447- WHITE 1/8"THICK. G.C. TOPURCHASE FROMACRYLIC PANELVENDOR ON CS3.0.ACRYLICPANELTYPICAL PLAN CORNER DETAILASECTION DETAILBACT-1NOTE: LED LIGHTFIXTURES WILL EXTENDOVER ACT-1 AT CORNERS6"CHAIN HUNGMAX 6'-0" O.C.3/4" X 12" FIRE-TREATEDPLYWOOD, PAINT P-1.EXTEND PLYWOOD ATCORNERS FOR HARDWIRE BOX INSTALLATION.COORDINATE WITH ELEC.DRAWINGSLED LIGHT FIXTURESH3 UNISTRUT1/2" THRU BOLTWIRE HANGER"T" SUPPORTSAT 4'-0" O.C.,TYPICALSEE PLAN6"5/8" GYP. BD. OVER362S162-33 AT 16" O.C.362S162-33 FRAMING/BRACING TO WALL STUDSAT 16" O.C. ALLCONNECTIONS (2) #10SCREWSKICKER BACK TO STRUCTURE 48" O.C.MAXIMUM, REFER TO 1/A8.1 FORSTRUCTURAL CONNECTIONSELEV: SEE PLANACT-1ELEV: 7'-0" AFFGYP. BD. SOFFITWC-5WC-5WRAP TO UNDERSIDE OF SOFFIT@AFF8'-0"GYP. BD.P-1OFFICE104E.Q.E.Q.CCTV MONITOR, MOUSE,KEYBOARD, KVMOFFICE CEILING BELOWLINE OF OVERHEAD STORAGEEQ.EQ.LSL CL2'-0"2'-0"1'-0"1'-0"1'-0"1'-0"4'-0"2'-0"SPRINKLER HEADS TOBE CENTERED WITHIN2'X2' PORTION OF 2'X4'SECOND LOOK ACTTILE, TYPICALTYPICAL ACOUSTICALCEILING TILE. SEEA3.1.LLLLLLN.I.CSHARED RECEIVING / CORRIDOR19SCALEDETAIL1-1/2"=1'-0"1SCALESOFFIT DETAIL1"=1'-0"2SCALEDETAIL1 1/2"=1'-0"3SCALEREFLECTED CEILING PLAN1/8"=1'-0"AREFLECTED CEILING PLANAND DETAILSDFMOA3.1REFER TO SHEET E1.1 FORLOCATION OF EXIT SIGNSAND EMERGENCYLIGHTINGARMSTRONG CEILING TILESBETH RINEHART (NATIONAL ACCT. REP.)(P) 800-442-4212ARMSTRONG PRODUCT#2712 DUNE 2' X 4' SECOND LOOK II#769 CORTEGA 2' X 4'#7300 12' MAIN RUNNER#7301 12' MAIN RUNNER HEAVY DUTY#XL7348 4' CROSS TEE#XL7342 4' CROSS TEE HEAVY DUTY#XL7328 2' CROSS TEE#7800 12' WALL MOLDING#7808 10' WALL MOLDING 2” X 2” SEISMIC#XL7318 1' CROSS TEEBERC 2 SEISMIC CLIPSCALECEILING SYMBOL LEGENDNONE-*SEE SHEET CS3.0 FOR ULTA LIGHTING VENDORNOTE: ALSO REFERENCE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.DESCRIPTIONSYMBOLEXLED DOWNLIGHTGRAPHIC TRACKSPEAKERS BY MUSIC VENDOR (DOME SPEAKER IN SKINCARE ROOM), G.C. TOPROVIDE CEILING GRID SUPPORT WIRES ONE AT EACH CORNER OF CEILINGTILE CONTAINING SPEAKER.EMERGENCY LED EXIT LIGHT WITH BATTERY BACKUPSURFACE MOUNTED (2) HEAD EMERGENCY LED LIGHT WITH BATTERY BACKUPSECURITY CAMERA BY ULTA VENDOR. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS WITHULTA.SC#DESCRIPTIONSYMBOLLED PANEL LIGHTINGOUTDOOR SURFACE MOUNTED (2) HEAD EMERGENCY LED LIGHT WITHBATTERY BACKUPREFER TO LIGHTING PLAN ON ELEC. DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OF LIGHT FIXTURESU L5L4L3L2L1LCEILING/PENDANT MOUNTED (2) HEAD EMERGENCY LED LIGHT WITH BATTERYBACKUPLED DOWNLIGHT, FIXTURE WIRED TO EMERGENCY SYSTEMU NOTE:1.G.C. TO REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND ALLOTHER SHEETS FOR ADDITIONALCEILING/SOFFIT INFORMATION ANDDETAILS. CONTACT ARCHITECT WITHQUESTIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING2.CEILING ELEVATION TO BE 11'-0" FROMHIGHEST POINT OF FLOOR SLAB.3.ALL CONDUIT AND J-BOXES/ HARD WIREBOXES TO BE SUPPORTED BY WIREINDEPENDENT FROM ACOUSTICALCEILING.4.FOR SPRINKLER HEAD LOCATIONS, SEEDETAIL 4/A3.1.5.FOR SALES FLOOR GENERAL LIGHTFIXTURES LOCATIONS, SEE DETAIL 1/A3.3.6.FOR CEILING TILE AT COLUMN LOCATIONS,SEE DETAIL 3/A3.3.7.G.C. TO USE 'MANUFACTURER APPROVEDVINYL LATEX TOUCH UP PAINT" ON ALLCUT EDGES OF ACOUSTICAL PANELS.8.FOR INSULATION ABOVE CEILING, DO NOTOVERLAY INSULATION ON TOP OF LIGHTFIXTURE.9.SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS FORDIFFUSER LOCATIONS. ARCHITECTURALDRAWINGS DETERMINE LUMINAIRELOCATION AND OTHER ARCHITECTURALITEMS AND SUPERCEDE ALL OTHERCEILING APPURTENANCES.SCALESPRINKLER HEAD DETAIL3/4"=1'-0"4LED LINEAR RECESSEDRL21.5" LINEAR ELITE - LED57" LINEAR ELITE - LED11" LINEAR ELITE - LED33" LINEAR ELITE - LED45" LINEAR ELITE - LEDGLASS BREAK SENSORS BY ULTA VENDOR. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGSFOR POWER REQUIREMENTS. COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONS WITH ULTA.GBSUPPLY DIFFUSER GRILLE, VERIFY WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGSRETURN DIFFUSER GRILLES, VERIFY WITH MECHANICAL DRAWINGSrgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850@AFF±9'-0"ACT-2MATCHLINE147 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR106BAMATCHLINEBA 8'-2" A.F.F.CENTERLINE OF BLOCKING ELEV: 11'-0" AFFCEILINGELEV: 8'-4" AFFT/O BRACKETELEV: 7'-0"B/O FRAMELEDLIGHTING,INSTALLEDBY G.C.8"1'-4" 2'-0"2'-0"(2) 2 X 12 FIRETREATED WOODBLOCKING IN WALLLENGTH OFVALANCE, ATTACHPLATE WITH 3 1/2"LONG LAG BOLTS2"CORNICE BRACKET W/ ADJ. FLANGEAT 16" O.C. BY MILLWORK VENDOR.FINISH: ANTIQUE IVORY STYLE:2166 18" (+6" ADJ. FLANGE)CORNICE BRACKET TO BEATTACHED TO WOOD VALANCEWITH 1 1/4" #10 SCREWS.WOOD VALANCE BY MILLWORKVENDOR. VALANCE SHALL BESEALED PRIOR TO INSTALLINGWALL COVERING. INSTALLATION OFVALANCE & WALL COVERING BY G.C.FURNISH AND INSTALL A METALANGLE AND 3/4"X4" PLYWOODBACKER (PRIMED) AT BACK WOODVALANCE WHERE IT MEETS ADJ.ARCH/M-513 OR GYPSUM BOARDTO PROVIDE SOLID CONNECTIONACOUSTIC CEILING TILEWC-5, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.RUN COVERING FROM 12" BELOWVALANCE BRACKET TO UNDERSIDEOF CEILING.2'-0"PERIMETER FIXTURE,INSTALLED BY G.C.PERIMETER WALLCLEAT, COORDINATEWITH FIXTURESUPPLIER,INSTALLED BY G.C.CONTINUOUS 3/4"X4" PLYWOODBACKER (PRIMED) GLUED TOWOOD VALANCE. ALIGN WITHBOTTOM OF CORNICE BRACKETWC-6, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.WRAP WALL COVERING AROUNDBACKSIDE OF VALANCE TOP ANDBOTTOM.SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAMEWITH ACRYLIC INSERT. POP RIVOTGRAPHIC FRAMES TOGETHER .CAULK VERTICAL AND HORIZONTALSEAM TO PREVENT LIGHTPENETRATIONLINE OF ARCH, M-513 OR GYPSUMBOARD BEYONDCONTINUOUS 3/4" PLYWOODBLOCKING FURNISHED ANDINSTALLED BY G.C. BLOCKING TOBE GLUED AND SCREWED TOWOOD VALANCE. PAINTNOTE:1. SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAME, ACRYLIC INSERT & WOOD VALANCEFURNISHED BY FIXTURE VENDOR & TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. POPRIVET GRAPHIC FRAME TOGETHER. LIGHTING INSTALLED BY E.C.GYP. BD. SOFFIT & FRAMING BY G.C.2. TAPE & USE BONDO (ALL PURPOSE PUTTY) ON VALANCEJOINTS FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION PRIOR TO WALL COVERINGINSTALLATION. SEAL & PRIME JOINTS PRIOR TO WALLCOVERING INSTALLATION.P-1NOTE:1. SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAME, ACRYLIC INSERT & WOOD VALANCEFURNISHED BY FIXTURE VENDOR & TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. POPRIVET GRAPHIC FRAME TOGETHER. LIGHTING INSTALLED BY E.C.GYP. BD. SOFFIT & FRAMING BY G.C.2. TAPE & USE BONDO (ALL PURPOSE PUTTY) ON VALANCEJOINTS FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION PRIOR TO WALL COVERINGINSTALLATION. SEAL & PRIME JOINTS PRIOR TO WALLCOVERING INSTALLATION.8'-2" A.F.F.CENTERLINE OF BLOCKINGG.C. TO PROVIDE 1" X 1" WHITEEGGCRATE LOUVER AT EXPOSEDLOCATIONS ONLY, SEE SHEET A3.2FOR LOCATIONS.G.C. TO PROVIDE WHITE ALUMINUMANGLE ALONG WALL AND VALANCEAND T-GRID AT 2'-0" INCREMENTS. THELENGTH OF THE AREA OF EGGCRATELOUVER. ALIGN WITH BOTTOM EDGEOF VALANCE AND INSTALL ONPERIMETER OF OPENING TOSUPPORT EGGCRATE.8"1'-4"2'-0"2'-0"ELEV: 11'-0" AFFCEILINGELEV: 8'-4" AFFT/O BRACKETELEV: 7'-0"B/O FRAMEACOUSTIC CEILING TILELED LIGHTING, INSTALLED BY G.C.CORNICE BRACKET W/ ADJ. FLANGEAT 16" O.C. BY MILLWORK VENDOR.FINISH: ANTIQUE IVORY STYLE:2166 18" (+6" ADJ. FLANGE)CORNICE BRACKET TO BEATTACHED TO WOOD VALANCEWITH 1 1/4" #10 SCREWS.WOOD VALANCE BY MILLWORKVENDOR. VALANCE SHALL BESEALED PRIOR TO INSTALLINGWALL COVERING. INSTALLATION OFVALANCE & WALL COVERING BY G.C.CONTINUOUS 3/4"X4" PLYWOODBACKER (PRIMED) GLUED TOWOOD VALANCE. ALIGN WITHBOTTOM OF CORNICE BRACKETWC-6, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.WRAP WALL COVERING AROUNDBACKSIDE OF VALANCE TOP ANDBOTTOM.SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAMEWITH ACRYLIC INSERT. POP RIVOTGRAPHIC FRAMES TOGETHER .WC-5, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.FURNISH AND INSTALL A METALANGLE AND 3/4"X4" PLYWOODBACKER (PRIMED) AT BACK WOODVALANCE WHERE IT MEETS ADJ.ARCH/M-513 OR GYPSUM BOARDTO PROVIDE SOLID CONNECTION(2) 2 X 12 FIRETREATED WOODBLOCKING IN WALLLENGTH OFVALANCE, ATTACHPLATE WITH 3 1/2"LONG LAG BOLTSCAULK VERTICAL AND HORIZONTALSEAM TO PREVENT LIGHTPENETRATIONLINE OF ARCH, M-513 OR GYPSUMBOARD BEYOND2"2'-0"CONTINUOUS 3/4" PLYWOODBLOCKING FURNISHED ANDINSTALLED BY G.C. BLOCKING TOBE GLUED AND SCREWED TOWOOD VALANCE. PAINTP-1WOOD VALANCETOP OF M-513 TO ALIGN WITH BOTTOM OFVALANCE. PROVIDE 3/4" X 4" PIECE OF PLYWOODTHE WIDTH OF THE M-513 AT BACK OF WOODVALANCE AND M-513LIGHT FIXTURE WITH CONTINUOUS PLYWOODBLOCKING. SEE A-3.2 FOR ADDITIONAL INFO.CONTINUOUS PLYWOOD FORCORNICE BRACKETMETAL GRAPHIC FRAMEEXTEND SIDE OF M-513,1" HIGHER FROM BOTTOM OFVALANCE. WALL COVERING ONM-513 SIDES TO WRAP OVERTOP EDGE.NOTE: TAPE AND USE WOODFILLER ON VALANCE JOINTS FORSMOOTH TRANSITION PRIOR TOWALL COVERING INSTALLATION.SEAL AND PRIME JOINTS PRIOR TOWALL COVERING INSTALLATION.CORNICE BRACKETMETAL ANGLE AND 3/4" x 4"PLYWOOD BACKER (PRIMED)WHERE IT MEETS ADJACENTARCH/M-513 OR GYPSUMBOARD TO PROVIDE SOLIDCONNECTION11 SQ. FT.N.I.CSHARED RECEIVING / CORRIDORDC.2C.2D.3B.711DCBAECL1L5L5L5L5L3L3L1L3L5L5L5L5L3L1L1L3L5L5L5L5L3L1L1L3L5L5L5L5L3L1L1L3L5L5L5L5L3L1L1L3L5L5L5L5L3L1L1L3L3L3L4L3L3L3L4L1 L5 L5 L5 L5 L3 L3L1 L1 L5 L5 L5 L5 L3 L3L1 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L4 L5 L5 L1 L5 L5 L5 L5 L1 L5 L5 L5 L5 L3L3L3L3L3L3L4L4L3L3L1L1UCL4UCLUCL4UCL4L5 L5 L5 L5 L2 L2 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L3 L3 L5L5L4L4L3L3L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L5 L4 L4 L2 L2 455 SQ. FT.SALON1028,888 SQ. FT.SALES101 99 SQ. FT.EXIST.VESTIBULE10071 SQ. FT.OFFICE104786 SQ. FT.STAGING10311 SQ. FT.COATCLOSET105232 SQ. FT.SHAMPOO/DRYING10723 SQ. FT.WASHER/DRYER10877 SQ. FT.UNISEXRESTROOM109137 SQ. FT.PLUMBING ROOM110147 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR10674 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR111L2L2L3L3L1L1L2L2L2L229'-8"33'-0" ILLUMINATED ARCH 20'-4" ILLUMINATED ARCH 24'-6" VALANCE 8'-2" VALANCE VALANCE WITH EGG-CRATE LOUVERA3.21A3.21A8.13A8.13A8.132' X 3' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD. BOTTOMMOUNTED 6" ABOVE CEILING. SCREW TOWALL STUDS. G.C. TO INSTALL PLYWOODWITH A J-BOX ADJACENT TO SIDE FORRESTROOM SECURITY DEVICE. REFER TODETAIL 2/A3.3.(2) RESTROOM EAS SECURITY WALLMOUNTED DEVICES.20'-0"ILLUMINATED ARCHSEE DETAIL 1/F1.1B FOR UNDERCABINET LIGHTING LOCATION.G.C. TO UNPLUG FLEXIBLE CORDFROM HARDWIRE BOX.A8.135'-5 1/2"1'-0"24'-5" ILLUMINATED ARCH1'-0"A8.13A3.222'-0"3'-11"16'-5 1/2"VALANCE10"A8.13A3.2217'-6" ILLUMINATED ARCHA8.1315'-6" ILLUMINATED ARCHA8.1315'-6" ILLUMINATED ARCHA8.1315'-6" ILLUMINATED ARCHA8.1315'-6" ILLUMINATED ARCHA8.1315'-6" ILLUMINATED ARCHA8.131'-8 1/2" 15'-5" VALANCE 1'-8 1/2" 2'-3" VALANCE 2'-0"A3.2116'-4"ILLUMINATED ARCHA8.13G.C. TO UNPLUG FLEXIBLE CORDFROM HARDWIRE BOX.A3.23A3.23SIM.SCALEARCH AND VALANCE LIGHTING PLAN1/8"=1'-0"AARCH AND VALANCELIGHTING PLANAND DETAILSSLSMOA3.2rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SCALELIGHT SYMBOL LEGENDNONE-DESCRIPTIONSYMBOLSCALEVALANCE DETAIL1"=1'-0"1NOTE:1.G.C. TO REFER TO ELEVATIONS AND ALL OTHERSHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL CEILING/SOFFITINFORMATION AND DETAILS. CONTACT ARCHITECTWITH QUESTIONS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING2.ALL CONDUIT AND J-BOXES/ HARD WIRE BOXES TOBE SUPPORTED BY WIRE INDEPENDENT FROMACOUSTICAL CEILING.3.FIXTURE RUN DIMENSIONS ARE SHOWN FORREFERENCE ONLY. CONFIRM ACTUAL MILLWORKDIMENSIONS WITH FIXTURE MANUFACTURER.*SEE SHEET CS-3 FOR ULTA LIGHTING VENDORLIGHTING NOTES AT WALL FIXTURES:1.AT ILLUMINATED ARCHES, FIXTURE WORK STOPSAT CEILING. REFER TO 3/A8.1 AND ELECTRICALDRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION.ACOUSTICAL CEILING TO EXTEND TO PERIMETERWALL.2.AT VALANCE LOCATIONS CENTER GROUP OF LEDLIGHT FIXTURES OVER RUN OF MILLWORKLEAVING BLANK AREAS ON EACH END.SCALEEGGCRATE VALANCE DETAIL1"=1'-0"2DESCRIPTIONSYMBOLDESCRIPTIONSYMBOLL1L2L3L4L5UCLUCL1UCL2UCL3UCL4SCALEVALANCE LIGHTING OVER M-5133/4"=1'-0"321.5" LINEAR ELITE - LED57" LINEAR ELITE - LED11" LINEAR ELITE - LED33" LINEAR ELITE - LED45" LINEAR ELITE - LED7 3/8" UNDER CABINET LED LIGHTING. FIXTURE TO BE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OFCABINET. REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OFLIGHT FIXTURE11 1/8" UNDER CABINET LED LIGHTING. FIXTURE TO BE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF CABINET.REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OF LIGHTFIXTURE22 1/8" UNDER CABINET LED LIGHTING. FIXTURE TO BE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OF CABINET.REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OF LIGHTFIXTURE33 1/8" UNDER CABINET LED LIGHTING. FIXTURE TO BE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OFCABINET. REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OFLIGHT FIXTURE44 1/8" UNDER CABINET LED LIGHTING. FIXTURE TO BE MOUNTED TO UNDERSIDE OFCABINET. REFER TO LIGHTING FIXTURE SCHEDULE ON ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR TYPE OFLIGHT FIXTUREMATCHLINEBAMATCHLINEBA NOTE:1. SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAME, ACRYLIC INSERT & WOOD VALANCEFURNISHED BY FIXTURE VENDOR & TO BE INSTALLED BY G.C. POPRIVET GRAPHIC FRAME TOGETHER. LIGHTING INSTALLED BY E.C.GYP. BD. SOFFIT & FRAMING BY G.C.2. TAPE & USE BONDO (ALL PURPOSE PUTTY) ON VALANCEJOINTS FOR SMOOTH TRANSITION PRIOR TO WALL COVERINGINSTALLATION. SEAL & PRIME JOINTS PRIOR TO WALLCOVERING INSTALLATION.8'-2" A.F.F. CENTERLINE OF BLOCKINGG.C. TO PROVIDE 1" X 1" WHITE EGGCRATELOUVER AT EXPOSED LOCATIONS ONLY,SEE SHEET A3.2 FOR LOCATIONS.G.C. TO PROVIDE WHITE ALUMINUMANGLE ALONG WALL AND VALANCE ANDT-GRID AT 2'-0" INCREMENTS. THELENGTH OF THE AREA OF EGGCRATELOUVER. ALIGN WITH BOTTOM EDGE OFVALANCE AND INSTALL ON PERIMETER OFOPENING TO SUPPORT EGGCRATE.8"1'-4" 2'-0"2'-0"ELEV: 11'-0" AFFCEILINGELEV: 8'-4" AFFT/O BRACKETELEV: 7'-0"B/O FRAMEACOUSTIC CEILING TILELED LIGHTING, INSTALLED BY G.C.CORNICE BRACKET W/ ADJ. FLANGEAT 16" O.C. BY MILLWORK VENDOR.FINISH: ANTIQUE IVORY STYLE:2166 18" (+6" ADJ. FLANGE)CORNICE BRACKET TO BEATTACHED TO WOOD VALANCEWITH 1 1/4" #10 SCREWS.WOOD VALANCE BY MILLWORKVENDOR. VALANCE SHALL BESEALED PRIOR TO INSTALLINGWALL COVERING. INSTALLATION OFVALANCE & WALL COVERING BY G.C.CONTINUOUS 3/4"X4" PLYWOODBACKER (PRIMED) GLUED TOWOOD VALANCE. ALIGN WITHBOTTOM OF CORNICE BRACKETWC-6, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.WRAP WALL COVERING AROUNDBACKSIDE OF VALANCE TOP ANDBOTTOM.SATIN METAL GRAPHIC FRAMEWITH ACRYLIC INSERT. POP RIVOTGRAPHIC FRAMES TOGETHER .WC-5, SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.FURNISH AND INSTALL A METALANGLE AND 3/4"X4" PLYWOODBACKER (PRIMED) AT BACK WOODVALANCE WHERE IT MEETS ADJ.ARCH/M-513 OR GYPSUM BOARDTO PROVIDE SOLID CONNECTION(2) 2 X 12 FIRETREATED WOODBLOCKING IN WALLLENGTH OFVALANCE, ATTACHPLATE WITH 3 1/2"LONG LAG BOLTSCAULK VERTICAL AND HORIZONTALSEAM TO PREVENT LIGHTPENETRATIONLINE OF ARCH, M-513 OR GYPSUMBOARD BEYOND2"2'-0"CONTINUOUS 3/4" PLYWOODBLOCKING FURNISHED ANDINSTALLED BY G.C. BLOCKING TOBE GLUED AND SCREWED TOWOOD VALANCE. PAINTWC-5TO EXTEND 6" PAST THETOP OF WALL FIXTUREP-1TYPICAL ACOUSTICALCEILING TILE. SEEA3.1.STRUCTURAL COLUMNAND COVER SHOWNFOR REFERENCEONLY.PROVIDE SECONDARYGRID PARALLEL TOSHORT SIDEPERIMETER OFCEILING TILE. TYPICAL.INTENT IS TO HAVE ASLITTLE SECONDARYGRID AS POSSIBLE.5'-0" MAXIMUM EXTENT OF GYP. BD. CEILINGEQEQEQ 42"600T162-43 SECURELYANCHORED INTO EXISTINGEXTERIOR WALL FRAMINGCONTINUE TO STRUCTUREABOVEPROVIDE MIN. (5) 1/2" ØTHREADED RODS TO SUPPORTBOTTOM UNISTRUT CHANNEL.PROVIDE RODS AT BOTHCORNERS AND AT 48" O.C.UNISTRUT CHANNEL1 5/8" X 1 5/8" X 12 GAUGE.ATTACH TO TOP CHORD ASINSTRUCTED BY LANDLORD. SEECONNECTION DETAIL 4/A8.1FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD DECK600S162-43 METAL JOIST AT 16"O.C.PROVIDE CONTINUOUS600T162-43 TO ENCLOSE END OFFRAMINGACOUSTICAL CEILING TILE (FULLTILE)362S162-43 METAL STUDS AT 16"O.C.(3) LINES OF 1-1/4" Ø CONDUITATTACHED TO THREADED RODSWITH PIPE CLAMPSUNISTRUT CHANNELP1001 (1 5/8" X 3 1/4" 12GAUGE) AT UNDERSIDEOF PLATFORM FRAMINGRECESSED LIGHTFIXTURESEE PLANSPROVIDE BRACINGBACK TOSTOREFRONT AT 48"O.C.CLIP ANGLEWIRE HANGERNOTE:COORDINATE HEIGHT, WIDTH,AND LOCATION OF PLATFORMWITH SIGN VENDOREXISTING WALL. G.C. TO VERIFYCONSTRUCTION IN FIELD.NOTE:SEE A3.1 FORCEILING HEIGHTS.CONTINUOUS FIRE TREATED 2x4ALONG PERIMETER OFPLYWOOD PLATFORMSOCKET ATTACHMENT FORCONDUIT TO BUILDING WALL,TYP.6" 6"EXISTING ROOF HATCHEXISTINGROOFLADDER362S162-33 FRAMING SECURED TO STEEL ANGLE ATSTRUCTURE AND TO SAFETY CAGE (IF EXISITNG).STEEL DECKJOISTSCUT STUD LEGSAND BEND ASSHOWN362S162-33 FORDIAGONALBRACING WITH (3)#10 MINIMUMS.M.S. AT EACHEND362S162-33 FRAMING WITH 5/8" GYP. BD. ENCLOSURE ON (1)SIDE ONLY FROM CEILING TO STRUCTUREACOUSTICALCEILING TEEGRIDVARIESSTEEL DECK± 13'-0" A.F.F.ACT± 12'-10" A.F.F.SOFFITP-1P-1P-1P-1ACOUSTICALCEILING TILENOTE: SEE ELECTRICALDRAWINGS FOR POWERREQUIREMENTS FOREAS SYSTEM.6"2'-0" 6"2' X 3' FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD.SECURELY ATTACHED TO WALLSTUDS.NEW 5/8" GYPSUM BOARD OVERMETAL STUD FRAMING. SEE A2.3FOR STUD SIZE. SEE INTERIORELEVATIONS FOR FINISH.ELEV: SEE PLANBOT AT SHAMPOO/DRYING (ACT-1)ELEV: 9'-0" AFFBOT AT CORRIDOR (ACT-1)CL CL2'-0"2'-0"1'-0"1'-0"1'-0"1'-0"4'-0"2'-0"LIGHT FIXTURE TO BECENTERED WITHIN2'X2' PORTION OF 2'X4'SECOND LOOK ACTTILE, TYPICALTYPICAL ACOUSTICALCEILING TILE. SEEA3.1 FOR MOREINFORMATION.NOTE: ANY CEILING MOUNTED FIRE ALARM DEVICES, EXIT DEVICES,SPEAKERS, SECURITY CAMERAS, WIRELESS ACCESS POINTS,CUSTOMER COUNTER DEVICES, GLASS BREAK SENSORS, ETC.SHOULD ALSO BE LOCATED PER THE SAME DIRECTION.6"3'-0" OR12" HOLD3'-0" OR12" HOLDSTEEL DECKCUT STUD LEGS ANDBEND AS SHOWNJOISTS326S126-33 FORDIAGONAL BRACINGWITH (3) #10 MINIMUMS.M.S. AT EACH END326S126-33 FRAMINGWITH 5/8" GYP. BD.ENCLOSURE ON (1)SIDE ONLY FROMCEILING TOSTRUCTURE.ACOUSTICAL CEILINGTILE362S162-33 FRAMINGSECURED TO STEEL ANGLEAT STRUCTURE BOTH SIDESG.C. TO MAINTAIN GYP. BD.ENCLOSURE A MIN. 18" DOWNFROM ROOF DECK. VERIFYCODE REQUIREMENTS WITHELECTRICAL INSPECTORPROVIDE A 3'-0" MINIMUMCLEARANCE TO THESERVICE SIDE OF THETRANSFORMER AND 12"MINIMUM CLEARANCE TOALL OTHER SIDES.TRANSFORMER6"13'-0" A.F.F.ACOUSTICAL TILEVARIESSTEEL DECK12'-10" A.F.F.SOFFIT12'-0" A.F.F.B/O TRANSFORMER SUPPORT1'-6" 1'-6"P-1P-1P-1P-1KICKER BACK TOSTRUCTURE 48" O.C. MAX250S162-33 BRACEAT 48" O.C.CAULKP-1SEE PLANACT-2362S162-33 WITH 5/8"GYPSUM BOARD PAINT2"6" 1'-0"DETAILSSLSMOA3.3rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SCALEEAS AT TOILET ROOM CORRIDOR1-1/2"=1'-0"2SCALEROOF LADDER BULKHEAD DETAIL3/4"=1'-0"6SCALELIGHT FIXTURE DETAIL3/4"=1'-0"1SCALEPLATFORM DETAIL1/2"=1'-0"7SCALEACCESS DETAIL3/4"=1'-0"5SCALECEILING TILE AT COLUMN DETAIL3/4"=1'-0"3NOT USEDSCALESKINBAR EGGCRATE VALANCE DETAIL1"=1'-0"4SCALEIT CABINET ACCESS DETAIL1"=1'-0"8NOT USEDNOT USEDNOT USED FULL TILETILESSTAGGEREDCUT 4"BORDERTILE1/2 TILE4"4"TRIMTILES ASNEEDED,TYPICAL.4"TILES STAGGEREDCUT 4" BORDERTILE ANDSTARTAT ℄ OFWIDTH OFTILE AREA10FULL TILE1/2 TILE11 SQ. FT.N.I.CSHARED RECEIVING / CORRIDORDC.2C.2D.3B.711DCBAEC455 SQ. FT.SALON1028,888 SQ. FT.SALES101 99 SQ. FT.EXIST.VESTIBULE10071 SQ. FT.OFFICE104786 SQ. FT.STAGING10311 SQ. FT.COATCLOSET105232 SQ. FT.SHAMPOO/DRYING10723 SQ. FT.WASHER/DRYER10877 SQ. FT.UNISEXRESTROOM109137 SQ. FT.PLUMBING ROOM110147 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR10674 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR111PH.BD.RUN TILE PERPENDICULAR TO STORE ENTRY 5'-4 1/2"40'-6 3/4"A8.29AA8.210 AT REQUIRED CLEARANCESOF ELECTRICAL PANELSVT-3PT-12VT-8VT-9PT-6A8.29DSIM.213A8.29D3'-0" MIN. FROMFACE OF PANEL45°3A8.29B73A8.29F19'-5"23PT-219'-4"G.C. TO REMOVETHRESHOLD FORINSTALLATION OF TILE.PT-23ALIGN SIDE OF SALON ARCHWITH PORCELAIN TILE94"4"4"10'-0"10'-0"20'-0"19'-1"11±13'-4 1/4"±9'-6"±34'-8 1/2"5A8.29AR11'-0"3333RUN TILE PERPENDICULAR TO STORE ENTRY A8.29DA8.29DVT-8VT-3VT-3VT-3VT-3VT-83VT-8SCALEFINISH PLAN AND ESTIMATED TILE AREAS1/8"=1'-0"AFLOOR FINISHPLAN, FINISHSCHEDULE AND SPECIFICATIONSDFMOA4.1LINE OF CTC EDGESCALEROOM FINISH SCHEDULENONE2GENERAL NOTES:1.REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE FOR FLOOR COVERING AND FINISH CODES AND SPECIFICATIONS.2.TILE IS SHOWN FOR FIELD RUN AND PATTERN ONLY. REFER TO COLOR AND FINISH SCHEDULE FOR MATERIAL SPECIFICATIONS.3.PROVIDE WB-1 AT WALLS AND COLUMN ENCLOSURES.4.ALL PAINTED AND WALL COVERING SURFACES SHALL BE PRIMED. SEE ARCHITECT'S SPECIFICATION SHEET AND PAINT MANUFACTURER SPECIFICATIONS.5.PAINT ALL SURFACES FLOOR TO CEILING, INCLUDING PRIMING VALANCE PANELS BEFORE WALL COVERING INSTALLATION.6.ALL METAL SURFACES TO BE PAINTED WITH LOW GLOSS OIL BASE PRIMER AND OIL BASE FINISH COATS IN COLOR INDICATED ON DRAWING.7.PAINT ON ALL GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES TO BE APPLIED WITH A HEAVY KNAP ROLLER.8.GROUT TO BE SEALED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. CLEAN SEALER OFF THE ADJACENT FLOOR FINISHES.9.ENSURE PROPER ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS ARE MET FOR THE INSTALLATION OF ALL INTERIOR FINISHES.10.SEE DETAIL 9/A-8.2 FOR INSTALLATION AT CONCRETE CONTROL JOINTS. FOR TILE CONTROL JOINTS, FOLLOW TILE MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS.11.FLOOR FINISHES TO CONTINUE UNDER GYPSUM BOARD. GYPSUM BOARD TO BE HELD UP FROM FLOOR SLAB. SEE DETAIL 8/A8.2. IF GYPSUM BOARD DOES NOT ALLOW FINISH UNDERNEATH, HOLD FLOOR FINISH AS TIGHT ASPOSSIBLE TO GYPSUM BOARD12.TRANSITION STRIPS TO BE MITERED AT INTERSECTIONS13.CUT PORCELAIN TILE WITH A WATER JET. DO NOT CUT PORCELAIN TILE ON SITE.14.G.C. TO TOUCH UP PAINT PRIOR TO STORE OPENING.15.G.C. TO PROVIDE TWO LAYERS OF CRAFT PAPER OVER ALL TILE AND GROUT ON FLOORS. TAPE DOWN AND STAGGER SEAMS BY HALF THE PAPER WIDTH ON THE SECOND LAYER.16.FLOOR COVERINGS ARE TO BE SLIP RESISTANT THROUGHOUT THE MEANS OF EGRESS.17.G.C. TO INSPECT CONDITION OF EXISTING FLOOR SLAB AND PATCH/REPAIR SURFACE IMPERFECTIONS. IF FLOOR LEVELING IS REQUIRED, ARDEX MUST BE USED AND IT MUST BE INSTALLED BY AN ARDEX LEVEL MASTERELITE OR ARDEX CHOICE CONTRACTOR INSTALLER. SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION ON SHEET CS3.0. G.C. TO PROVIDE WARRANTY LETTER ON ARDEX CORPORATE LETTERHEAD. A MINIMUM OF A 5 YEAR WARRANTYMUST BE PRESENTED.18.SEE SHEET CS3.0 FOR CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE TEST REQUIREMENTS. TESTING PERFORMED BY FLOORING INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR WILL NOT BE ACCEPTED.PLAN KEY NOTES:START TILE AT CENTER OF CIRCLE.CUT PORCELAIN TILE WITH A WATERJET. DO NOTCUT PORCELAIN TILE ON SITE.DETAIL AT PERIMETER/ INTERIOR WALL. SEEDETAIL 8A/A8.2.DETAIL AT PERIMETER/ INTERIOR WALL. SEEDETAIL 8B/A8.2.CONTROL JOINT. SEE DETAIL 9C/A8.2.CONTROL JOINT. SEE DETAIL 9E/A8.2.G.C. TO EXTEND PORCELAIN TILE 4'-0" UP ALLRESTROOM WALLS. SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS.G.C. TO EXTEND VINYL TILE FLOORING PAST THEARCH TOWER RETURN SO THERE IS NOEXPOSED UNFINISHED CONCRETE SLAB.DASHED LINE INDICATES LIMITS OF SALON ARCHSTART FULL TILE AT ℄ OF TILE AREA.℄ OF TILE AREA (ALIGNED WITH ℄ OF SALONARCH).1234567891011ROOMFLOORWALLSCEILINGREMARKSMARK101102103104105106107108100LOCATIONFINISHBASENORTHEASTSOUTHWESTFINISHHEIGHTEXIST. VESTIBULESALESSTAGINGOFFICESALONSHAMPOO/DRYINGUNISEX RESTROOMCORRIDORPT-2VT-3PT-2PT-2N/AWB-1WB-2WB-2WB-1WB-1WB-1VT-8VT-8/VT-9PT-6/VT-3PT-12P-1P-1P-1P-1P-1P-1P-1P-1P-1WC-5/WC-6WC-5/WC-6WC-5WC-5WC-5WC-5WC-5WC-5WC-5WC-5WC-5WC-5WC-5WC-5GYP. BD./P-1WC-5/PT-2, PT-7WC-5/PT-2, PT-7WC-5/PT-2, PT-7WC-5/PT-2, PT-7ACT-1ACT-1ACT-1ACT-2GYP. BD. P-1GYP. BD. P-1±10'-0"11'-0"10'-0"13'-0"8'-0"9'-0"9'-0"ALIGN WALL COVERING AT BACKING MATERIAL CHANGES, CORNERS,AND WHERE SOFFIT/VALANCE ABUTS ADJACENT WALLS/FILLER PANELSALIGN WALL COVERING AT BACKING MATERIAL CHANGES, CORNERS,AND WHERE SOFFIT/VALANCE ABUTS ADJACENT WALLS/FILLER PANELSALIGN WALL COVERING AT BACKING MATERIAL CHANGES, CORNERS,AND WHERE SOFFIT/VALANCE ABUTS ADJACENT WALLS/FILLER PANELSPT - PORCELAIN TILEWD - WOODACT - ACOUSTICAL CLG. TILEWB - WALL BASEPL - PLASTIC LAMINATEWC - WALL COVERINGP - PAINTVT - VINYL TILEX-XVT-3SPECIFICATION. (SEE FINISH SPECS. ON A4.1)FINISH MATERIALN/AN/AN/AN/AWC-5/WC-6WASHER/DRYERCOAT CLOSETVT-3VT-3WB-2WB-2P-1P-1ACT-2ACT-211'-0"9'-0"P-1P-1P-1P-1P-1P-1109110NOTE: THESE FIGURES ARE FOR ULTA REFERENCE ONLY ANDARE APPROXIMATES. G.C. TO PERFORM TAKE OFFS ANDSUBMIT TO ULTA.SHAMPOO/DRYINGVT-3679 SQ. FT.*8,433 SQ. FT.*VT-3PT-2ROOM#103104106106ROOM NAMESTAGINGOFFICEUNISEX RESTRROM(FLOOR & WALLS)FLOORFINISHAREA65 SQ. FT.*215 SQ. FT.*371 SQ. FT.* (126 TILES)PT-6101SALES101SALES63 SQ. FT.*103STAGING388 SQ. FT.* (137 TILES)PT-12102SALON186 SQ. FT.*CORRIDORVT-8696 SQ. FT.*RESTROOM WALLBORDER TILEPT-710 SQ. FT.*PT-2100EXIST. VESTIBULE90 SQ. FT.*10520 SQ. FT.*VT-3WASHER/ DRYER10710 SQ. FT.*VT-3COAT CLOSETGYP. BD. P-1/ACT-111'-0"/11'-0"VT-8VT-8ROOM#103104106108109ROOM NAMESTAGINGFLOORFINISH101101VT-9103102109100105107MATERIALDESCRIPTIONKEYMFG.SPECIFICATIONSNOTESACOUSTIC TILEARMSTRONGDUNE - SECOND LOOK - #2712 - 24" X 48" X 3/4"15/16" ANGLED TEGULAR WITH PRELUDE 15/16"ACOUSTIC TILEARMSTRONGCORTEGA-#769-24" X 48" X 5/8" WITHPRELUDE XL 15/16" EXPOSED TEE SYSTEM (WHITE)PAINTBENJAMINMOOREREGAL SELECT - PEARL 550 FINISHREADY MIX: COLOR: WHITETEL: 773-597-8698, CONTACT: JASON WALKERALTERNATE PAINT: PPG PAINTSCOLOR: PPG1011-1 PACIFIC PEARL, PRIMER (6-4900Xi SPEEDHIDE),WALLS (82-400 MANOR HALL SATIN), SOFFIT/CEILINGS (82-500MANOR HALL S/G) TEL. (314) 393-7807; CONTACT SHANE GLASCOCKCLASS A 25AND 50RUBBER BASEPREMIUM EDGE TYPE TP, 4" WALL COVE MOLDING,NUMBER 8174GR; COLOR: SILVER METALLICVINYL WALLCOVERINGDESIGN TEXFURNISHED BY ULTA.INSTALLED BY G.C.VINYL WALLCOVERINGDESIGN TEXCUSTOM PRODUCT 'SILVER VINYL WALLCOVERING'PRODUCT#439-20152 PROJECT #439/2001595ACT-1ACT-2P-1PT-6PT-12WB-1WC-5WC-6FLAME SPREADAND SMOKEDEVELOPMENTCLASS A 25AND 50FURNISHED BY ULTA.INSTALLED BY G.C.PT-2SCALEFINISH SPECIFICATIONSNONE1N/ACLASS 1 - <450CLASS A - 20AND 60SEE VENDOR INFO ON CS3.0 FOR ULTA NATIONALACCOUNTFINISH GYPSUM BOARD WITH PRIMER AND PAINT TO FLOOR PEARL(550) FINISH ON WALLS & FLAT (547) FINISH ON SOFFITS & CEILINGS.SEMI GLOSS (551) ON DOOR FRAMES & TRIM. SEE DOOR SCHEDULE.ROOM#WB-2CLASS 1 - <450PORCELAIN TILEGRANITIFIANDRE860539 PEZZATO BIANCO (MATTE)SETTING MATERIAL: ARDEX X5,GROUT COLOR: MAPEI 27 SILVER12" X 12" X 3/8" NOMINAL, 30 CM X 30 CMTEL. 312-342-4689 CONTACT: NOREEN SCHERTLERTILE FURNISHED BY ULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C.,SETTING MATERIALS AND GROUT PROVIDED BYG.C., ALSO SEE SPECIFICATION SHEETS.1/8" GROUT JOINT G.C. TO USE TEXSPAR PLUSTILE CLEANER IN THEIR FINAL CLEANING OF THETILE. SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION ONSHEET CS3.0.N/APORCELAIN TILEPORCELAIN TILEN/A1/8" GROUT JOINT G.C. TO USE TEXSPAR PLUS TILE CLEANER INTHEIR FINAL CLEANING OF THE TILE. SEE VENDOR CONTACTINFORMATION ON SHEET CS3.0. G.C. TO USE MAPEI KERACAULK S(COLOR: SILVER) TO TOP OF BULLNOSE WHERE IT MEETS THEWALLPAPERN/ATILE FURNISHED BY ULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C.,SETTING MATERIALS AND GROUT PROVIDED BYG.C., ALSO SEE SPECIFICATION SHEETS.GRANITIFIANDREDAL TILEG.C. TO SCRIBE THE 4" BASE TO FIT UNDER THEPERIMETER SALES AREA FIXTURES. USECONTINUOUS ROLLED PRODUCTS.CUSTOM PRODUCT 'WHITE VINYL WALLCOVERING'PRODUCT#439-20157 PROJECT #439/2001595VINYL FLOORTILEAMTICOSPACIA LIMED WOOD NATURAL SS5W25494.5" X 36" X 2.5MMVINYL TILE AND ADHESIVE FURNISHED BY ULTA,INSTALLED BY G.C.VT-3CLASS 1 - <450PAINTP-6APPLY TO COLUMN ENCLOSURES, STAGING DOOR AND FRAME.APPLY BENJAMIN MOORE ULTRA SPEC PRIMER N534 (FOR ANYMETAL SUBSTRATE, USE DTM PRIMER). AFTER PRIMER HASDRIED, APPLY (2) COATS OF P-6 PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF WB-1.SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFO ON SHEET CS3.0.WINDOW FILMFASARA - OPAQUE WHITE - SH2MAOWWF-2WINDOW FILM TO BE APPLIED TO WINDOWS ON THE INTERIORSURFACE OF GLASS, PRIOR TO INTERIOR ADJACENT WALLCONSTRUCTION, WHEN APPLICABLE. PROVIDE A SAMPLE OFWINDOW FILM TO LANDLORD REPRESENTATIVE FOR APPROVALPRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SEE EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS.866539 PEZZATO BIANCO (MATTE)SETTING MATERIAL: ARDEX X5,GROUT COLOR: MAPEI 27 SILVER24" X 24" X 3/8" NOMINAL, 60 CM X 60 CMTEL. 312-342-4689 CONTACT: NOREEN SCHERTLERSTYLE #:EX0924241P (EXHIBITION 09 TWILL)SETTING MATERIAL: ARDEX X5,GROUT COLOR: MAPEI 47 CHARCOAL24" X 24" X 3/8" NOMINAL, 59.50 CM X 59.50 CMTEL. 630-306-1550 CONTACT: LYNN MILLSUSE CONTINUOUS ROLLED PRODUCTS.REMARKSCLASS A - 20AND 60PAINTSW 7071 GRAY SCREEN, SEMI-GLOSS FINISHP-7SHERWINWILLIAMSSEE DOOR TYPES ON DETAIL 2/A2.4 FORLOCATIONS.MANNINGTONMANNINGTONRUBBER BASEPREMIUM EDGE TYPE TP, 4" WALL COVE MOLDING,NUMBER 9424GR; COLOR: BEDROCKWALL BASE FURNISHED BY ULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C. ADHESIVEPROVIDED BY G.C. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED BYPROFESSIONAL RUBBER BASE INSTALLER. SEE PERIMETERFIXTURE BASE DETAIL 8/A8.3.WALL BASE FURNISHED BY ULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C. ADHESIVEPROVIDED BY G.C. INSTALLATION TO BE COMPLETED BYPROFESSIONAL RUBBER BASE INSTALLER.SEE VENDOR INFO ON CS3.0 FOR ULTA NATIONALACCOUNTTILE FURNISHED BY ULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C.,SETTING MATERIALS AND GROUT PROVIDED BYG.C., ALSO SEE SPECIFICATION SHEETS.1/8" GROUT JOINT G.C. TO USE TEXSPAR PLUSTILE CLEANER IN THEIR FINAL CLEANING OF THETILE. SEE VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION ONSHEET CS3.0.SEE VENDOR INFO ON CS3.0 FOR ULTA NATIONALACCOUNTSEE VENDOR INFO ON CS3.0 FOR ULTA NATIONALACCOUNTROLL-A-SHADEINC.CHAIN CLUTCH ROLLER SHADE; PHIFER SHEERWEAVESTYLE 4400; 3% OPENNESS; COLOR: CHALK WHITE WITHWHITE MECHANICALLY FASTENED FASCIA.ULTA TO PROVIDE ON ALL STOREFRONT EXCEPTTRANSOM AND VESTIBULEW-1WINDOW SHADESEE VENDOR INFO ON CS3.0 FOR ULTA NATIONALACCOUNTN/AN/A3MCOMMERCIALGRAPHICSDIVISIONPT-7PORCELAIN TILE1/8" GROUT JOINT G.C. TO USE TEXSPAR PLUS TILE CLEANER INTHEIR FINAL CLEANING OF THE TILE. SEE VENDOR CONTACTINFORMATION ON SHEET CS3.0. G.C. TO USE MAPEI KERACAULK S(COLOR: SILVER) TO TOP OF BULLNOSE WHERE IT MEETS THEWALLPAPERN/ATILE FURNISHED BY ULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C.,SETTING MATERIALS AND GROUT PROVIDED BYG.C., ALSO SEE SPECIFICATION SHEETS.GRANITIFIANDRE861999 PEZZATO BIANCO (MATTE)SETTING MATERIAL: ARDEX X5,GROUT COLOR: MAPEI 27 SILVER3" X 12" X 3/8"TEL. 312-342-4689 CONTACT: NOREEN SCHERTLERBENJAMINMOOREULTRA SPEC SCUFF-XREADY MIX: COLOR: WHITEEGG SHELL FINISHALTERNATE PAINT: PPG PAINTSCOLOR: PPG1011-1 PACIFIC PEARL, PRIMER (17-921 SEAL GRIP),METAL PRIMER (90-712 DTM PRIMER),FINISH (16-310 WB1 PRE-CATEPOXY EGGSHELL) TEL. (314) 393-7807; CONTACT SHANE GLASCOCKALTERNATE PAINT: PPG PAINTSCOLOR: PPG1012-4 GRAY FROST, DOORS (82-500 MANOR HALLSEMI-GLASS) TEL. (314) 393-7807; CONTACT SHANE GLASCOCKVINYL FLOORTILEMANNINGTONVINYL TILE AND ADHESIVE FURNISHED BY ULTA,INSTALLED BY G.C.VINYL FLOORTILEVINYL TILE AND ADHESIVE FURNISHED BY ULTA,INSTALLED BY G.C.MANNINGTON GROOVEC120 STERLING GRAY - 12" X 12" X .08"VT-8VT-9CLASS 1 - <450CLASS 1 - <450MANNINGTONMANNINGTON GROOVEC103 POPPY RED - 12" X 12" X .08"rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850CORRIDORWB-2P-1P-1P-1P-1ACT-29'-0"VT-8PLUMBING ROOMWB-2VT-8P-1P-1P-1P-1ACT-213'-0"111PLUMBINGROOMVT-8126 SQ. FT.*110CORRIDORVT-370 SQ. FT.*111VT-8MATCHLINE147 SQ. FT.CORRIDOR106BAMATCHLINEBA AELEV: 11'-0"ACT-1 / GYP. BD.ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORELEV: ±9'-10"T.O. GLAZINGAL-M744" X 56"AL-M6 22" X 56"AL-M744" X 56"AL-M6 22" X 56"WB-13'-3" V.I.F.P-1P-1WB-1ALIGNWB-1P-1VESTIBULEWB-1W-4B CENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCH30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"A-3 PRO RETAILW-3B CENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCHA-2830" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"W-3B CENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCH30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"W-10W-4B CENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCH30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"A-25W-10AELEV: 11'-0"ACT-1/GYP. BD.ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORS19A3.21A3.21A8.13A8.13S26A8.13AL-M744" X 56"AL-M744" X 56"AL-M744" X 56"AL-M744" X 56"S11CUSTOM VALANCE PROVIDED BY MILLWORKCOMPANY. INSTALLED BY G.C. FIELD VERIFYDIMENSION. G.C. TO CUSTOM ORDER FINALVALANCE FRAME SO IT IS "CUT TO FIT" VIAFIXTURE VENDOR.EQ.EQ.A3.22WC-5WB-155WC-6WC-5WC-61WB-1WB-15WB-1126651266WB-153'-3"V.I.F.3" TYP.4" MIN. ABOVETHE BACKWRAP2'-9"ACCESSIBLECOUNTER ALIGNWB-1M-513 FACEAND SIDESWC-6M-513 FACEAND SIDESWC-655WB-11WC-5WC-5WB-1Z-2C30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"AT ULTA BEAUTYAELEV: 11'-0"ACT-1/GYP. BD.ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORA6.25AA3.22TOSTAGINGW-10A3.21LWF-1BAL-M9 44" X 56"AL-M8 22" X 56"AL-M9 44" X 56"AL-M9 44" X 56"OPEN TOSHAMPOO/DRYINGBEYONDA2.45OPEN TOCORRIDORBEYONDCUSTOM VALANCE PROVIDED BY MILLWORKCOMPANY. INSTALLED BY G.C. FIELD VERIFYDIMENSION. G.C. TO CUSTOM ORDER FINALVALANCE FRAME SO IT IS "CUT TO FIT" VIAFIXTURE VENDOR.EQ.EQ.WB-1WB-1WC-5WC-5WC-65M-513 FACEAND SIDESWC-63'-6"EQ.EQ.WB-1WB-12'-0"CONTINUOUSWALL MOUNTED GRAPHIC IN BANNERSIGN HOLDER, FURNISHED BY ULTA,INSTALLED BY G.C. PROVIDEBLOCKING AS REQUIRED.WC-5SIDE OF ILLUMINATED ARCHWRAP WALL COVERINGAROUND CORNER BEHINDILLUMINATED ARCH7'-0" CASED OPENING 7'-0" CASED OPENING 2'-0"EQ.EQ.WB-1WC-5FINISHED END PANELA-2GRAPHICFRAME30" X 24"GRAPHICFRAME30" X 24"GRAPHICFRAME30" X 24"GRAPHICFRAME30" X 24"EQ.EQ.2'-4 3/4"EQ.EQ.EQ.EQ.2'-4 3/4"EQ.EQ.5'-2"Z-ESS-WALLWB-1WC-6M-513 FACEAND SIDES8EQ.EQ.EQ.EQ.WC-5CA2.45A8.13S38WC-514CAULK BACKSPLASH TO WALL AND TOCOUNTER TOP WITH WHITE CAULK.TO EXTEND 6" PAST THETOP OF WALL FIXTUREWC-5OUTLET FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BYG.C. IN BACK PANEL OF MILLWORKFIXTURE, ACCESSIBLE FROM INSIDECABINET. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FORMOUNTING HEIGHTS.OUTLET, TYPICAL. BOTH SIDES FURNISHEDAND INSTALLED BY G.C. ON FRONT FACE OFMILLWORK FIXTURE. SEE ELECTRICALDRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS.TRASH FLAP DOORW-3B CENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCH30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"A-6UL-9025A-13B1'-7 1/4"3'-0 3/4"3'-0 3/4"4'-2"1'-7 1/4"FABRIC LIGHT BOX WITH LED LIGHT. REFER TOELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING ARRANGEMENTAND POWER REQUIREMENTS.W-3B CENTER FIXTURE WITHIN ARCH30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"A-13BA-13BESTEE LAUDER WITH W-3B BUNKERSCENTER FIXTURES WITHIN ARCH30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"A-13BW-3F CENTER FIXTURE WITHIN ARCHW-3B CENTER FIXTURE WITHIN ARCH30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"A-13BW-14AELEV: 11'-0"ACT-1/GYP. BD.ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORA3.21A3.21A8.13A8.13A8.13S35S32A8.13A8.13S41A8.13WB-12WC-655M-513 FACEAND SIDESWC-6WB-1M-513 FACEAND SIDESWC-6WC-55WB-155151266WB-1WB-1WB-1WB-152166WB-15811266266152662'-1 1/2"3'-1"3'-1"3'-1"2'-1 1/2"INTERIORELEVATIONSSLSMOA6.1rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SCALESALES ELEVATION1/4"=1'-0"4SCALESALES ELEVATION1/4"=1'-0"3SCALESALES ELEVATION1/4"=1'-0"2SCALESALES ELEVATION1/4"=1'-0"1SCALENOT USED1/4"=1'-0"5G.C. TO INSTALL GRAPHICHANGING RODS PLUMB.ULTA INTERIOR SIGNAGETAGDESCRIPTIONREMARKSS4ADVANCED SKINCAREAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS11SALON HAIRCAREAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS19STYLING TOOLSAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS20THE SALON AT ULTA BEAUTYAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS21THE COLOR LIBRARYAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS23prestigefragrancesAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS25BENEFITAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS26DERMALOGICAAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS27CLINIQUEAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL - FINALARTWORK TO BE DETERMINED BY ULTAS28BATH & BODYCAREAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS29PHILOSOPHYAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS30SKIN & BODYCAREAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS31BARE MINERALSAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS32LANCOMEAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS33URBAN DECAYAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS34ULTA BEAUTY COLLECTIONAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS35ESTEE LAUDERAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS36MACAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS37IT COSMETICSAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS38THE SKIN BARAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELGENERAL NOTES:1.INSTALL ALL ARCHES TIGHT TO CEILING TILE.2.VINYL ARCH SIGNAGE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY ULTA GRAPHIC VENDOR - GFX.3.G.C. TO COORDINATE FINAL SHELF LOCATION WITH STORE SET TEAM AND STORE MANAGER.4.PROVIDE GRAY ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND STAINLESS STEEL COVER PLATES AT LOCATIONS WHERE WC-5 OCCURS.5.SEE F-1.1A, F1.1B AND F1.1C FOR FIXTURE DETAILS.6.ACCESS PANEL TO BE PROVIDED AS REQUIRED. SEE MEP DRAWINGS. ALL ACCESS PANEL MUST BE METAL. ACCESSPANELS HIGHER THAN 24" A.F.F. TO BE FINISHED TO MATCH SURROUNDING WALL. ACCESS PANELS BELOW 24" A.F.F. TOBE PAINTED TO MATCH WALL FINISH.7.FIX CHIPS AS REQUIRED ON ALL FIXTURES, TYPICAL.8.G.C. TO CAULK ALL VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SEAMS BETWEEN ABUTTING VALANCE SEGMENTS WITH WHITE CAULK TOPREVENT LIGHT PENETRATION, TYPICAL.1KEY NOTES:ILLUMINATED ACRYLIC ARCH FURNISHED BY ULTA. INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTINGARRANGEMENT.2OUTLETS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. CENTERED IN THE BACK PANEL OF MILLWORK FIXTURE. LOCATE ASSHOWN. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS.3G.C. TO PLANE DOWN ENTIRE BUNKER EDGE AS REQUIRED TO FIT BEYOND WALL BASE AND REAPPLY EDGE BANDING.4CAULK THE PERIMETER OF THE MILLWORK TOP, TO SIDES OF ARCH AND GYPSUM BOARD WALL WITH WHITE CAULK.5FIXTURE INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR/G.C. TO ENSURE SQUARING/LEVELING OF THE FIXTURES AS BEST AS POSSIBLE.CAULK SEAM BETWEEN WALL FIXTURE AND ARCH/M-513, TYPICAL EACH SIDE. CAULK SHOULD BE USED AT A MINIMUM. IFGAP IS LARGER THAN 1/4", CONTACT FIXTURE VENDOR FOR 1" PIECE OF MELAMINE AND INSTALL TIGHT TO ARCH. SEECS3.0 FOR FIXTURE VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION.BUNKER FILLER PANEL FURNISHED BY MILLWORK VENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C. BOTH SIDES, TYPICAL.67WRAP WALL BASE TO CONTINUE TO THE SIDE OF THE ARCH.8OUTLETS FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C. LOCATE IN WALL. LOCATE AS SHOWN. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FORMOUNTING HEIGHTS.S39KIEHL'SAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL9SKINBAR LIGHT BOX WITH LED LIGHTS. REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING ARRANGEMENT AND POWERREQUIREMENT.S40CHANELAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANELS41FRAGRANCEAPPLIED TO FACE OF PANEL AELEV: 9'-0"ACT-1ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORBOPEN TOSALESBEYONDA2.45CDWB-1WB-1WC-57'-0"CASED OPENING WC-5WB-1EAS SECURITY WALLMOUNTED DEVICEWC-5FIRE TREATEDBLOCKING INTHIS LOCATIONCAULK (CLEAR SILICONE)WHERE DRINKINGFOUNTAIN MEETS WALLWB-1WC-5TORESTROOMSEE DETAIL 6/A2.4 FORMOUNTING/BRAILLE/TEXTREQUIREMENTS, TYPICAL.TOPLUMBINGWC-5WB-1S20BAELEV: 11'-0"ACT-1ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORA8.13A6.25BZ-2C30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"30" X 24"AT ULTA BEAUTYCENTER FIXTURES WITHINAREABASE BY MILLWORKMANUFACTURERCENTER OUTLET HORIZONTALLY IN BACK PANELOF CABINET. SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FORMOUNTING HEIGHTS.PROVIDE GRAY OUTLETS AND STAINLESS STEELCOVERPLATES, TYPICAL AT METAL PANEL.ILLUMINATED ACRYLIC ARCH FURNISHED BYULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C. SEE ELECTRICALDRAWINGS FOR LIGHTING ARRANGEMENT.COMPUTER AND TELEPHONE OUTLETS INBACK PANEL OF CABINET. SEE ELECTRICALDRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS.STAINLESS STEEL FROM TOP OF BACK SPLASHES TOBOTTOM OF ACRYLIC BIN (TOP ROW) AND ON SIDESOF ARCH. FACING COUNTERTOP FURNISHED BYMILLWORK MANUFACTURER AND INSTALLED BY G.C.G.C. TO INSTALL WHITE MELAMINE PANELFURNISHED BY MILLWORK VENDOR.SEE INTERIOR SIGNAGETABLE ON A6.1CAULK SEAM WHEREBACKSPLASH MEETSBACK PANEL. CAULKSPEC: GE5050 SILICONE IIALUM. METAL SEALANT,COLOR: METALLIC GRAY.5'-7"1'-5"CLEAR CAULK WHERECOUNTERTOP JOINT MEETS.KNEE BRACES AT 48" O.C. G.C. TOADJUST AS REQUIRED MAINTAININGOUTLET CLEARANCESDCDABCBAC-21C-22M-213M-214(1) CONVENIENCE QUAD AT 18" A.F.F.(1) ISOLATED/DEDICATED QUAD @76" A.F.F. (MUSIC VENDOR,SCANNER GUN, MOTOROLA RADIOS)J-BOX FOR SOUND SYSTEM AMPWITH CONDUITJ-BOX FOR MUSIC VENDOR SOUNDCONTROL WITH CONDUITVOICE/DATA FOR SOUND SYSTEMWITH CONDUITT-2T-6(1) CONVENIENCEQUAD AT 18" A.F.F.T-1J-BOX FOR SMART TEMPERATURESENSOR WITH LCD DISPLAY WITHCONDUITDUPLEXKNEE BRACES AT 48" O.C. G.C. TOADJUST AS REQUIRED MAINTAININGOUTLET CLEARANCESELEV: 8'-0"GYP. BD. CEILINGELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORELEV: 11'-0"ACT-2ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORTOSTAGINGG.C. TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL (3) BLACK WOOD 8 X 10PICTURE FRAMES. SECURE AND ATTACH TO WALL FORCERTIFICATE OF OCCUPANCY, LIGHTING ZONE ANDRTU ZONE DIAGRAM (SEE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS)VOICE/DATA J-BOX FOR PC, CCTV, PRINTER AT18" A.F.F. WITH CONDUIT (1 J-BOX CAN HOLD UPTO 6 PORTS)(1) ISOLATED/DEDICATED DUPLEX AT18" A.F.F. (COMPUTER EQUIPMENT)(1) ISOLATED/DEDICATED QUAD AT 18" A.F.F.(COMPUTER EQUIPMENT)(1) CONVENIENCE QUAD AT 18" A.F.F.(1) ISOLATED/DEDICATED DUPLEX AT 18" A.F.F.(MONITOR & KVM SWITCH FOR CCTV)PHONE OUTLET AT 48" A.F.F. WITHCONDUITCOORDINATE LOCATION OF T-03 TO WORK WITHFILE CABINET DRAWER OPERATIONHOLD 18" CLEAR FOR FILE CABINET. INCREASECLEARANCE IF NECESSARY TO ALLOW FORITEMS MOUNTED ON ADJACENT WALL.BACK OF CHARGING STATION TO BE ANCHOREDTO WALL. G.C. TO INSTALL 2 X 8 WOOD BLOCKINGIN WALL. TOP OF WOOD BLOCKING TO BEMOUNTED AT 66" A.F.F. SEE DETAIL 6/A2.3 FORBLOCKING DETAIL.(1) DEDICATED DUPLEX AT 58" A.F.F. (CHARGINGSTATION)C-49P-1WB-2WB-2P-1P-1WB-2WB-2P-1P-1P-1WB-22'-0"1'-3" 1'-6" 1'-0" 2'-6" 4'-0" 6'-4" 1'-6" 4'-0" 4'-10"P-1P-1WB-2WB-2WB-2T-348" MAX AL-M944" X 56"C-43C-43C-431'-4"G.C. TO PROVIDESTAINLESS STEEL ROD,METAL STIFFENER AND1'-6" DEEP WHITEMELAMINE SHELVESP-1WB-23'-6" 4'-0" MAX. 4'-6" 5'-0" MAX.EQ.EQ.CBADELEV: 9'-0"ACT-2ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORELEV: 10'-0"ACT-1ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORAABCDT-18T-09P-1WB-26" 2'-6" 3'-0"OPEN TOSALESBEYONDA2.45A8.310TOCORRIDORP-1WB-2WB-1WC-5WB-1WC-5WB-1WC-5EXTEND WALL COVERINGBEHIND MILLWORK.CENTER OUTLET HORIZONTALLY ON EACH SHAMPOO STATION.SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS.WRAP TO SHAMPOO PEDESTAL ANDCABINET. CLEAR CAULK AROUND THEBASE OF PEDESTAL AND CABINET TOFLOOR BEFORE INSTALLING, TYPICAL.STAINLESS STEEL - BRUSHEDALUMASTEEL 6277 (419), PANELS ON 3/4"BOARD FURNISHED BY MILLWORKVENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C.CAULK VERTICAL SEAMS BETWEEN PANELSWITH GRAY CAULK (DAP DYNAFLEX 230)STAINLESS STEEL COVERPLATES FOR OUTLETS ON THISWALLWB-1SHAMPOO BOWLSCAULK FLUSH TO TOPJOINTS BETWEEN FIXTURESWITH WHITE CAULK (DAPDYNAFLEX 230).LOCATION OF LED DRIVER. REFER TOELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MOREINFORMATION.G.C. TO PROVIDE CUT-OUT FOR OUTLET IN BACK PANELSEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR OUTLET DETAILS.WB-17'-0" CASED OPENINGWB-1WB-1WC-57'-0"C-35WB-1WALL MOUNTED GRAPHIC IN BANNERSIGN HOLDER FURNISHED BY ULTA,INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO FURNISHAND INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED.2'-0"2'-5"C-354'-1"WB-1WC-5G.C. TO COORDINATEFINAL SHELF LOCATIONWITH STORE SET TEAMAND STORE MANAGER.INTERIORELEVATIONSSLSMOA6.2SCALEELEVATIONS - CORRIDOR1/4"=1'-0"6SCALEELEVATIONS - SALON, TYPICAL1/4"=1'-0"5SCALEELEVATIONS - SHAMPOO/DRYING1/4"=1'-0"3SCALEELEVATIONS - OFFICE1/4"=1'-0"1SCALEELEVATIONS - NOT USED-7rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850NOTES:1.COORDINATE ALL HEIGHTS OF ELECTRIC, PHONE,AND DATA OUTLETS WITH ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.FOR WALL FIXTURE MOUNTING HEIGHTS SEEFIXTURE SCHEDULE.2.SECURE THE SHELVES TO THE BRACKETS.3.ALIGN SHELVING STANDARDS WITH WALL STUDS.4.CAULK BACKSPLASH TO WALL WITH WHITE CAULK.RUN ALL CONDUITABOVE OFFICE CEILING.PROVIDE GRAYELECTRICAL DEVICESAND STAINLESS STEELCOVER PLATES ATLOCATIONS WHEREWC-5 OCCURS.PROVIDE GRAYELECTRICAL DEVICESAND STAINLESS STEELCOVER PLATES ATLOCATIONS WHEREWC-5 OCCURS.SCALEELEVATIONS - COAT CLOSET1/4"=1'-0"4SCALEELEVATIONS - WASHER/DRYER1/4"=1'-0"2VINYL ARCH SIGNAGEFURNISHED ANDINSTALLED BY ULTAGRAPHIC VENDOR - GFX.INSTALL ALL ARCHESTIGHT TO CEILING TILEG.C. TO COORDINATEFINAL SHELF LOCATIONWITH STORE SET TEAMAND STORE MANAGER.PROVIDE GRAYELECTRICAL DEVICESAND STAINLESS STEELCOVER PLATES ATLOCATIONS WHEREWC-5 OCCURS. NOTES:1.ALL JOINTS/SEAMS TO BE CAULKED WHERECERAMIC TILE MEETS WALL COVERING, GRAYCAULK (DAP DYNAFLEX 230).2.AT OUTSIDE TILED CORNERS, TILE TO HAVEMITERED CORNER JOINTS.TOILET ACCESSORY TAG. SEE ACCESSORIESSCHEDULE ON THIS SHEET.1DIMENSIONS ARE TO FACE OF STUD OR FACEOF EXISTING WALL, U.N.O. SEE WALL TYPESON A2.3 SHEET FOR FURTHER INFORMATION.#℄1'-3" MIN.TO FIN.SURFACEEQ.EQ.UNISEXRESTROOM1091D1C1B1AA6.33 5/8" 7'-5 5/8" 3 5/8"1'-0"3'-0"D.O.5'-6"1'-7 1/4" 3'-4" MIN.℄℄1'-5"TO FIN TILE9'-6"3 5/8"546729℄81'-9 7/8"3'-0" F.O. 1'-10 1/2"6"HOLD NEWCONSTRUCTIONTIGHT TO COLUMN.EQ.EQ.℄1'-9 3/8"PLUMBINGROOM110CORRIDOR1113D3C3B3AA6.43'-0" D.O. 1'-10 1/2"3 5/8"8'-6 3/8"C4PT-2FRAMELESS MIRROR WITH 1 1/2"(CHEMICALLY ETCHED ORSANDBLASTED) FROSTEDBORDER ON THE FRONTSURFACE. SEE DETAIL C THISSHEET FOR INSTALLATIONINFORMATION. DO NOT INSTALLTILE BEHIND MIRROR.7WC-5PT-73" X 12" TILE BORDERD546WC-5PT-7PT-23" X 12" TILE BORDER4'-3"AB2PT-2PT-7WC-53" X 12" TILE BORDER93'-1"TOCORRIDOR1PT-23" X 12" TILE BORDER4'-0"MAX.WC-5PT-7WRAP WC-5BEHIND MIRROR8ELEV: 9'-0"GYP. BD.ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORMITER CUT IN FIELDPT-7 WITH PT-2 BELOWSANITARY NAPKINDISPOSAL17" MAXURINAL TOILET SEATCOVERDISPENSER40" MAX. TO HIGHEST OPERABLE PART 38 1/2" TO REFLECTIVE SURFACE 33" HOLDLAVATORY/MIRROR18" HOLD 18" HOLD 9" HOLD(TO THE CENTERLINEOF THE DISPENSER)2'-11" MAX 12" HOLD.40" HOLD 40"HOLDWRAP DRAIN AND HOTWATER SUPPLY PERACCESSIBILITY CODES.HAND DRYERELECTRIC WATERCOOLERGRAB BAR/TOILETGRAB BAR36" MIN.CLTOILET PAPER DISPENSERCL18" MIN.42" MIN.24"HOLD12"MIN.TOP OF RECESSKIT TO BE 1 1/4"DOWN FROM TOPOF BULLNOSECAULKPERIMETERWITH CLEARCAULK76" T/O MIRRORNOTE: IF VERTICAL GRAB BAR IS REQUIRED, G.C. TOPROVIDE AN EXTENSION TRIM RING AT TOP BARATTACHMENT SO TOP OF GRAB BAR, ATTACHED TOWALL ABOVE WALL TILE, PROVIDES A PLUMBINSTALLATION MAINTAINING A CONSISTENTCLEARANCE BETWEEN BAR AND TILE. ALL EXPOSEDPIECES SHALL MATCH GRAB BAR FINISH.8" KNEECLEARANCE9" MIN. TOE CLEARANCE33" HOLD6" MAX. TOE CLEARANCE11" MIN.(25" MAX.)DEPTH29" MIN. 34" HOLD*DIM. SHOWN ARE TO OUTSIDE TRIMOF RECESSED KIT. CONTRACTOR TOVERIFY ROUGH OPENINGREQUIREMENTS WITH MANUF. INFO.54" MIN.17"CL24"MIN.1 1/2" MIN. 1 1/4"34" HOLD 4"39"SEE ELEVATIONSFOR MIRRORWIDTHINSULATEEXPOSED PIPES,TYPICAL.17"- 19"EQ.EQ.BABY CHANGINGSTATION34" MAX (WORKINGSURFACE IN THEDOWN POSITION)36" SPOUT 48" MAX BOT. OF HANDLE 15" MIN. FROM ℄ OFSINK BOWL TOFACE OF KNEEBRACE. SEEELEVATION FORLOCATION.9" MIN.COAT HOOKCOAT HOOK15" MIN. - 48" MAX. T.O. LOWER HOOKCL FACE OFWALL FINISH27" MINIMUM (KNEE CLEARANCEIN THE DOWN POSITION)EQ.EQ.SCALESECTION THRU MIRROR3"=1'-0"2BACK SPLASHBOTTOM J-CHANNEL #D636A CRLAURENCE CO.www.crlaurence.com1/4" CLEAR MIRROR WITH POLISHEDEDGES SILICONE IN PLACE3/4" IN WALL FIRE TREATEDPLYWOOD BLOCKINGTOP J-CHANNEL #D645A CRLAURENCE CO.www.crlaurence.comCAULKEDGE OF WALL COVERINGTO EXTEND BEHIND MIRRORSCALESECTION THRU WALL TILE3"=1'-0"1PT-6CAULK (TO MATCH GROUTCOLOR) AFTER WALLCOVERING INSTALLATION. SEEPT-7 NOTES OF A4.1 SHEET.WALL COVERINGWALL COVERING TO EXTEND1/8" BELOW TOP EDGE OF TILE.DO NOT GROUT TOP OF TILEPT-7rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850INTERIOR ELEVATIONSAND ENLARGEDTOILET ROOM PLANSLSMOA6.3SCALERESTROOM DIMENSION PLAN1/2"=1'-0"ASCALETYPICAL MOUNTING DETAILS1/4"=1'-0"BSCALETOILET ACCESSORIES N/ACCOAT HOOKHOSPITALSPECIALTY CO.SYMBOLUNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, MOUNTED AT 48" A.F.F./ BY G.C. PROVIDEBLOCKING AS REQ'D.HAGER945PSATIN FINISHSTAINLESS STEELACCESSIBLE LAVATORYBABY CHANGING TABLESEE PLUMBINGSHEETS FOR SPECSSEE TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS / BY G.C.SEE PLUMBINGSHEETS FOR SPECSGRAINGERRUBBERMAIDFG781888LPLATPAPER TOWEL DISPENSERSURFACESEE PLUMBINGSHEETS FOR SPECSSURFACEMOUNTED AT 34" MAXIMUM A.F.F. TO CHANGING BED. FURNISHED BY ULTA.INSTALLED BY G.C.AT MOP SINK AND COFFEE BAR LOCATION. FURNISHED BY ULTA & INSTALLEDBY G.C. MTD. MAX 46" TO OPERABLE PARTS/ LOCAL CODESREMARKS/SUPPLYDESCRIPTIONCOMPANYMODELMOUNTFINISHTOILET SEAT COVERHG12SURFACESEE TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS. FURNISHED BY ULTA ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.GRAB BARSANITARY NAPKIN DISPOSALBOBRICKB-5806CONCEALED MOUNTSATIN FINISH STAINLESS STEELSEE TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS BY G.C.SEE TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS / BY G.C. PROVIDE NECESSARYBLOCKINGTOILET PAPER DISPENSERSURFACEHAND DRYERB-270, SURFACESATIN FINISHSTAINLESS STEELCOLOR:WHITE EPOXYFURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C. MOUNTED 35" MAXIMUM TOBOTTOM OF HAND DRYER / LOCAL CODESSURFACEWALL MIRRORSURFACEXL-W WITH RECESS KITRECESSED/ LOW PROFILEEXCEL DRYER INC.XLERATORNOTE: G.C. TO PROVIDE ALL RESTROOM ACCESSORIES UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE.SEE TYPICAL MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS BY G.C.BOBRICKGENRAL NOTES:1.ALL JOINTS/SEAMS TO BE CAULKED WHERE CERAMIC TILE MEETS WALLCOVERING, GRAY CAULK (DAP DYNAFLEX 230).2.AT OUTSIDE TILED CORNERS, TILE TO HAVE MITERED CORNER JOINT.3.CAULK BACKSPLASH TO WALL TILE WITH WHITE CAULK.4.CAULK ALL PLUMBING FIXTURES WHERE IT MEETS WALL/FLOOR TILEAND COUNTERTOP WITH WHITE CAULK.5.ALIGN GROUT LINES ON THE WALL AND FLOOR TILE.6.PROVIDE GRAY ELECTRICAL DEVICES AND STAINLESS STEEL COVERPLATES AT LOCATIONS WHERE WC-5 OCCURS.SCALEMITERED CORNER DETAILNONEDSCALEELEVATIONS - UNISEX TOILET ROOM1/4"=1'-0"1123456789RESTROOM GENERAL NOTES-BOBRICKSEE TYP. MOUNTING HEIGHTS DETAILS / BY G.C.FURNISH AND INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED.GRAB BARB-4998SATIN-FINISHSTAINLESS STEELSEE TYP. MOUNTING HEIGHT DETAILS. FURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLEDBY G.C.NOT USED C-15A8.37C-15C-15 SHELF MOUNTING HEIGHTSSHELF HEIGHTS LISTED TOP TO BOTTOM AND IDENTIFIED ASLARGE OR SMALL SHELVES. DIMENSIONS ARE TO TOP OFSHELF. SHELVING FURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C.PCA16.5" - SMALL SHELF16.5" - SMALL SHELF16.5" - SMALL SHELF16.5" - SMALL SHELF16.5" - SMALL SHELF7" - SMALL SHELF13.5" - LARGE SHELFDAMAGES7.5" - SMALL SHELF7.5" - SMALL SHELF 7.5" - SMALL SHELF9" - SMALL SHELF 10" - SMALL SHELF 20" - SMALL SHELF 18" - SMALL SHELFBASE (AS LOW AS ITCAN GO) - LARGESHELFRAR10" - SMALL SHELF10" - SMALL SHELF80" - SMALL SHELFCLEANING11" - LARGE SHELF11"- LARGE SHELF19" - LARGE SHELF66" LARGE SHELFG.C. TO COORDINATEFINAL SHELF LOCATIONWITH STORE SET TEAMAND STORE MANAGER.T-10T-5TOSALESWB-2P-1P-1AELEV: 13'-0"ACT-2ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORDAMAGESBA8.34ETAGERESTORAGEENTIRE AREA OFETAGERE STORAGE TOBE 3/4" FIRE RATEDPLYWOOD, PAINT P-1P-1FACE ANDSIDES, TYPICAL.T-17T-14C-14A8.311FR-16C-25C-15C-15C-15C-15C-15C-15C-15P-1FACE ANDSIDES, TYPICAL.WB-2STORAGEAREATOOFFICET-08T-08COORDINATE FINAL LOCATIONWITH STORE SET ON SITET-08WB-2P-1TEMPERATURE SENSOR. SEE MECHANICALDRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION.WB-2M-229C-10C-9G.C. TO SECURELYANCHOR LOCKERSTO WALLG.C. TO COORINATE LOCATION OFGLADIATOR HOOK SYSTEM WITH ULTA PMAND STORE SET TEAM.GLADIATOR HOOK SYSTEM TO CONSIST OF:GLADIATOR GARAGEWORKS GEAR TRACKCHANNEL 6"X48". MODEL NO.: GAWC042PPYALTERNATE STORAGE SYSTEM: CRAFTSMANVERSA TRACK TRACKWALL 5.5"x48" MODELNO.: 10124ANDGLADIATOR GARAGEWORKS DEEP HOOK7.5"WX5.25"HX11"D. MODEL NO.:GAWUXXDHRHALTERNATE STORAGE SYSTEM: CRAFTSMANHOOKTITE STANDARD DOUBLE HOOK3.5"WX5.75"HX10.75"D. MODEL NO.: 10102G.C. TO PROVIDE IN WALL 2X6 FIRERETARDANT TREATED WOOD BLOCKINGBETWEEN STUDS AS REQUIRED FORGLADIATOR SYSTEM.FR-17DCELECTRICAL PANELS SHOWNFOR REFERENCE. REFER TOELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.EXISTING TRANSFORMERSUSPENDED FROM STRUCTUREBY LANDLORDP-1WB-2ELEV: 13'-0"ACT-2ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORIT CABINETA8.35QUAD OUTLET. SEEELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.IT CABINET FURNISHED BYULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C.1'-6"GLADIATOR GARAGEWORKS GEAR TRACKCHANNEL 6"X48". MODEL NO.: GAWC042PZYALTERNATE STORAGE SYSTEM:CRAFTSMAN VERSA TRACK TRACKWALL5.5"x48" MODEL NO.: 101242'-0"1'-6"1'-6"GLADIATOR GARAGEWORKS DEEP HOOK7.5"WX5.25"HX11"D. MODEL NO.: GAWUXXDHRHALTERNATE STORAGE SYSTEM: CRAFTSMANHOOKTITE STANDARD DOUBLE HOOK3.5"WX5.75"HX10.75"D. MODEL NO.: 10102PROVIDE IN WALL 2X6 FIRE RETARDANTTREATED WOOD BLOCKING BETWEENSTUDS AS REQUIRED.PVC DRAWING STORAGETUBE, SEE SHEET CS-2SEE DETAIL1/A8.3 FORTYPICALEMS/TEL. PH.BD. LAYOUTC-15C-15C-15C-15TOCORRIDORWB-2P-1WB-2WATERHEATERSEEPLUMBINGDRAWINGSFOR PIPERAILINGINSTALLATIONFRP PANEL (WHITE) TO 4'-0" A.F.F. (ON WALLSSURROUNDING MOP BASIN) & EXTEND A MIN. 24"BEYOND FACE OF MOP SINK. CAULK PERIMETER TOGYP. BD. CAULK AROUND MOP SINK AND TOP OF WB-2.T-9T-16SEE DETAIL 2/A8.3 FORMOP SINK ACCESSORIES.FRP PANEL (WHITE) TO4'-0" A.F.F. (ON WALLSSURROUNDING MOPBASIN). CAULKPERIMETER TO GYP. BD.ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORABCD4'-0" TYP ULTA SAFETY DECAL APPLIED TO INTERIOR VESTIBULE GLAZING(TYPICAL). CENTER WITHIN EACH MULLION. FURNISHED BY ULTA(GRAPHIC VENDOR - GFX) INSTALLED BY G.C.ELEV: ±9'-10"T/O GLAZINGAP-1WB-2ELEV: 13'-0"ACT-2ELEV: 0'-0"FINISHED FLOORP-1TOCORRIDORWB-2BCC-15DWATERHEATERSEEPLUMBINGDRAWINGSFOR PIPERAILINGINSTALLATIONWB-2P-1P-1WB-2rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SCALEELEVATIONS - STAGING1/4"=1'-0"1INTERIORELEVATIONSSLSMOA6.4SCALEELEVATIONS - PLUMBING ROOM1/4"=1'-0"3*EXISTING VESTIBULE PROVIDED BY LANDLORD U.N.O.*SCALEELEVATIONS - VESTIBULE1/4"=1'-0"2 AL-M6 22" X 56"AL-M744" X 56"AL-M6 22" X 56"NON-ILLUMINATED BLADE SIGNAGE BY OTHERS UNDERSEPARATE PERMIT. SIZE AND SIGNAGE TYPE TBD. PERLANDLORD, SIGNAGE CRITERIA AND CITY CODE.SIGNAGE SHOWN IS TENANT PROTOTYPICAL SIZE.68'-0" EXISTING STOREFRONTELEV: ±32'-2"T/O PARAPETELEV: 10'-0"T/O EXTG. STOREFRONT -V.I.F.ELEV: 0'-0"GRADEILLUMINATED SIGNAGE BY OTHERS UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT.SIZE AND SIGNAGE TYPE PER ULTA SIGN VENDOR, LANDLORDSIGNAGE CRITERIA, AND LOCAL CODE. SIGNAGE AREA SHOWNIS PROTOTYPICAL SIZE AND IS FOR REFERENCE PURPOSESONLY. ALSO, SEE ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.#18 EXTERIOR CAMERA (ENTRY VIEW). G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALLEMT CONDUIT WITH PULL STRING AS REQUIRED. COORDINATE CONDUITREQUIREMENTS AND EXACT LOCATION WITH VENDOR AND LANDLORD.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS.FRAMED GRAPHICS (TYP.) LOCATEDINSIDE THE STORE. SEE INTERIORELEVATION FOR LOCATIONS.# # #STORE HOURS DECAL APPLIED TO INSIDEFACE OF GLASS FURNISHED AND INSTALLEDBY ULTA (SIGNAGE VENDOR). PLACE CENTEROF VINYL TO THE HEIGHT OF DOOR HANDLESAND 2" (HORIZONTALLY) FROM DOOR MULLION.EXISTING AWNINGS PROVIDED BYLANDLORD UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT,TYPICAL. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.G.C. SHALL INSTALL 8" HIGH (OR AS REQUIRED BY THEAHJ / LANDLORD) WHITE ADDRESS NUMBERS (FURNISHEDBY ULTA) APPLIED TO INSIDE FACE OF GLASS. G.C. SHALLORDER VINYL NUMBERS FROM GFX. SEE VENDORCONTACT INFORMATION ON CS3.0."OPENING SOON" AND "NOW OPEN BANNERS FURNISHED BY ULTA ANDINSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO INSTALL "OPENING SOON" BANNER ATCONSTRUCTION START AND REPLACE WITH "NOW OPEN" BANNER AT THE TIMEOF STORE OPENING. THE AMOUNT OF BANNERS TBD. BANNER WILL NEED TO BEINSTALLED WITH FULL FRAME OF WHITE PVC PIPING WITH FOAM PIPEINSULATION ON THE CORNERS TO KEEP FRAME OFF THE BUILDING. ATTACHPIPE INSULATION WITH WHITE ZIP TIES. G.C. TO REMOVE "NOW OPEN" BANNERAFTER 30 DAYS. PROTECT EXTERIOR BUILDING FINISHES.EXISTING AWNING PROVIDED BYLANDLORD UNDER SEPARATE PERMIT,TYPICAL. SHOWN FOR REFERENCE ONLY.EXTERIORELEVATIONSDFMOA7.1SCALEFRONT EXTERIOR ELEVATION1/4"=1'-0"1NOTE:1.EXTERIOR ELEVATION SIGNAGE FOR REFERENCE ONLY.2.POWER CONNECTION FOR SIGN NEEDS TO BE WITHIN 6 FT. FROM SIGN. G.C. TO COORDINATE SIGN AND AWNING INSTALLATION WITH ULTA SIGNVENDOR (KIEFFER SIGNS) PRIOR TO ROUGH-IN. SEE CS3.0 SHEET FOR SIGN VENDOR CONTACT INFO.3.G.C. TO VERIFY QUALITY OF EXISTING EXTERIOR FINISHES, FOR EXAMPLE; PATCH AND REPAIR AREAS OF FINISHES. NOTIFY ULTA CONSTRUCTIONMANAGER OF ANY AREAS REQUIRING WORK. IF AREAS OF EXTERIOR FINISH WORK ARE REQUIRED SEPARATE OUT THIS COST WITH EXPLANATIONIN BID.4.G.C. TO CAULK AROUND WALL PENETRATIONS CREATED BY SIGN INSTALLATIONS. CAULK COLOR TO MATCH EXTERIOR FINISH.5.G.C. TO PATCH, REPAIR AND PAINT EXTERIOR TO MATCH EXISTING.6.THE OPENING SOON AND NOW OPEN BANNERS WILL BE FURNISHED BY ULTA AND INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO REFER TO INSTALLATION GUIDELINEPROVIDED BY SIGN VENDOR.NOTE:1.WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNERS FURNISHED BY ULTA, INSTALLED BY G.C. G.C. TO INSTALL WINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNERS ALTERNATELY ON EVERY STOREFRONTWINDOW. VERIFY WITH ULTA CONSTRUCTION MANAGER PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.2.SEND DIGITAL PICTURES TO ULTA ONCE BANNERS ARE INSTALLED (WEEK 1).3.ATTACH THE BANNERS TO THE STORE FRONT WINDOWS USING THE TAPE ON THE FRONT OF THE BANNERS. REPEAT THE LAYOUT PATTERN UNTIL WINDOWS ARE COVERED.4.RE-ATTACH WITH TAPE TO ALU FRAMES AFTER FINAL CLEANING.5.CONSTRUCTION BANNERS ARE TEMPORARY AND ARE REMOVED PRIOR TO STORE OPENING.6.CONSTRUCTION BANNERS ARE NOT APPLICABLE TO MALL STOREFRONT. COORDINATE BARRICADE GRAPHICS WITH ULTA.SCALEWINDOW CONSTRUCTION BANNER NOTESNONE212rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850 3/8" THREADEDROD TOSUPPORT ARCH.REFER TO 3/A8.1FOR ROOF JOISTCONNECTION.BLOCKING ASREQUIREDP-1MILLWORK BUILDOUT FURNISHEDBY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.TRANSLUCENT WHITE PLEXIGLASFACE IN METAL FRAME FURNISHEDBY FIXTURE CONTRACTOR,INSTALLED BY G.C.CEILING GRID11"LED LIGHTING FURNISHED BYLIGHTING VENDOR. INSTALLED BYG.C.2"2"G.C. TO PROVIDE 1"x1" WHITEEGG-CRATE LOUVER. SEE PLANSFOR LOCATION.G.C. TOPROVIDE WHITEALUMINUMANGLE ATPERIMETER OFEGG-CRATE.ALIGN WITHBOTTOM OFHORIZONTALARCH SECTION.BACK PANEL OFMILLWORKFIXTURESBEYONDOVERSIZED FINISHED END PANELFURNISHED BY FIXTURE VENDOR ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.G.C. TO CUT OVERSIZED FINISHEDEND PAN AROUND THE ARCH HEADERSO THERE IS NO EXPOSED BACKPANEL OF MILLWORK FIXTURES.ALIGN TOP OF OVERSIZED FINISHEDEND PANEL WITH THE TOP OF THEPANEL OF MILLWORK FIXTURES.PAINT GYPSUM BOARDWALL P-1, SEEINTERIOR ELEVATIONSMETAL DECKUNISTRUT #P4010 CHANNELNUTUNISTRUT #P2864 FLAT PLATEFITTING1/2" DIAMETER THREADED RODTO STRUCTURAL CHANNELBELOWUNISTRUT #P1000CHANNELTOP CHORD OF BAR JOISTDOUBLE 1/2" HEX NUTNOTE:WHERE PRACTICAL, UNISTRUT BEAM CLAMP P2676 OR P2898MAY BE USED AS AN ALTERNATE MOUNTING METHOD TO THISASSEMBLY. BEAM CLAMPS SHALL BE ATTACHED TO THE TOPCHORD OF THE BAR JOIST.EQ.EQ.EQ.EQ.INSTALL TWO 3/8"THREADED RODS PERHEADER JOINTSPACED PERMANUFACTURERSRECOMMENDATIONS.(2) SECTIONS OF UNISTRUTINSIDE CABINETCONNECTING BOTHTHREADED RODS2'-0"P-1PAINT GYPSUM BOARD WALLP-1 2'-0" DOWN FROMUNDERSIDE OF ARCH U.N.O.ON THE INTERIOR ELEVATIONS11"ATTACH UNISTRUTTO BLOCKING WITHUNISTRUT P10482"2"SHORT SECTION OFUNI-STRUT INSIDE ARCH WITHWASHERS AND NUTSCONNECTING BOTHTHREADED RODS AT EACHJOINTBLOCKING ASREQUIREDEXISTING ROOF JOISTINSTALL ARCH TIGHT TOCEILING TILE. NO GAPSALLOWED.TRANSLUCENT WHITEPLEXIGLAS FACE IN METALFRAME FURNISHED BYFIXTURE CONTRACTOR,INSTALLED BY G.C.CEILING GRIDEXISTING ROOF DECKATTACH UNISTRUT CHANNELTO TOP CHORD OF EXISTINGROOF JOIST USING UNISTRUTBEAM CLAMPUNISTRUT SEE CONNECTIONDETAIL #4 THIS SHEETLED LIGHTING FURNISHED BYLIGHTING VENDOR. INSTALLEDBY G.C.NOTE:FIXTURE VENDOR FURNISHES THE FOLLOWING:(2) TWO 3/8" X 10'-0" PIECES OF ALL THREAD PERHEADER JOINT. INSTALLED BY G.C.(1) ONE 80" PIECE OF UNISTRUT PER HEADERJOINT SPRING NUTS, HEX NUTS, WASHERS, ANDUNISTRUT MOUNTING PLATES. INSTALLED BY G.C.MILLWORKBUILD-OUTFURNISHES BYFIXTURECONTRACTOR,INSTALLED BY G.C.PROVIDE 2X FIRETREATED WOODBLOCKINGATTACHED TO ATLEAST TWO STUDSWITH #12 SCREWS.MILLWORKBUILD-OUTFURNISHES BYFIXTURECONTRACTOR,INSTALLED BY G.C.3/8" THREADED ROD TOSUPPORT ARCH. REFER TODETAILS ABOVE FOR ROOFJOIST CONNECTION.ROOF JOISTS PARALLEL TO DEMISING WALLEXISTING ROOF JOISTEXISTING ROOF DECKUNISTRUT ATTACH TO TOP CHORD OFROOF JOIST AT PANEL POINT ONLY, SEECONNECTION DETAIL #4 THIS SHEETROOF JOISTS PERPENDICULAR TO DEMISING WALLNO LED LIGHTING AT CLINIQUEBX-10 FIXTURE20 GATRACK(2) #10 SDSAT 16" O.C.(2)362S162-54(2) #10 SDSEACH STUDCONNECTION DETAILACONNECTION DETAILBSTEEL JOIST AT 6'-0"O.C. MAX.14 GA. ANGLE WEBSTIFFENER IF BEARINGIS GREATER THAN 4"FROM STEEL TRUSSPANEL POINT(2) #10 SDSSTEEL DECK(2) #10 SDSEACH STUD(2) 362S162-54(2) #10 SDS AT16" O.C.20 GA. TRACK14 GA. ANGLEWEBSTIFFENER IFBEARING ISGREATER THAN4" FROM STEELTRUSS PANELPOINTSTEEL JOIST AT6'-0" O.C.STEEL DECKSTEEL DECK EXISTING(2) 362S162-54 AT 4'-0"O.C. MAX(2) 0.157" "ØHILTI X-U P.A.F.(2) #10 SDSEACH12 GA. CLIP ANGLE (2)#10 TEK EACH LEGLATERALLY BRACE TOSTRUCTURE ABOVEUSING METAL STUDS362S162-43 AT 4'-0"WALLS TO HAVEMAXIMUM UNBRACEDLENGTH OF 4'-0".16 GA CLIP ANGLEWITH (2) #10 SDSEACH LEG16 GA TRACK362T125-43 WITH (2)#10 SDS EACH STUDCONNECTION DETAILCLATERAL BRACE CONNECTION DETAILDWALL CONNECTION DETAILE(2) #10 SDSSTEELJOISTS,EXISTING(2) #10SDS AT16" O.C.(2)362S162-54(2) #10SDS EACHSTUDPERPENDICULAR TO STEEL JOISTPERPENDICULAR TO STEEL JOISTPARALLEL TO STEEL JOISTAT STEEL ROOF STRUCTUREAT LATERAL BRACEA8.11BA8.11ATYPICAL LOCATION OF HARDWIRE BOX INSIDE LIGHT BOXATYPICAL LOCATION OF HARDWIRE BOX FOR ARCH VALANCEBTYPICAL LOCATION OF HARDWIRE BOX FOR VALANCECLED LIGHT FIXTURES AT LIGHTBOX, TYPICAL.MOUNT HARDWIRE BOX IN CORNER ALONG BACKSIDE OF LIGHT BOX.INSTALL BOTTOM OF HARDWIRE BOX AT 7" A.F.F. REFER TO SHEETSE0-3 AND E2-1 FOR EXACT LOCATION.ACRYLIC PANELLED LIGHT FIXTURES AT LIGHTBOX, TYPICAL.ACRYLIC PANELLED LIGHT FIXTURES AT ARCHVALANCE, TYPICAL.CONDUIT PENETRATION THROUGH MILLWORK FOR LIGHTING SHALLBE MADE IN-LINE WITH LIGHT FIXTURES TO CONCEAL CONDUIT.MOUNT HARDWIRE BOX IN CORNER ALONG BACKSIDE OF LIGHT BOX.INSTALL BOTTOM OF HARDWIRE BOX AT 9'-0" A.F.F. REFER TO SHEETE1-1 FOR EXACT LOCATION.LED LIGHT FIXTURES ATVALANCE, TYPICAL.LED LIGHT FIXTURES ATLIGHT BOX, TYPICAL.ACRYLIC PANELCONDUIT PENETRATION THROUGH MILLWORK FOR LIGHTING SHALLBE MADE IN-LINE WITH LIGHT FIXTURES TO CONCEAL CONDUIT.MOUNT HARDWIRE BOX IN CORNER ALONG BACKSIDE OF LIGHT BOX.INSTALL BOTTOM OF HARDWIRE BOX AT 7'-6" A.F.F. REFER TO SHEETE1-1 FOR EXACT LOCATION.rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850CONSTRUCTION DETAILSSLSMOA8.1CEILING/SOFFIT INSTALLATION NOTES:1. SUPPORT, BRACE, AND CONNECTIONS OF CEILINGS/SOFFITS TO ROOF STRUCTURE ABOVE AS PERAPPLICABLE CODES AND MANUFACTURER DESIGN/SPECIFICATIONS. ATTACHMENT TO ROOF DECK IS NOTPERMITTED.2. ALL GALVANIZED STUD AND JOISTS SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL THAT CORRESPONDS TO THE MINIMUMREQUIREMENTS OF THE LATEST EDITION OF THE A.I.S.I. STANDARDS3. ALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE AMERICANIRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE(A.I.S.I.) "SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD-FORMED STEEL STRUCTURALMEMBERS" LATEST EDITION.4. PROVIDE ALL ACCESSORIES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, TRACKS, CLIPS, WEB STIFFENERS,ANCHORS, FASTENING DEVICES, RESILIENT CLIPS, AND OTHER ACCESSORIES REQUIRED FOR COMPLETE ANDPROPER INSTALLATION, AND AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE STEEL MEMBERS USED.5. FASTENING OF COMPONENTS SHALL BE WITH SELF-DRILLING SCREWS OR WELDING. SCREWS OR WELDSSHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT SIZE TO INSURE THE STRENGTH OF THE CONNECTION. ALL WELDS OF GALVANIZEDSTEEL SHALL BE TOUCHED UP WITH A ZINC-RICH PAINT. ALL WELDS OF CARBON STEEL SHALL BE TOUCHEDWITH PAINT. WIRE TYING OF COMPONENTS SHALL NOT BE PERMITTED.SCALECONNECTION DETAILSN.T.S.1SCALEARCH VALANCE SECTION DETAIL1"=1'-0"3SCALESOFFIT / CEILING NOTESN.T.S2SCALEUNISTRUT CONNECTION6"=1'-0"4SCALEEGGCRATE AT A-14 ARCH1"=1'-0"5SCALETYPICAL HARDWIRE BOX LOCATIONSN.T.S.6NOT USED 14 GAUGE CLIP EACH JOIST WITH (3) #10SCREWS TO JOIST AND TRACK600T200-54 WITH(3) #10 SCREWS ATEACH STUD600S162-43 JOISTS AT 16" O.C.EXISTING WALL VERIFY EXISTING WALLCONSTRUCTION IN FIELD3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOOD DECKINGELEV: 8'-7 3/8"#10 SCREWS AT 6" O.C.COPE FLANGES AND PROJECT WEB TOBEND 2" - FASTEN WITH 2 #10 SCREWSONE #10 SCREW EACH BLOCK#10 SCREWSAT 6" 0.C. TOTRACKBELOW362S162-43 STUDS AT 16" O.C., TYPICAL.362S162-43STUD AT 16"O.C. SEEPLAN.1 1/2" X 1 1/2" METAL CORNER GUARD,TYPICAL AT PERIMETER OF OPENINGCERTAINELEMENTSNOTSHOWNFORCLARITYBAELEV: 8'-7 3/8"LT. GAUGE CLIP ANGLE WITH (3) #10SCREWS AT EACH LEG#10 SCREWSAT 7" O.C.TYPICAL3/4" FIRE TREATED APA RATEDSTRUCTURAL - 1 PLYWOOD DECKINGWITH #10 SCREWS AT 6" O.C. PLYWOODEDGES AND 12" O.C. AT FIELD.600S162-43 BLOCKING AT 4'-0" O.C. MIN.362T125-43 TRACK WITH (2) #10 (MIN.)SCREWS AT EACH JOIST600S162-43JOISTS AT16" O.C.3/4" FIRE TREATED APA RATEDSTRUCTURAL - 1 PLYWOOD DECKINGWITH #10 SCREWS AT 6" O.C. PLYWOODEDGES AND 12" O.C. AT FIELD.WEB STIFFENER TO MATCH JOISTSTHICKNESS WITH (4) #10 SCREWSWEB STIFFENER TO MATCH JOISTSTHICKNESS WITH (4) #10 SCREWS600S162-43 STUD BLOCKINGFROM LEDGER TO FIRSTINTERIOR JOIST AT 16" O.C.EXISTING WALL600S162-43 JOISTSAT 16" O.C. MAX.A8.22A8.27A8.26A8.25AEXISTING WALLLIVE LOAD OF SHELVINGAREA IS 40LBS PER SQ.FT.G.C. TO PROVIDESIGNAGE "STORAGEAREA NOT TO EXCEED40LBS PER SQ.FT."CENTERED ABOVE DOOR.ELEV: 13'-0" A.F.F.ACT-2ELEV: 8'-7 3/8" A.F.F.T/O SHELFELEV: 8'-0" A.F.F.B/O GYP. BD. CEILINGELEV: 0'-0" A.F.F.FINISH FLOORA8.24AA8.24BSTORAGEAREA4 ' - 0 "MAXNOTE: NOT ALL ELEMENTS SHOWN FOR DIAGRAM CLARITY. SEE DETAILS.ELEV: 8'-0" A.F.F.B/O GYP. BD. CEILING5/8" GYPSUM BOARDSHEATHINGMANAGER'SOFFICECEILINGFRAMING:362S162-43AND600S162-43JOISTS WITH3/4" PLYWOODDECK1'-6"METALCORNERGUARD ATPERIMETER,REFER TODETAIL THISSHEET.ELEV: 13'-0" A.F.F.B/O ACT-2AREA PAINTED BENJAMINMOORE ULTRA SPEC DTM#007 - PINATA, TYP.THREE SIDESNO STORAGEABOVE THIS LINENO S TO R A G EABOVE TH IS LI N E EXTEND ACT-2OVER OPENINGG.C. TO PROVIDE TEXTWHICH READS "NOSTORAGE ABOVE THISLINE" TYP. THREESIDES.3/4" FIRE TREATEDPLYWOOD SHEATHING362S162-43 STUDFRAMINGELEV: 0'-0"FINISH FLOORNOTE: LIVE LOADOF STORAGEAREA IS 40 LBS.PER SQ.FT.CONTINUOUS GYPSUMBOARD TO TOP OFWALL (NO JOINTS ATFLOOR LINE OFPLATFORM)AELEV: 8'-0" A.F.F.B/O CEILING HEIGHTELEV: 13'-0" A.F.F.ACT-2BNOTE:OFFICE WALLS TOEXTEND TO DECK WITHGYPSUM BOARD ONOUTSIDE FACE.362S162-43 STUD AT 16"O.C. AT ALL WALLS362T125-43 OR600T125-43 TRACK WITH(2) #10 (MIN.) SCREWSAT EACH JOIST.362S162-43 OR6002162-43 STUD AT 16"O.C. SEE PLAN FORSTUD SIZE.1 1/4" MINIMUM LEG ON18 GAUGE TRACK WITH#10 X 1" FLAT HEADSCREW AT 6" O.C.0.145" DIAMETER SHOTPIN AT 16"O.C. EMBED 11/4" MINIMUM600S162-43 JOISTS AT16" O.C.ACOUSTICAL CEILINGTILEPLYWOOD SIDE BEYOND3/4" FIRE TREATEDPLYWOOD DECKINGA8.25BA8.25A5"1/2"ARDEX X5 MORTARINSTALLED PERMANUFACTURER'SGUIDELINES FORLARGE FORMAT TILE.PEMKOPART # 255ACOMMERCIALTHRESHOLDGROUTED SOLID.ALIGNNO. 10 X 1-1/2"FHWS, PHILLIPS(FACTORYPROVIDED)TILENOTE:IF LL HAS NOT PROVIDED THISTHRESHOLD, REMOVE EXISTINGAND PROVIDE AS SPECIFIED.COMPRESSIBLE BACKER ROD ANDSEALANT. TYPICAL. COLOR TO MATCHGROUT ON A4.1.GROUT JOINT TO REMAIN FREE OF SETTINGMATERIAL PER EJ171 OF LATEST VERSIONOF TCNA HANDBOOK.3/8"SCALEDETAIL AT PERIMETER/INTERIOR WALLS AND VINYL FLOORINGN.T.S.A3/4"HOLD GYPSUM BOARD 3/4" FROM UNFINISHEDFLOOR TYPICAL AT ALL PERIMETER WALLS WHEREPORCELAIN IS USEDPORCELAIN TILE FLOORING CONTINUE UNDERGYPSUM BOARDWALL BASE5/8" GYPSUM BOARD AT PERIMETER WALLMETAL FRAMING AT PERIMETER WALLSCALEDETAIL AT PERIMETER/INTERIOR WALLS AND PORCELAIN FLOORINGN.T.S.BVINYL TILE FLOORING CONTINUE UNDER GYPSUMBOARDWALL BASE5/8" GYPSUM BOARD AT PERIMETER WALLMETAL FRAMING AT PERIMETER WALLHOLD GYPSUM BOARD 3/8" FROM UNFINISHEDFLOOR TYPICAL AT ALL PERIMETER WALLS WHEREVINYL IS USED(4) #8 SMS AT 8" O.C. EACH SIDE(2) 362S125-54HEADER362T150-54 (TOPAND BOTTOM)16 GAUGE ANGLEWITH (2) #12 SMS INEACH LEG (TOPAND BOTTOM)(2) 362S137-33WITH #8 SMS AT 8"O.C. STAGGERED.362T125-54 WITH#8 SMS AT 8" O.C.EACH SIDE362S137-33 STUD WITH (2) #8 SMSINTO DOUBLE STUD AND (1) #8 SMSEACH SIDE TO TRACKNOTE:1.TILE SHALL BE LEVELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATESTVERSION OF TCNA AND ANSI STANDARDS.2.TILE THICKNESS VARIES. G.C. TO SELECT CTC EDGE THICKNESS.3.BOND BREAKER TAPE SHOULD NOT BE USED IN ANY AREASCONTAINING CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE.CTC EDGE ANODIZED ALUMINUM CLEARFINISH MANUFACTURED BY CERAMICTOOL COMPANY (800) 236-5230SCALEPORCELAIN - VINYL DETAILN.T.S.ASCALEVINYL TILE - VINYL TILE N.T.S.DADHESIVE BY MANUFACTURESSPECIFICATIONSALES VINYL TILENOTE:EDGE OF VINYL TILE TO BEFLUSH WITH VINYL TILE.DOOR FRAMETRANSITION LINE AT BACK OFFRAME (STAGING SIDE)STAGING VINYL TILESETTING BED, TYPICAL.EXISTING CONTROL JOINT IN SLABEXISTING SLABAPPLY ARDEX 8+9 CRACK ISOLATION1'-6" (MIN.) TO EITHER SIDE OFCONTROL JOINTNOTE:G.C. TO VERIFY CONTROL JOINT LOCATIONS INFIELD AND COORDINATE.TILEJOINT SEALANT 100% SILICONESEALANT IN ALL CONTROL JOINTS.COLOR TO MATCH GROUT ON A4.1TILESCALEFLOOR CONTROL JOINT AT COLUMN LINES DETAILN.T.S.CSCALEFLOOR CONTROL JOINT AT COLUMN LINES DETAILN.T.S.EPLAN VIEWSECTION VIEWNOTE:G.C. TO VERIFYCONTROL JOINTLOCATIONS INFIELD ANDCOORDINATE.LINE OF CONCRETE CONTROLJOINTTILESOFT JOINTSHADED AREA INDICATESEXTENT OF CRACK ISOLATIONMEMBRANEWHERE CONTROL JOINT AND TILE JOINT DO NOT ALIGNVINYL TILE/WOOD STRIPFLOORINGFEATHER-UP WITH ARDEXFEATHER FINISH. 3'-0" WIDE ATPERIMETERTILEADHESIVE BY MANUFACTURERSSPECIFICATIONSETTING BED, TYPICAL.APPLY ARDEX 8+9 CRACKISOLATION. THE CRACKISOLATION MEMBRANE MUSTCOVER THE ENTIRE WIDTH OFTHE TILE OVERLAPPING THECONTROL JOINT WITH SOFTJOINTS ON BOTH SIDES.TILESCALEPORCELAIN - VINYL DETAILN.T.S.BVINYL TILEFEATHER-UP WITH ARDEXFEATHER FINISH. 3'-0" WIDE ATPERIMETERADHESIVE BY MANUFACTURERSSPECIFICATIONTRANSITION LINE AT BACKFRAME (RESTROOM SIDE)DOOR FRAMESCALEPORCELAIN - PORCELAIN TRANSITIONN.T.S.FPROVIDE 1/8" GROUT JOINT ASRECOMMENDED BY TILE MANUFACTURER.PORCELAIN TILEPORCELAIN TILEARDEX X5 MORTAR INSTALLED PERMANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINESFOR LARGE FORMAT TILE.COMPRESSIBLE BACKER ROD ANDSEALANT, TYPICAL. COLOR TO MATCHGROUT ON A4.1 .APPLY CRACKISOLATIONMEMBRANE.NOTE:1.TILE SHALL BE LEVELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATESTVERSION OF TCNA AND ANSI STANDARDS.2.TILE THICKNESS VARIES. G.C. TO SELECT CTC EDGE THICKNESS.3.BOND BREAKER TAPE SHOULD NOT BE USED IN ANY AREASCONTAINING CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE.CTC EDGE ANODIZED ALUMINUM CLEARFINISH MANUFACTURED BY CERAMICTOOL COMPANY (800) 236-5230TILESETTING BED, TYPICAL.COMPRESSIBLE BACKER ROD ANDSEALANT, TYPICAL.APPLY CRACKISOLATIONMEMBRANE.COMPRESSIBLE FILLER STRIPCRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE WITHLOOPED JOINT. EMBED FABRIC INTOANTI-FRACTURE MEMBRANE ANDCOAT AGAIN TO CREATE MOVABLEHINGE.COMPRESSIBLE BACKER ROD ANDSEALANT, TYPICAL.JOINT WIDTH SHALL BE 1/8" OR, ATMINIMUM, MATCH EXISTINGSAW-CUT CONTROL JOINT, TYPICAL.EXISTING CONTROL JOINT IN SLABEXISTING SLABTILECOMPRESSIBLE FILLER STRIPCOMPRESSIBLE BACKER ROD ANDSEALANT, TYPICAL.ARDEX X5 MORTAR INSTALLED PERMANUFACTURER'S GUIDELINES FORLARGE FORMAT TILE.CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANEWITH LOOPED JOINT. EMBEDFABRIC INTO ANTI-FRACTUREMEMBRANE AND COAT AGAIN TOCREATE MOVABLE HINGE.BOND BREAKERTAPErgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850FRAMING PLANAND DETAILSSLSMOA8.2SCALEOFFICE STORAGE ELEVATION DETAIL1/4"=1'-0"2SCALEOFFICE STORAGE DIAGRAM1/4"=1'-0"3SCALEENTRY DOOR TRANSITIONN.T.S.10SCALEOFFICE STORAGE FRAMING DETAILS3"=1'-0"5SCALEOFFICE STORAGE FRAMING DETAILS1"=1'-0"4SCALEOFFICE STORAGE HEADER DETAILN.T.S.6SCALEDETAIL AT PERIMETER WALLSN.T.S.8SCALEFLOOR TRANSITION DETAILSN.T.S.9SCALEOFFICE STORAGE FRAMING PLAN1/4"=1'-0"1SCALEOFFICE STORAGE FRAMING AT EXISTING WALLN.T.S.7NOT USED STEEL DECK CONNECTION DETAILD(2) HILTI X-U PAFUNISTRUT1354AWADJUSTABLEHINGEEXISTING JOISTUNISTRUT P1000 SEEANGLED BRACING NOTEUNISTRUT #P1000CHANNELSTEEL DECKUNISTRUT#P4010CHANNEL NUTTOP CHORDOF BAR JOISTDOUBLE 1/2"HEX NUTUNISTRUT#P2864 FLATPLATEFITTING1/2" DIAMETERTHREADEDROD TOSTRUCTURALCHANNELBELOWNOTE:WHERE PRACTICAL, UNISTRUT BEAMCLAMP P2676 OR P2898 MAY BE USED ASAN ALTERNATE MOUNTING METHOD TOTHIS ASSEMBLY. BEAM CLAMPS SHALL BEATTACHED TO THE TOP CHORD OF THEBAR JOIST.ANGLED BRACING NOTE:USE P100 FOR BRACING FOR STRUCTURE HEIGHT UP TO 14'-0"USE P500 FOR BRACING FOR STRUCTURE HEIGHT UP TO 16'-0"USE STEEL ANGLE (L2x2x1/4) FOR STRUCTURE HEIGHT ABOVE 16'-0"STANDARDWITH #10 x 3 1/2"PHILLIPSSCREWS TOBLOCKINGFURNISHED BYMILLWORKVENDOR2X4 BLOCKING2X4 BLOCKING SCREWED ANDGLUED TO STUD CONSTRUCTION.G.C. TO INSTALL MILLWORKVENDOR FURNISHED, (3) #12-14 x 3"HWH CLIMASEAL FINISH #3 POINTSTEEL TEKS SCREW AT EACHCONNECTION, (7) ROWS AT HEIGHTSHOWN. G.C. TO COUNTER-SINKTHE HEAD OF THE SCREW.CONFIRM HEIGHTS WITH METALSTANDARDS IN FIELD.METAL STUD IN WALLSHELVES AND STANDARDSTO BE FURNISHED BYMILLWORK VENDOR ANDINSTALLED BY THE G.C.SCALEN.T.S.AINSTALLATION NOTES:- CONTINUOUS 2x4 BLOCKING TO BE SECURELY ATTACHED TO WALL AT STUD LOCATIONS.- MOUNTING HEIGHTS FOR 2x4 BLOCKING TO CORRESPOND TO SCREW HOLES IN WALL STANDARDS.- SCREW HOLE DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FROM THE TOP OF THE STANDARD. SCREW HOLES ARE TO LINE UP WITH THE CENTER OF THE 2x4 BLOCKINGEXCEPT AT THE BASE. BOTTOM OF STANDARD AT BASE MUST SIT ON FLOOR.- SCREW HOLES MUST ALIGN HORIZONTALLY. THE BOTTOM OF THE STANDARDS MAY NEED TO BE CUT TO HAVE THE SCREW HOLES ALIGN AND TOACCOMMODATE ANY SLOPE OF THE FLOOR.- STANDARD INSTALLATION SHALL START AT THE HIGH POINT OF THE FLOOR.-COORDINATE BLOCKING LOCATIONS WITH WALL STANDARDS RECEIVED FROM OWNER.-USE #10 PHILLIPS FLATHEAD WOOD SCREWS 3"-3 1/2" MINIMUM.UWFLFGEXTRACONTAINERSOXCBCAPOSTERPOSTER4'-0"2'-0"ABSORBENTBATTERY BUCKETGOGGLES ANDGLOVESTOTE LINERSACCUMULATION BAGSEXTRA LABEL SLEEVESHW BINDERTRAINING GUIDEC-147'-0"GYP. BD. SOFFIT PAPER TOWEL DISPENSER (T-16). SEE SHEETA6.3 FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTS. LEAVEENOUGH ROOM FOR COFFEE MAKERSGFI FOR REFRIGERATOR,SEE ELECTRICALDRAWINGS FORMOUNTING HEIGHTSCOFFEE MAKERSWRAP WB-1 TO COFFEEBAR. CLEAR CAULKAROUND THE BASE OFCOFFEE BAR TO FLOORBEFORE INSTALLING WB-1.GFI FOR COFFEE MAKER, SEE ELECTRICALDRAWINGS FOR MOUNTING HEIGHTSCAULK PERIMETER OF COUNTERTOP TO BACK & SIDESPLASHES WITH CLEAR CAULK (DAP DYNAFLEX 230).UNDERCOUNTERREFRIGERATOR(C-17)21ALIGN FACE OFCOFFEE BARCOUNTER TO FACEOF ADJACENT WALL.DEPTH OF FILLER PANEL MAY VARY. FILLERPANEL TO BE CUT IN FIELD WITH 1/2" OVERHANG.1/2"FILLER PANEL FURNISHED BY MILLWORK VENDOR,INSTALLED BY G.C. CONCEAL THE GAP BETWEEN THEBACK WALL AND BACK OF COFFEE BAR WITH FILLER PANEL.G.C. TO FURNISH & INSTALL BLOCKING AS REQUIRED.CAULK JOINTWITH CLEAR CAULK(DAP DYNAFLEX 230).CAULK BACK OF FILLER PANEL & SIDE SPLASHESTO WALL WITH GRAY CAULK (DAP DYNAFLEX 230).10"4"ON WALLBEHIND FRIDGE.WC-5FACE ANDSIDESWC-52METAL CAP FORFAUCET HOLEEYEWASHFAUCETCENTEREDON BOLWLCLEANINGRACKBLOOD BORNE KIT (T-18)FIRST AID KIT (T-9)PAPER TOWELDISPENSER (T-16)MOP HOLDER4'-0" LOW WALL 3'-3" 2'-6" 6" 3'-0" 4'-0"C-15 - SEEINTERIORELEVATIONSNOTE:1.ALL MOP SINK ACCESSORIES ARE TO BE FURNISHED BY ULTA ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.2.ULTA IS TO FURNISH (2) MOP HOLDERS. G.C. TO COORDINATE FINALLOCATION OF THE 2ND MOP HOLDER WITH STORE SET TEAM.3.G.C. TO FURNISH AND INSTALL 4 FT. HOSE TO CONNECT TO THEMOP SINK FAUCET.4'-8"AREA FOREMSAREA FORVECTOR6'-0"12'-0"PVC DRAWINGSTORAGE TUBE(3) 3/4" FIRE TREATEDPLYWOOD (4' X 6' SIZE)ELEV: FINISHED FLOORELEV: CEILINGAREA FORTEL.VENDORELECTRICALPANELWALL BASE ATTACHED 3/8"PLYWOOD BACKER PROVIDED BYG.C. TO UNDERSIDE OF BUNKER,FROM FINISHED FLOOR TOUNDERSIDE OF BUNKER. TYPICAL ATALL PERIMETER FIXTURES. SCRIBETO FLOOR. PAINT PLYWOOD P-1PRIOR TO ATTACHING WALL BASE.BOTTOM OF PERIMETER FIXTURE1"1'-5"1'-8"1'-8"1'-8"1'-8" 10'-0" 1'-8"TYPICAL WALL STANDARD.SEE INTERIOR ELEVATIONSFOR MOUNTING HEIGHT.CONTINUOUS 2 X 4 BLOCKINGSCALE 3/8"=1'-0"BFACE UP GYPSUM BOARDWALLELEV: 7'-0" A.F.F.T/0 SHELFNOTE:ALL SURFACES TO BEPAINTED P-1. REFER TOFINISH SPECIFICATIONS.BLOCKING NOTES:1.ALL IN WALLBLOCKING BY T.G.C.2.PLYWOOD BLOCKINGIN WALL BETWEENSTUDS FORANCHORING.3.ALL PLYWOOD, WOODFRAMING, ANDBLOCKING TO BE FIRERETARDANT TREATED(AS REQUIRED BYCODE).G.C. TO PROVIDEHEAVY DUTY EYEBOLTS IN A 2X4SECURED TOWALL WITHCHAIN - TYPICAL.ELEV: 0'-0" A.F.F.FINISH FLOORCEILINGELEV: 9'-6" A.F.F.T/0 SHELF1 X 61 X 6TYP.3/4" PLYWOODFROM FLOORSLAB TO 6"ABOVE CEILINGON ALL THREESIDES OFETAGERESTORAGE.PLANA3/4" PLYWOOD2X4 FRAMINGALIGN1 X 61"ELEVATIONBSECTIONCWB-2WB-22X4PERIMETERFRAMING,TYP.3/4"PLYWOOD5'-0"3'-4"3'-0"A8.33CA8.33BA8.33CA8.33BIT CABINET WEIGHT:475 LBS.3'-2"5'-2"2'-0"3'-2"3'-0"5'-2"2'-0"2'-0" 6"1'-4"1'-4"3'-0"FRONT ELEVATIONASIDE ELEVATIONBPLAN-A8.35BA8.35AELEV: 7'-8"TOP OF IT CABINET SHELFELEV: 7'-8"TOP OF IT CABINET SHELFIT CABINETIT CABINETIT CABINET(DOOR SIDE)1/2" ØTHREADEDROD3/4" FIRETREATEDPLYWOOD1/4" NUT, BOLT,AND WASHERSEE UNISTRUTCONNECTION ON 9/A8.3UNISTRUT P1000 (TYPICAL)UNISTRUT P1325 ANGLEFITTING (TYPICAL)(2) #14 SCREWS (TYPICAL)2'-0" x 6'-0" FIRE TREATED PLYWOODSECURELY ATTACHED TO WALL STUDSUNISTRUT P1000 MINIMUM(1) AT EACH DIRECTION, SEEANGLED BRACING NOTEUNISTRUT 1354AADJUSTABLE HINGECONNECTIONDOUBLE NUTALL THREADEDCONNECTIONSATTACH IT CABINET TO PLYWOODWITH WOOD SCREW AND WASHER,TYPICAL OF (4). USE EXISTINGLEVELER HOLES IN CABINET.IT CABINET FURNISHED BYULTA INSTALLED BY G.C.ATTACH PLYWOOD TO UNISTRUTWITH 1/4" NUT, BOLT AND WASHER,TYPICAL OF (10)3/4" FIRE TREATED PLYWOODMETAL STUD WALLUNISTRUT P1000MINIMUM (1) ATEACH DIRECTION,SEE ANGLEDBRACING NOTEUNISTRUT 1354AADJUSTABLE HINGECONNECTIONDOUBLE NUTALL THREADEDCONNECTIONS1/2" ØTHREADED RODUNISTRUTP1000(TYPICAL)1/2" ØTHREADED RODSEE UNISTRUTCONNECTIONON 9/A8.3UNISTRUT P1000(TYPICAL)3/4" FIRETREATEDPLYWOODSEE UNISTRUTCONNECTION ON 9/A8.3UNISTRUT P1325 ANGLEFITTING (TYPICAL)3/4" FIRETREATEDPLYWOODUNISTRUT P1000 MINIMUM(1) AT EACH DIRECTION, SEEANGLED BRACING NOTE.UNISTRUT 1354AADJUSTABLE HINGECONNECTIONDOUBLE NUTALL THREADEDCONNECTIONSWOOD SCREWAND WASHER(2) 2x4 WOOD BLOCKING(2) #14 SCREWSMETAL STUDANGLED BRACING NOTE:USE P100 FOR BRACING FOR STRUCTURE HEIGHT UP TO 14'-0"USE P500 FOR BRACING FOR STRUCTURE HEIGHT UP TO 16'-0"USE STEEL ANGLE (L2x2x1/4) FOR STRUCTURE HEIGHT ABOVE 16'-0"1/2" Ø THREADED ROD1/2" Ø THREADED ROD1/2" ØTHREADEDRODOVERLAP4"OPENINGWIDTHG.C. TO PROVIDE MOISTURE RESISTANTBARRIER (ARDEX MC RAPID) OVER CONCRETEPOUR BACKS. COORDINATE WITH FLOORFINISH MANUFACTURER.DRILL AND EPOXY GROUT INTO EXISTINGSLAB WITH #3 REBAR AT 18" O.C. EACHSIDE WITH 3" MINIMUM EMBED.OVERLAP EXISTING AND NEW VISQUEEN(10 MIL) AS MUCH AS POSSIBLEELECTRICAL ORPLUMBING LINEBACKFILL WITH SAND OR GRAVEL AND COMPACT1. NEW CONCRETE IN-FILL MUST HELD DOWN AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT TOMATCH THE LANDLORD PROVIDED LEVELING SPEC. SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT MUST BE LEVEL WITHEXISTING SLAB, SMOOTH, AND READY TO ACCEPT TENANT FINISHES.2. REFER TO SHEET CS3.0 FOR MOISTURE VENDOR CONTACT INFORMATION.3. G.C. TO MAINTAIN ALL ARDEX WARRANTIES FOR ALL INSTALLED PRODUCTS. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OFALL PRODUCTS WITH ARDEX.TAPE SEAMNOTE:ARDEX VR98 MOISTURE VAPOR RETARDERMAY BE USED AS AN ALTERNATE TO MCRAPID MOISTURE RESISTANT BARRIER.SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT. INSTALL PERMANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION GUIDELINES.G.C. TO HOLD DOWN CONCRETE POUR BACKPER SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENTINSTALLATION GUIDELINES.EXISTINGSELF-LEVELINGUNDERLAYMENTEXISTING SLAB1'-0" TYP. 2" TYP.1'-10"2 X4, TYPICALDEMISING / STAGINGWALL3/4" FIRE TREATEDPLYWOOD, TYPICAL1 X4 FIRE TREATED,TYPICAL3/4" FIRE TREATEDPLYWOOD TO FLOORWB-21'-0"rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850CONSTRUCTIONDETAILSSLSMOA8.3SCALEMOP SINK ACCESSORIES1/2"=1'-0"2SCALETYPICAL EMS/PHONE BOARD LAYOUT1/4"=1'-0"1SCALEPERIMETER FIXTURE BASE DETAIL3"=1'-0"8SCALEIT CABINET CONNECTION DETAILSN.T.S9SCALEETAGERE SHELF DETAILS1/4"=1'-0"3SCALESHELF STORAGE SECTION3/4"=1'-0"4SCALEIT CABINET SHELF DETAIL - STRUCTURAL3/4"=1'-0"5SCALESTAGING BLOCKING DETAIL1/2"=1'-0"7SCALESLAB ON GRADE TRENCH DETAIL1"=1'-0"6SCALEM-205 DETAIL1/2"=1'-0"10SCALEC-14 DETAILN.T.S.11 GENERAL NOTES:1.MILLWORK IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.FOR QUESTIONS & SITE SPECIFIC MILLWORKINFORMATION, CONTACTCAP & ASSOCIATES, INC.CONTACT: ROBERT BARCA455 McCORMICK BLVD.COLUMBUS, OH 43213(P): 614-863-3363 EMAIL: rbarca@cap-associates.com INTERIOR MANUFACTURING GROUP, INC. CONTACT: CHRISTINA SCHLOSSER 974 LAKESHORE ROAD EASTMISSISSAUGA, ON L5E 1E4 (P): 903-278-9510 EXT. 240 (C): 647-210-3079 EMAIL: christa.schlosser@imgmfg.comRODGERS WADE CONTACT: BARRY SHIVER 1401 3RD S.W. PARIS, TX 75460 (P): 903-783-3655EMAIL: ultateam@rodgerswade.com2.REFER TO A1.1 FOR MILLWORK LOCATIONS.3.REFER TO DETAIL 8/A8.3 FOR WALL BASEINSTALLATION AT PERIMETER MILLWORKFIXTURES.4.G.C. TO COORDINATE ALL SHELF HEIGHTS WITHULTA.5.G.C. TO PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING WITHIN WALL.PATCH/REPAIR GYPSUM BOARD TO ORIGINALCONDITION WHEN BLOCKING IS REQUIRED INEXISTING WALLS.6.G.C. TO ADJUST THE 2X8 WOOD BLOCKING IN THEFIELD (AS REQUIRED) IF IT INTERFERES WITHLOCATION OF THE SPAZZER BAR BRACING. THE2X8 WILL NEED TO REMAIN ALIGNED WITH THEFIXTURE CLEAT TO ENSURE SECUREATTACHMENT.CEILINGNOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING.2'-0"1'-6 1/2"RECESSED STANDARDSSOLID SURFACEFURNISHED BY MILLWORKVENDOR. SEE MILLWORKDRAWINGS. NOTE: CAULKALL SOLID SURFACE TOMILLWORKDRAWER WITH HEAVY DUTYSLIDESELECTRICAL OUTLETS:MILLWORK INSTALLERTO CUT HOLES ON SITETO ACCOMMODATEELECTRICIAN PROVIDEDDUPLEX OUTLETS.REFER TO ELECTRICALDRAWINGS FOR ALLLOCATIONS. NOTIFYARCHITECTS OF ANYDISCREPANCIES PRIORTO CUTTING HOLESMILLWORKARCHFURNISHEDBY MILWORKVENDOR ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.GLASSSHELVINGFURNISHEDBY ULTA ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.EQ.3"W-3B ELEVATIONAW-3B SECTIONB2'-4" A.F.F.3'-1"EQ.3"2'-0"HANGING SIGN WITHTRANSLUCENT WHITEPANEL BY MILLWORKVENDOR AND INSTALLEDBY G.C. CENTER WITHINFIXTURE. GRAPHICS BYOTHERS.FROSTY WHITE(MEL)SOLID SURFACEFURNISHED BYMILLWORK VENDOR.SEE MILLWORKDRAWINGS. NOTE:CAULK ALL SOLIDSURFACES TOMILLWORK4'-1"W-4B ELEVATIONAW-4B SECTIONBWALL BASE1" BLOCKINGSTANDARDSUPPORTRECESSEDSTANDARDS4'-1"BACK PANEL FROSTY WHITELAMINATEW-10 ELEVATIONAW-10 SECTIONBVALANCE SIGN WITHTRANSLUCENT WHITE PANELFURNISHED BY MILLWORKVENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C.GRAPHICS BY OTHERS1 1/8" BLOCKING PANELSUPPORT1" BLOCKING STANDARDSUPPORTEQ.EQ.HANGING SIGN WITHTRANSLUCENT WHITEPANEL BY MILLWORKVENDOR AND INSTALLEDBY G.C. CENTER WITHINFIXTURE. GRAPHICS BYOTHERS.6'-10 3/4" 3'-3 3/4"WALL CLEAT WITH 2X8CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING.CLEATS ARE FURNISHED BY ULTAAND INSTALLED BY G.C. WOODBLOCKING IS PROVIDED BY G.C.SEE BLOCKING DETAIL 6/A2.3℄NAILER RAILFURNISHEDBY ULTA ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.℄LOOSECLEAT -INSTALL ONSITENOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING.CEILINGMILLWORKARCHFURNISHEDBY MILWORKVENDOR ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.GLASSSHELVINGFURNISHEDBY ULTA ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.6'-10 3/4" 3'-3 3/4"℄NAILER RAILFURNISHEDBY ULTA ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.℄LOOSECLEAT -INSTALL ONSITEWALL BASERECESSED STANDARDSSOLID SURFACE FURNISHEDBY MILLWORK VENDOR. SEEMILLWORK DRAWINGS. NOTE:CAULK ALL SOLID SURFACESTO MILLWORKVALANCE SIGNCEILINGGLASSSHELVINGFURNISHED BYULTA ANDINSTALLED BYG.C.NAILER RAILFURNISHED BYULTA ANDINSTALLED BYG.C.REFER TOVALANCEDETAILS ON A3.2FOR MOREINFORMATIONFLOOR6'-10 3/4" 3'-3 3/4"WALL CLEAT WITH 2X8CONTINUOUS WOODBLOCKING. CLEATS AREFURNISHED BY ULTA ANDINSTALLED BY G.C. WOODBLOCKING IS PROVIDED BYG.C. SEE BLOCKING DETAIL6/A2.3℄℄B/ ARCH B/ ARCH WALL CLEAT WITH 2X8CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING.CLEATS ARE FURNISHED BY ULTAAND INSTALLED BY G.C. WOODBLOCKING IS PROVIDED BY G.C.SEE BLOCKING DETAIL 6/A2.3VALANCE SIGN WITHTRANSLUCENT WHITE PANELBY MILLWORK VENDOR ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.GRAPHICS BY OTHERSVALANCE SIGNCEILING3'-1"1'-6" A.F.F.GLASSSHELVINGFURNISHED BYULTA ANDINSTALLED BYG.C.WALL BASEW-14 ELEVATIONAW-14 SECTIONBRECESSED STANDARDSSOLID SURFACE FURNISHEDBY MILLWORK VENDOR. SEEMILLWORK DRAWINGS. NOTE:CAULK ALL SOLID SURFACESTO MILLWORKELECTRICAL OUTLETS:MILLWORK INSTALLER TOCUT HOLES ON SITE TOACCOMMODATEELECTRICIAN PROVIDEDDUPLEX OUTLETS. REFERTO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGSFOR ALL LOCATIONS. NOTIFYARCHITECT OF ANYDISCREPANCIES PRIOR TOCUTTING HOLES.6'-10 3/4" 3'-3 3/4"WALL CLEAT WITH 2X8CONTINUOUS WOODBLOCKING. CLEATS AREFURNISHED BY ULTA ANDINSTALLED BY G.C. WOODBLOCKING IS PROVIDED BYG.C. SEE BLOCKING DETAIL6/A2.3℄NAILER RAILFURNISHED BYULTA ANDINSTALLED BYG.C.℄REFER TOVALANCEDETAILS ON A3.2FOR MOREINFORMATIONFLOORLOOSECLEAT-INSTALLON SITE1" BLOCKING STANDARDSUPPORTCEILINGNOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING.2'-0"1'-6 1/2"RECESSED STANDARDSSOLID SURFACEFURNISHED BY MILLWORKVENDOR. SEE MILLWORKDRAWINGS. NOTE: CAULKALL SOLID SURFACE TOMILLWORKWALL BASEELECTRICAL OUTLET:REFER TO ELECTRICALDRAWINGS ANDINTERIOR ELEVATIONSFOR ALL LOCATIONS.MILLWORKARCHFURNISHEDBY MILWORKVENDOR ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.GLASSSHELVINGFURNISHEDBY ULTA ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.EQ.3"W-3F ELEVATIONAW-3F SECTIONB1'-4" A.F.F.3'-1"EQ.HANGING SIGN WITHTRANSLUCENT WHITEPANEL BY MILLWORKVENDOR AND INSTALLEDBY G.C. CENTER WITHINFIXTURE. GRAPHICS BYOTHERS.6'-10 3/4" 3'-3 3/4"WALL CLEAT WITH 2X8CONTINUOUS WOOD BLOCKING.CLEATS ARE FURNISHED BY ULTAAND INSTALLED BY G.C. WOODBLOCKING IS PROVIDED BY G.C.SEE BLOCKING DETAIL 6/A2.3℄NAILER RAILFURNISHEDBY ULTA ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.℄LOOSECLEAT -INSTALL ONSITEB/ ARCH ACRYLIC GRAPHICSHOLDERMIRRORED BACKPANELFLOORMIRROREDBACKPANELOPEN CHASEFORROUTINGCONDUITANDINSTALLINGSURFACEMOUNTEDOUTLETSSURFACE MOUNTEDELECTRICAL OUTLETWALL FIXTUREDETAILSSLSMOF1.1ASCALEGENERAL NOTESN.T.S.-SCALEW-3B FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"1SCALEW-4B FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"2SCALEW-3F FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"3SCALEW-10 FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"4SCALEW-14 FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"5rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850 VALANCE SIGNREFER TOVALANCEDETAILS ON A3.2FOR MOREINFORMATIONCEILINGLOOSE CLEAT -INSTALL ON SITE2X8 CONTINUOUSWOOD BLOCKINGFURNISHED &INSTALLED BY G.C.SEE BLOCKINGDETAIL 6/A2.311" X 14" GRAPHICSIGNELECTRICAL WALLOUTLET6'-11 3/4" 1'-6"℄℄UL-9025 SECTION AT DISPLAY SHELVINGAUL-9025 SECTION AT TRASH BINA6'-11 1/2"CEILINGNOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING.CEILINGNOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING.TRASH BINMILLWORK ARCHFURNISHED BY MILWORKVENDOR AND INSTALLEDBY G.C.2X8 CONTINUOUSWOOD BLOCKINGFURNISHED &INSTALLED BY G.C.SEE BLOCKINGDETAIL 6/A2.3.G.C. TO USE #10 x 31/2" PHILLIPS WOODSCREWS TO ATTACHBACK PANEL OFMILLWORK TO WALLG.C. TO USE #10 x 31/2" PHILLIPS WOODSCREWS TO ATTACHBACK PANEL OFMILLWORK TO WALLFABRIC GRAPHICPANEL FURNISHEDBY ULTA VENDOR,INSTALLED BY G.C.LED LIGHTINGFURNISHED BYLIGHTING VENDOR,INSTALLED BY G.C.ELECTRICAL WALLOUTLET8'-8 1/2"℄℄6'-11 1/2" 8'-8 1/2"℄℄ELECTRICAL WALLOUTLETDISPLAY SHELVINGMILLWORK ARCHFURNISHED BY MILWORKVENDOR AND INSTALLEDBY G.C.2X8 CONTINUOUSWOOD BLOCKINGFURNISHED &INSTALLED BY G.C.SEE BLOCKINGDETAIL 6/A2.3.G.C. TO USE #10 x 31/2" PHILLIPS WOODSCREWS TO ATTACHBACK PANEL OFMILLWORK TO WALLG.C. TO USE #10 x 31/2" PHILLIPS WOODSCREWS TO ATTACHBACK PANEL OFMILLWORK TO WALLFABRIC GRAPHICPANEL FURNISHEDBY ULTA VENDOR,INSTALLED BY G.C.LED LIGHTINGFURNISHED BYLIGHTING VENDOR,INSTALLED BY G.C.Z-2B / Z-2C SECTIONAEQ.EQ.8'-5" 5'-8 3/4"WALL CLEAT WITH2X8 CONTINUOUSWOOD BLOCKING.CLEATS AREFURNISHED BY ULTAAND INSTALLED BYG.C. WOODBLOCKING ISPROVIDED BY G.C.SEE BLOCKINGDETAIL 6/A2.3℄℄NAILER RAILFURNISHED BY ULTAAND INSTALLED BYG.C.C-43 SECTIONA6'-10 3/4" 5'-6 3/4"℄℄WALL CLEAT WITH2X8 CONTINUOUSWOOD BLOCKING.CLEATS AREFURNISHED BYULTA ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.WOOD BLOCKING ISPROVIDED BY G.C.SEE BLOCKINGDETAIL 6/A2.3CEILING48" WALLCABINET48" BASECABINETLOCATE LEDDRIVER WITHINCABINET ALONGREAR PANEL.UNDER CABINETLED LIGHTING.FIXTURE TO BEMOUNTED TOUNDERSIDE OFCABINET. SEEMILLWORKDRAWINGS FORLOCATION. G.C. TOPROVIDE A HOLE INTHE BOTTOM OFTHE CABINET TORUN THE POWERCONNECTOR FROMTHE UNDERCABINET LEDLIGHTING TO THELED DRIVER.CEILINGNOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING.MILLWORKARCHFURNISHEDBY MILWORKVENDOR ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.℄G.C. TO CAULKSEAMS WITHGRAY CAULK(DAP DYNAFLEX230)G.C. TO CAULKSEAMS WITHWHITE CAULK(DAP DYNAFLEX230)℄Z-10 WALL SECTION AT MIRRORAHANGINGSIGN W/TRANSLUCENTWHITE PANELBYMILLWORKVENDOR ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.GRAPHICS BYOTHERS.GENERAL NOTES:1.MILLWORK IS PROVIDED FOR REFERENCE ONLY.FOR QUESTIONS & SITE SPECIFIC MILLWORKINFORMATION, CONTACT CAP & ASSOCIATES, INC.CONTACT: ROBERT BARCA455 McCORMICK BLVD.COLUMBUS, OH 43213(P): 614-863-3363 EMAIL: rbarca@cap-associates.com INTERIOR MANUFACTURING GROUP, INC. CONTACT: CHRISTINA SCHLOSSER 974 LAKESHORE ROAD EASTMISSISSAUGA, ON L5E 1E4 (P): 903-278-9510 EXT. 240 (C): 647-210-3079 EMAIL: christa.schlosser@imgmfg.comRODGERS WADE CONTACT: BARRY SHIVER 1401 3RD S.W. PARIS, TX 75460 (P): 903-783-3655EMAIL: ultateam@rodgerswade.com2.REFER TO A1.1 FOR MILLWORK LOCATIONS.3.REFER TO DETAIL 8/A8.3 FOR WALL BASEINSTALLATION AT PERIMETER MILLWORKFIXTURES.4.G.C. TO COORDINATE ALL SHELF HEIGHTS WITHULTA.5.G.C. TO PROVIDE WOOD BLOCKING WITHIN WALL.PATCH/REPAIR GYPSUM BOARD TO ORIGINALCONDITION WHEN BLOCKING IS REQUIRED INEXISTING WALLS.6.G.C. TO ADJUST THE 2X8 WOOD BLOCKING IN THEFIELD (AS REQUIRED) IF IT INTERFERES WITHLOCATION OF THE SPAZZER BAR BRACING. THE2X8 WILL NEED TO REMAIN ALIGNED WITH THEFIXTURE CLEAT TO ENSURE SECUREATTACHMENT.6'-4"℄2'-9"℄CEILING2X8 CONTINUOUS WOODBLOCKING FURNISHED ANDINSTALLED BY G.C. SEEBLOCKING DETAIL 6/A2.3.ILLUMINATED FABRIC GRAPHICPANEL FURNISHED BY ULTAVENDOR, INSTALLED BY G.C.(2) 2 X 12 FIRE TREATEDWOOD BLOCKING IN WALLLENGTH OF VALANCEATTACH PLATE WITH 3 1/2"LONG LAG BOLTSG.C. TO USE #10 X 3-1/2"PHILLIPS WOOD SCREW TOATTACH BACK PANEL OFMILLWORK TO WALLEQ.EQ.5'-11"℄CEILINGNOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING.MILLWORKARCHFURNISHEDBY MILWORKVENDOR ANDINSTALLEDBY G.C.2X8 CONTINUOUSWOOD BLOCKINGBEHIND PROVIDEDBY G.C. SEEBLOCKING DETAIL6/A2.3.Z-ESS-WALL SECTION AT SINKAEQ.EQ.5'-11"CEILINGNOTE: INSTALL TIGHT TO CEILING.MILLWORK ARCHFURNISHED BYMILWORK VENDOR ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.2X8 CONTINUOUSWOOD BLOCKINGBEHIND PROVIDEDBY G.C. SEEBLOCKING DETAIL6/A2.3.Z-ESS-WALL SECTION AT MIRRORAG.C. TO USE #10 x 31/2" PHILLIPS WOODSCREWS TO ATTACHBACK PANEL OFMILLWORK TO WALLG.C. TO USE #10 x 31/2" PHILLIPS WOODSCREWS TO ATTACHBACK PANEL OFMILLWORK TO WALLHANGING SIGN W/TRANSLUCENT WHITEPANEL BY MILLWORKVENDOR ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.GRAPHICS BY OTHERS.WALL FIXTUREDETAILSSLSMOF1.1BSCALEWALL CABINET FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"6SCALEZ-2B / Z-2C FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"2SCALEC-43 FIXTURE3/4=1'-0" 1SCALEGENERAL NOTESN.T.S.-SCALEZ-ESS-WALL FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"3rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SCALEZ-10 FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"4SCALEUL-9025 FIXTURE3/4"=1'-0"5 BENEFIT DIMMER SWITCHTO BE INSTALLED ONLATCH SIDE OF CABINETTOWARDS THE FRONT. SEEELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.NOTES:1.FIXTURE PROVIDED BY MILLWORK MANUFACTURER.INSTALLED BY G.C. COORDINATE OUTLET LOCATIONS WITHMILLWORK MANUFACTURER.2.ALL CONDUIT/WIRING WITHIN FIXTURE FURNISHED ANDINSTALLED BY G.C.3.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS FOR MORE INFORMATION.4.INSTALL OUTLETS ON INSIDE FACE OF BACK PANEL OFCASHWRAP UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE.29" A.F.F. 33" A.F.F.CONDUIT STUBS (CHIME, VOICE, AND DATA)FOR THIS FIXTURE TO BE LOCATED AS PERPLAN. CONDUITS TO COME UP UNDERFIXTURE WITHIN TOE-KICK SPACE. WIRING TOCONTINUE TO TERMINATION BEHIND OPENDRAWERS OR IN BACK PORTION OF SPACEDESIGNED FOR TRASH CONTAINERDUPLEX OUTLETCOMPUTER/DATA OUTLETCHIME PUSH BUTTON ATEDGE AT TOP OFOPENINGTELEPHONECOMPUTER/DATA OUTLETDUPLEX OUTLETCENTERED AT BACK OFCABINET SPACESALON TIP BOX TO BEMOUNTED NEAR TOP,INSIDE EDGE OFCABINET DOOR.NOTES:1.FIXTURE FURNISHED BY MILLWORK MANUFACTURER. INSTALLED BY G.C. COORDINATE OUTLET LOCATIONS WITH MILLWORK MANUFACTURER.2.ALL CONDUIT/WIRING WITHIN FIXTURE FURNISHED AND INSTALLED BY G.C.3.REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS.4.INSTALL OUTLETS ON INSIDE FACE OF BACK PANEL OF CASHWRAP UNLESS INDICATED OTHERWISE.5.G.C. TO MAKE SURE ALL PLUG STRIPS FOR THE REGISTERS ARE PLUGGED IN PROPERLY. COORDINATE WITH ULTA VENDOR AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER.OUTLET +30"COMPUTER/DATA +30"OUTLET +30"OUTLET FOR CCTV +30"CREDIT CARD DATA +30"OUTLET +6" (INSIDECABINET)SALON TIP BOX TOBE MOUNTED NEARTOP. INSIDE EDGEOF CABINET DOORTELEPHONE +30"1'-11" A.F.F. 2'-6" A.F.F.CHIME PUSHBUTTON +23"OUTLET +30"COMPUTER/DATA +30"OUTLET +30"COMPUTER/DATA +30"OUTLET +30"COMPUTER/DATA +30"TELEPHONE +30"OUTLET FORCCTV +6" (INSIDECABINET)OUTLET +30"COMPUTER/DATA +30"rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850FIXTUREELEVATIONSSLSMOF1.1CSCALECONCIERGE/POWER ROUGH-IN ELEVATION1/2"=1'-0"2SCALECASHWRAP/POWER ROUGH-IN ELEVATION1/2"=1'-0"1SCALEX-69 DIMMER SWITCH LOCATIONN.T.S.3 rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SPECIFICATIONSSLSMOSP1SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK1.1 GENERALA.The Project consists of Tenant build-out within an existing Landlord owned building.1. Project Location: As described on Cover Sheet.2. Tenant: As described on Cover SheetB. Contract documents, dated 04/27/2021, were prepared for this Project by RGLA.C.The Specifications following are generic, performance requirement type for general extend of work onsystems performance, and set forth the intent of the Tenant, Ulta Salon, Cosmetics, Fragrance for materialsand services to be provided to develop a complete and ready to operate tenant space.D.The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract.E. All construction procedures used must meet or exceed all national, state, O.S.H.A., and local codes.F. Separate Contract: The Tenant, Ulta, Salon, Cosmetics, Fragrance has awarded a separate contractsfor construction operations that will be conducted simultaneously with work under this Contract. ThatContract includes the following:1. Contract: Separate contracts are awarded for signage, display fixtures, security and alarms. Refer tosection N and O for additional information.G.Cooperate with separate contractors so that work under those contracts may be carried out smoothly,without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract.H.Not Assigned.I. The Work will be conducted in a single phase.J. Contractor Use of Premises: During construction the Contractor shall have full use of premises, includinguse of the site. The Contractor's use of premises is limited only by the Tenant's right to perform work oremploy other contractors on portions of the Project.1. General Contractor shall contact Landlord to verify the times that he may work, routes of access andareas of use, storage, etc. including deliveries, and secure written approval of same prior to work start.2. Bidders are to better acquaint themselves with conditions under which they will work at project site andlocate all utilities before beginning work.K. Use of the Site: Limit use of premises to areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of the site beyond theareas indicated.1. Allow for Owner/Landlord and adjacent tenant occupancy and use by the public.2. Keep driveways and entrances clear. Do not use these areas for parking or material storage. Scheduledeliveries to minimize on-site storage of materials and equipment. Delivery schedule shall be approved byLandlord.L. Use of the Existing Building: Maintain building weather tight. Repair damage caused by construction.Protect the building and its occupants during construction. Contractor shall provide barricades as necessaryso as to prevent public access to unsafe conditions and construction site. Work must be secured eachevening, or when construction is not preformed, to ensure that patrons/public do not have access todangerous conditions.M.Partial Tenant Occupancy: The Tenant reserves the right to occupy and to place and install equipmentin completed areas of the tenant lease area prior to Substantial Completion. Placing equipment and partialoccupancy do not constitute acceptance of the Work.1. General Contractor is to apply for and obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from building officials prior toTenant occupancy.2. Mechanical and electrical systems shall be operational and required inspections and tests completed priorto partial Tenant occupancy. Upon occupancy, the Tenant will operate and maintain systems servingoccupied portions of the lease area.3. The Tenant will be responsible for maintenance and custodial service for occupied portions of the leasearea.N.Products Ordered in Advance: The Tenant has negotiated purchase orders with suppliers of material andequipment to be incorporated into the Work. Purchase orders are assigned to the Contractor. Receiving,handling, storage, and installation costs are included in the Contract Sum.Tenant Supplied Items. The Work includes providing support systems to receive Tenant's equipment, andmechanical and electrical connections.1. The Tenant will arrange for and deliver shop drawings,product data, and samples to the Contractor.2. The Tenant will arrange and pay for delivery according to the Contractor's Construction Schedule.3. Contractor shall submit a construction schedule to Tenant/Landlord prior to work start.4. The Contractor will inspect items delivered for damage.5. If items are damaged, defective, or missing, the Tenant will arrange for replacement.6. The Tenant will arrange for field services and for the delivery of warranties to the Contractor.7. The Contractor shall designate delivery dates in the Contractor's Construction Schedule.8. The Contractor shall review shop drawings, product data, and samples and return them notingdiscrepancies or problems anticipated in using the product.9. The Contractor is responsible for receiving, unloading, and handling Tenant furnished items at the site.10. The Contractor is responsible for protecting items from damage, including exposure to the elements. TheContractor shall repair or replace items damaged as a result of his operations.1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)1.3 EXECUTION END OF SECTION 01010SECTION 01019 - CONTRACT CONSIDERATIONS1.GENERAL1.1.SECTION INCLUDESA.Schedule of Values.B. Application for Payment.C.Change procedures.1.2 RELATED SECTIONSA.Section 01300 - Submittals: Schedule of Values.B. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Product substitutions and alternates.1.3 SCHEDULE OF VALUESA.Submit typed schedule on AIA Form G703 - Application and Certificate for Payment Continuation Sheet.Contractor's standard form or electronic media printout will be considered.B. Submit Schedule of Values in duplicate within 20 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreement.C.Format: Identify each line item with number and title of the major specification Section.D.Include in each line item, the amount of Allowances specified in this Section.E. Include separately from each line item, a directly proportional amount of Contractor's overhead andprofit.F. Revise schedule to list approved Change Orders, with each Application For Payment.1.4 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENTA.Submit three copies of each application on AIA Form G702 - Application and Certificate for Payment.B. Content and Format: Utilize Schedule of Values for listing items in Application for Payment.C.Payment Period: 30 days.: Waiver of Lien to Date.1.5 CHANGE PROCEDURESA.The Architect/Engineer will advise of minor changes in the Work not involving an adjustment to ContractSum/Price or Contract Time as authorized by AIA A201, 1987 Edition, Paragraph 7.4 by issuingsupplemental instructions on AIA Form G710.B. The Architect/Engineer may issue a Notice of Change which includes a detailed description of aproposed change with supplementary or revised Drawings and specifications, a change in Contract Time forexecuting the change with a stipulation of any overtime work required. Contractor will prepare and submit anestimate with seven days.C.The Contractor may propose a change by submitting request for change to the Architect/Engineer,describing the proposed change and its full effect on the Work, including a complete breakdown indicatinglabor and materials costs. Include a statement describing the reason for the change, and the effect on theContract Sum/Price and Contract Time with full documentation. Document any requested substitutions inaccordance with Section 01600.D.Stipulated Sum/Price Change Order: Based on Notice of Change and Contractor's fixed price quotationor Contractor's request for a Change Order as approved by Architect/Engineer.E. Construction Change Directive: Architect/Engineer may issue a directive, on AIA Form G714Construction Change Directive signed by the Owner, instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change inthe Work, for subsequent inclusion in a Change Order. Document will describe changes in the Work, anddesignate method of determining any change in Contract Sum/Price or Contract Time. Promptly execute thechange.F. Time and Material Change Order: Submit itemized account and supporting data after completion ofchange, within time limits indicated in the Conditions of the Contract. Architect/Engineer will determine thechange allowable in Contract Sum/Price and Contract Time as provided in the Contract Documents.G.Maintain detailed records of work done on Time and Material basis. Provide full information required forevaluation of proposed changes, and to substantiate costs for changes in the Work.H.Change Order Forms: AIA G701 Change Order.I. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided inthe Conditions of the Contract.1.6 ALTERNATESA. Alternates quoted on Bid Forms will be reviewed and accepted or rejected at the Owner's option.Accepted Alternates will be identified in Owner-Contractor Agreement.B. Coordinate related work and modify surrounding work as required.2. PART 2 PRODUCTSA. Not Used.3. PART 3 EXECUTIONA.Insurance: Contractor shall, prior to commencement of work, Certificates of Insurance naming Owner,Architect, Construction Manager (if any), Landlord (if any) and their agents as Additional Insured, for thecoverages below:1. Public Liability including Contractor's Protective Liability, covering explosion and collapse, completedoperations coverages (covering a period of at least two years after the date acceptance of the work byOwner), and broad form blanket contractual liability coverage, and shall insure against any and all claims forbodily injury, including death resulting therefrom and damage to the property of other and arising from itsoperations under the Contract, whether such operations are performed by such Contractors, or by anyonedirectly or indirectly employed by any of them.2. Workman's Compensation and Employer's Liability Insurance as required by any Employee Benefit Actsor other statuses applicable where the work is to be performed as will protect Owner's Contractors fromliability under aforementioned.3. Comprehensive Automobile Liability Insurance, including the ownership, maintenance, and operation ofany automotive equipment owned, hired and non-owned.4. Personal injury and Property Damage.5. Umbrella Liability Coverage: Contractor agrees to hold aforesaid parties harmless on all O.S.H.A. andFederal and State worker safety requirements, and shall fully comply with all such requirements as theyapply to the methods and devices used in the execution of the work.SECTION 01039 - COORDINATION AND MEETINGS1. PART 1 GENERAL1.1 SECTION INCLUDESA.Coordination.B. Field engineering.C. Cutting and patching.1.2 COORDINATIONA.Coordinate scheduling, submittals, and Work of the various Sections of specifications to assure efficientand orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions foraccommodating items installed later.B. Verify that utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment are compatible with buildingutilities. Coordinate work of various Sections having interdependent responsibility for installing, connectingto, and placing in service, such equipment.C.Coordinate space requirements and installation of mechanical and electrical work which are indicateddiagrammatically on Drawings. Follow routing shown for pipes, ducts, and conduit, as closely as practicable;place runs parallel with line of building. Utilize spaces efficiently to maximize accessibility for otherinstallations, for maintenance, and for repairs.D.In finished areas, conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring within the construction. Coordinate locations offixtures and outlets with finish elements.E. Coordinate completion and clean up of Work of separate Sections in preparation for SubstantialCompletion.F. After Owner occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work andWork not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of Owner's activities.1.3 FIELD ENGINEERINGA.Employ a Land Surveyor registered in the State of the project location and acceptable to the Owner andArchitect/Engineer.B. Owner will locate and protect survey control and reference points.C.Control datum for survey is that established by Owner provide survey.D.Provide field engineering services. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, utilizing recognizedengineering survey practices.E. Submit a copy of registered site drawing and certificate signed by the Land Surveyor that the elevationsand locations of the Work are in conformance with the Contract Documents.1.4 CUTTING AND PATCHINGA.Employ skilled and experienced installer to perform Cutting and patching.B. Submit written request in advance of cutting or altering elements which affects:4. Structural integrity of element.5. Integrity of weather-exposed or moisture-resistant elements.6. Efficiency, maintenance, or safety of element.7. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.8. Work of Owner or separate contractor.C.Execute cutting, fitting, and patching including excavation and fill, to complete Work, and to:1. Fit the several parts together, to integrate with other Work.2. Uncover Work to install or correct ill-timed Work.3. Remove and replace defective and non-conforming Work.4. Remove samples of installed Work for testing.5. Provide openings in elements of work for penetrations of mechanical and electrical Work.D.Execute work by methods which will avoid damage to other Work, and provide proper surfaces toreceive patching and finishing.E. Cut rigid materials using masonry saw or core drill.F. Restore Work with new products in accordance with requirements of Contract Documents.G.Fit Work tight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces.H.Maintain integrity of wall, ceiling, or floor construction completely seal voids.I. Refinish surfaces to match adjacent finishes. For continuous surfaces, refinish to nearest intersection;for an assembly, refinish entire unit.J. Identify any hazardous substance or condition exposed during the Work to the Architect/Engineer fordecision or remedy. Verify and locate all, buried or hidden, utilities prior to any sawcutting or coring.2.1. PART 2 PRODUCTSA.Not Used.3.1.PART 3 EXECUTIONA.Not Used.SECTION 01150 - ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURESA.General Environmental Concerns: Project requires maximum environmentally conscious work feasiblewithin limits specified, available materials, equipment, and products.B. Special Environmental Definitions:1. Environmental Pollution and Damage: Presence of chemical physical, or biological elements or agentswhich could:a. Adversely affect human health or welfare.b. Unfavorably alter ecological balances important to human life, affect other species of importance tohumanity.c. Degrade the utility of the environment for aesthetic, cultural or historical purposes.2. Class III Landfill: Landfill that accepts non-hazardous waste such as household, commercial, andindustrial waste, including construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations.3. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes such as building materials, packaging, rubbish, debris,and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair, and demolition operations.4. Chemical Waste: Petroleum products, bituminous materials, salts, acids, alkalis, herbicides, pesticides,organic chemical, and inorganic chemical wastes.C.Special Environmental Submittals: Comply with general requirements specified in Section 01300 forsubmittals and with following special requirements.D.Special Recycling Requirements:1.Implement recycling program as required that includes separate collection of waste materialsE. Environmental Controls: Comply with federal, state, and local regulations pertaining to water, air, solidwaste, chemical waste, sanitary waste, sediment and noise pollution.F. Protection of Natural Resources: Preserve the natural resources within Project boundaries and outsidelimits of permanent work performed under Contract in existing condition or restore to an equivalent orimproved condition upon completion of Work.G.Hazardous Materials: If hazardous materials are discovered Client Landlord are to immediately notifiedfor remediation.SECTION 01300 - SUBMITTALS1. PART 1 GENERAL1.1 SECTION INCLUDESA. Submittal procedures.B. Construction progress schedules.C. Shop drawings.D. Product data.E. Samples.F. Manufacturers' instructions.G. Manufacturers' certificates.1.2 RELATED SECTIONSA. Section 01019 - Contract Considerations: Schedule of Values.B. Section 01400 - Quality Control: Manufacturers' field services and reports.C. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: Contract warranty and manufacturer's certificates closeoutsubmittals.1.3 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURESA. Transmit each submittal with AIA Form G810.B. Sequentially number the transmittal forms. Re-submittals to have original number with an alphabeticsuffix.C. Identify Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier; pertinent Drawing sheet and detail number(s),and specification Section number, as appropriate.D. Apply Contractor's stamp, signed or initialed certifying that review, verification of Products required, fielddimensions, adjacent construction Work, and coordination of information, is in accordance with therequirements of the Work and Contract Documents.E. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and deliver to Architect/Engineer at businessaddress.Coordinate submission of related items.F. Identify variations from Contract Documents and Product or system limitations which may bedetrimental to successful performance of the completed Work.G. Provide space for Contractor and Architect/Engineer review stamps. Architect's review will commenceupon receipt of contractor reviewed and stamped submittals. Submittals received without such GeneralContractor review will be returned not reviewed.H. Revise and resubmit submittals as required, identify all changes made since previous submittal.I. Distribute copies of reviewed submittals to concerned parties Instruct parties to promptly report anyinability to comply with provisions.1.4 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS SCHEDULESA. Submit initial progress schedule in duplicate within 20 days after date of Owner-Contractor Agreementfor Architect/Engineer review.B. Revise and resubmit as required.C. Submit a horizontal bar chart with separate line for each major section of Work or operation, identifyingfirst work day of each week.D. Show complete sequence of construction by activity, identifying Work of separate stages and otherlogically grouped activities. Indicate the early and late start, early and late finish, float dates, and duration.1.5 SHOP DRAWINGSA. Submit in electronic format.B. After review, reproduce and distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and for RecordDocuments described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.1.6 PRODUCT DATAA. Submit the number of copies which the Contractor requires, plus two copies which will be retained bythe Architect/Engineer. Electronic format preferred.B. Mark to identify applicable products, models, options, and other data. Supplement manufacturers'standard data to provide information unique to this Project.C. After review, distribute in accordance with Article on Procedures above and provide copies for RecordDocuments described in Section 01700 - Contract Closeout.1.7 SAMPLESA.Submit samples to illustrate functional and aesthetic characteristics of the Product, with integral partsand attachment devices. Coordinate sample submittals for interfacing workB. Submit samples of finishes from the full range of colors selected, textures, and patterns forArchitect/Engineer's selection.C.Include identification on each sample, with full project information.D.Submit the number or samples specified in individual specification Sections; one of which will be retainedby Architect/Engineer.1.8 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONSA.When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturers' printed instructions fordelivery, storage, assembly, installation, start-up, adjusting, and finishing, in quantities specified for ProductData.B. Identify conflicts between manufacturers' instructions and Contract Documents. 1.8MANUFACTURER'S CERTIFICATESC.When specified in individual specification sections, submit manufacturers' certificate toArchitect/Engineer for review, in quantities specified for Product Data.D.Indicate material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting referencedate, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.E. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or Product, but must be acceptable toArchitect/Engineer.2. PART 2 PRODUCTSA.Not Used.3. PART 3 EXECUTIONA.Not used.SECTION 01400 - QUALITY CONTROL1. PART 1 GENERAL1.1 SECTION INCLUDESA. Quality assurance and control of installation.B. References.C. Manufacturers' field services and reports.1.2 RELATED SECTIONSA. Section 01300 - Submittals: Submission of Manufacturers' Instructions and Certificates.B. Section 01600 - Material and Equipment: Requirements for material and product quality.1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE/CONTROL OF INSTALLATIONA. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, Products, services, site conditions, andworkmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.B. Comply fully with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification fromArchitect/Engineer before proceeding.D. Comply with specified standards as a minimum quality for the Work except when more stringenttolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.E. Perform work by persons qualified to produce workmanship of specified quality.F. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses,vibration, physical distortion or disfigurement.1.4 REFERENCESA. Conform to reference standard by date of issue current on date of Contract Documents.B. Obtain copies of standards when required by Contract Documents.C. Should specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification forArchitect/Engineer before proceeding.D. The Contractual relationship of the parties to the Contract shall not be altered from the ContractDocuments by mention or inference otherwise in any reference document.1.5 MANUFACTURERS' FIELD SERVICES AND REPORTSA. When specified in individual specification Sections, require material or Product suppliers ormanufacturers to provide qualified staff personnel to observe site conditions, conditions of surfaces andinstallation, quality of workmanship, start-up of equipment, test, adjust, and balance of equipment asapplicable, and to initiate instructions when necessary.B. Individuals to report observations and sit decisions or instructions given to applicators or installers thatare supplemental or contrary to manufacturers' written instructions.C. Submit report in duplicate within 30 days of observation to Architect/Engineer for review.2. PART 2 PRODUCTSA. Not Used.3. PART 3 EXECUTIONA. Not Used.SECTION 01450 - CONCRETE SLAB MOISTURE AND pH TESTINGPart 1 - General1.01 Section IncludesA.Provide concrete slab moisture vapor emission in-situ relative humidity and surface pH (alkalinity) testing on all concrete slabs specified to be covered with floor coverings or resinous coatings.1.02 Related SectionsA.Section 09620 - Specialty FlooringB. Section 09640 - Wood FlooringC.Section 09650 - Resilient FlooringD.Section 09660 - Static Control FlooringE. Section 09670 - Fluid Applied FlooringF. Section 09680 - Carpet1.03 References·ASTM F-1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of ConcreteSubfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride.·ASTM F-2170-11 - Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor SlabsUsing In-Situ Probes.·ASTM F-710-11 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floor and Other Monolithic Floors toReceive Resilient Flooring.·ICRI Guideline 03732 - Selecting and Specifying Concrete Surface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings,and Polymer Overlays.1.04 SubmittalsA.At completion of testing, Owner's National Moisture Testing Vendor shall submit a Certified MoistureTest Report to Architect, General Contractor, and Tenant's Construction Project Manager. Report shallinclude the following:A. Executive SummaryB. Moisture and pH Test Report C. Test Site Floor Plan D. Test Site Photographs E. Test Result Mapping Diagram F. Risk Assessment and Repair Option ChartB. Information furnished in Moisture Test Report shall not be used to modify requirements unless otherwise specified or directed by Tenant.1.05 Quality AssuranceA.Digital “Reader” and calibrated relative humidity sensors 1. Factory-calibrated “Smart Sensors” using Touch-n-Sense™ technology. 2. NIST-traceable factory calibrationB. Wide range pH paper, and distilled or de-ionized water.1.06 Scheduling and SequencingA.Provide access for and cooperate with Tenant's National Account Vendor: 1. IFTI - Independent Floor Testing & Inspection, Inc. Contact: Jennifer Armstrong (800) 490-3657 x217.Email: ulta.spec@ifti.com 2. No substitutions or alternate testing company is permitted.B. Ensure that the building is enclosed and at service conditions or within ASTM range for at least 48hours prior to testing. 1. Maintain ambient temperatures of not less than 65°f or more than 85°f in spaces to receive testing for48 hours prior to commencement of and during testing. 2. Maintain relative humidity between 40 and 60 percent in spaces to receive testing for 48 hours prior tocommencement of and during testing.C.Notify Tenant's National Account Vendor no less than 10 working days prior to commencement oftesting. Tenant's National Account Vendor will require no more than 4 working days for testing on Site andwill issue Moisture Testing Report no more than 3 working days after completion of testing.D.Notify Tenant's National Account Vendor when the building is enclosed and temperature and relativehumidity meet the requirements for testing. 1. In the event that a return trip by Tenant's National Account Vendor is required as a result of contractor'sfailure to achieve the specified temperature and humidity criteria, then the contractor shall be responsible forpaying all associated costs which shall be billed accordingly by Tenant's National Account Vendor to thecontractor.E. Testing shall take place after allowing new concrete to dry for minimum of 28 days. Testing is tocommence no less than 3 and no more than 6 weeks prior to the scheduled flooring installation.Part 2 - Products2.01 - ManufacturersA.Rapid RH® relative humidity and temperature sensor kit as manufactured by Wagner Meters (800)634-9961, or equal.B. pH test paper as manufactured by Micro Essential Laboratory, or equal.Part 3 - Execution3.01 - Quantification of Relative Humidity at 40% of Concrete ThicknessA.The test site should be maintained at the same temperature and humidity conditions as those anticipatedduring normal occupancy. These temperature and humidity levels should be maintained for 48 hours priorand during test period. When a building is not under HVAC control, a recording hygrometer or data loggershall be in place recording conditions during the test period. A transcript of this information must be includedwith the test report.B. The number of in-situ relative humidity test sites is determined by the square footage of the facility.The minimum number of tests to be placed is equal to 3 in the first 1,000 sq.ft. and 1 per each additional1,000 square feet.C.Determine the thickness of the concrete slab, typically from construction documents.D.Utilizing a roto-hammer, drill test holes to a depth equal to 40% of the concrete thickness*, i.e, 2” deepfor a 5” thick slab, or 1 ½” deep for a 4” thick slab. Hole diameter shall not exceed outside diameter of theprobe by more than 0.04”. Drilling operation must be dry.E. Vacuum and brush all concrete dust from test hole.F. Insert a relative humidity probe (sensor) to the full depth of test hole. Place cap over probe.G.Permit the test site to acclimate, or equilibrate for 1-2 hours prior to taking relative humidity readings.H.Remove the cap, insert the cylindrical reading device, and press button on the device to obtain readingfrom the in-situ probe.I.Read and record temperature and relative humidity at the test site.*Elevated structural slab (not poured in pans) should be tested at a depth equal to 20% of its thickness.3.02 Quantifying pH level.A.At or near the relative humidity test site perform pH test.1. Place several drops of water onto the concrete surface to form a puddle approximately 1” in diameter.2. Allow the water to set for approximately 60 seconds3. Dip the pH paper into the water and remove immediately, compare color to chart provided by papersupplier to determine pH readingB. Record and report results.C.Flatness/Levelness Testing: Comply with ASTM E1155, but provide a minimum of one line of sampling intwo perpendicular directions through each structural bay.1. Perform testing using a "Dipstick Profiler" within 72 hours of concrete placement.2. Concrete coming from Tenant's Criteria or which fails required Quality Assurance testing, includingFlatness/Levelness requirements, shall be removed and replaced at Tenant's discretion. Copy ofFlatness/Levelness Test is required to be submitted to Tenant as part of the Project Close OutRequirements.01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIESA.Temporary Power: Provide power service and lighting required for operations, with branch wiring anddistribution boxes located to allow service and lighting by means of construction-type power cords.B. Noise, Dust and Pollution Control: Provide materials and equipment necessary to comply withLandlord and local requirements for noise, dust and pollution control.C.Barriers and Enclosures: Provide environmentally safe barriers as may be required to protect adjacentproperties from damage from operations: and as required by governing authorities and/or Landlord.D.Cleaning: Control accumulation of waste materials and rubbish; recycle or dispose of off-site at intervalsapproved by Landlord and complying with special environmental procedures specified in Section 01150.E. Signs: No signage shall be allowed.F. Removal and Cleaning: Remove construction facilities, clean and repair damage, in excess of Contractrequirements,caused by operations or use of temporary facilities.SECTION 01650 - STARTING OF SYSTEMS1.PART 1 GENERAL1.1 SECTION INCLUDESA.Starting systems.B. Demonstration and instructions.C.Testing, adjusting, and balancing.1.2 RELATED SECTIONSA.Section 01400 - Quality Control: Manufacturers field reports.B. Section 01700 - Contract Closeout: System operation and maintenance data and extra materials.1.3 STARTING SYSTEMSA.Coordinate schedule for start-up of various equipment and systems.B. Notify Owner seven days prior to start-up of each.C.Verify that each piece of equipment or system has been checked for proper lubrication, drive rotation,belt tension, control sequence, or other conditions which may cause damage.D.Verify that tests, meter readings, and specified electrical characteristics agree with those required by theequipment or system manufacturer.E. Verify wiring and support components for equipment are complete and tested.F. Execute start-up under supervision of responsible manufacturer's representative in accordance withmanufacturers' instructions.G.When specified in individual specification Sections, require manufacturer to provide authorizedrepresentative to be present at site to inspect, check and approve equipment or system installation prior tostart-up, and to supervise placing equipment or system in operation.H.Submit a written report in accordance with Section 01400 that equipment or system has been properlyinstalled and is functioning correctly.1.4 DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTIONSA.Demonstrate operation and maintenance of Products to Owner's personnel one week prior to date ofSubstantial Completion.B. For equipment or systems requiring seasonal operation, perform demonstration for other season withinsix months.C.Utilize operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual withOwners' personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.D.Demonstrate start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, andshutdown of each item of equipment at agreed-upon times, at equipment location.E. Prepare and insert additional data in operations and maintenance manuals when need for additionaldata becomes apparent during instruction.1.5 TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCINGA.Contractor will appoint, employ, and pay for services of an independent firm to perform testing, adjustingand balancing.B. The independent firm will perform services specified in Mechanical sections.C.Reports will be submitted by the independent firm to the Architect/Engineer indicating observationsand results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with specified requirements and with therequirements of the Contract Documents.2.PART 2 PRODUCTSA.Not Used.3.PART 3 EXECUTIONA.Not Used.SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT1. PART 1 GENERAL1.1 SECTION INCLUDESA.Closeout procedures.B. Final cleaning.C.Adjusting.D.Project record documents.E. Operation and maintenance data.F. Warranties.G.Spare parts and maintenance materials.1.2 RELATED SECTIONSA.Section 01500 - Construction Facilities and Temporary Controls: Progress cleaning.B. Section 01650 - Starting of Systems: System start-up, testing, adjusting, and balancing.1.3 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURESA.Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected, andthat Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for Owner's inspection.B. Provide submittals to Owner that are required by governing or other authorities.C.Submit final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments andsum remaining due to Owner.1.4 FINAL CLEANINGA.Execute final cleaning prior to final inspection.B. Clean interior and exterior glass and surfaces exposed to view; remove temporary labels, stains andforeign substances, polish transparent and glossy surfaces, vacuum carpeted and soft surfaces.C.Clean equipment and fixtures to a sanitary condition.D.Replace filters of operating equipment.E. Clean debris from roofs, gutters, downspouts, and drainage systems.F. Clean site; sweep paved areas, rake clean landscaped surfaces.G.Remove waste and surplus materials, rubbish, and construction facilities from the site.1.5 ADJUSTINGA.Adjust operating Products and equipment to ensure smooth and unhindered operation.1.6 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTSA.Maintain on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:1. Contract Drawings.2. Specifications.3. Addenda.4. Change Orders and other Modifications to the Contract.5. Reviewed shop drawings, product data, and samples.B. Record information concurrent with construction progress.C.Specifications: Legibly mark and record at each Product section description of actual Products installed.D.Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction.E. Delete Architect/Engineer title block and seal from all documents.F. Submit owner required documents to Owner in format required by owner with claim for final Applicationfor Payment.1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATAA.Submit two sets prior to final inspection, bound in 8-1/2 x 11 inch text pages to Owner, three ring binderswith durable covers.B. Prepare binder covers with printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title ofproject.C.Subdivide the binder contents with page dividers, organized as described below; with tab titling clearlyprinted under plastic tabs.D.Contents: Prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each Product or system descriptionidentified, type on white paper.E. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Architect/Engineer, Contractor,Subcontractors, and major equipment suppliers.F. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions, arranged by system and subdivided by specificationsection. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractors andsuppliers.G.Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following:1. Shop drawings and product data.2. Air and water balance reports.3. Certificates.4. Photocopies of warranties.H.Submit one copy of completed volumes in final form 7 days prior to final inspection. This copy will bereturned after final inspection, with Owner comments. Revise content of documents as required prior to finalsubmittal.I. Submit final volumes revised, within 15 days after final inspection to Owner.1.8.WARRANTIESA.Provide duplicate notarized copies.B. Execute and assemble documents from Subcontractors, suppliers, and manufacturers. Provide Tableof Contents and assemble in three ring binder with durable cover.C.Submit prior to final Application for Payment.D.For items of Work delayed beyond date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within 15days after acceptance, listing date of acceptance as start of warranty period.1.9 SPARE PARTS AND MAINTENANCE MATERIALSA.Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individualspecification Sections.B. Deliver to Project site; obtain receipt prior to final payment.2.0 PART 2 PRODUCTSA.Not used.3.0 PART 3 EXECUTIONA.Not used.SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION1.1 GENERALA.Definitions: As follows:1. Remove: Remove and legally dispose of items except those indicated to be reinstalled, salvaged, or toremain the Landlord's property.2. Remove and Salvage: Items indicated to be removed and salvaged remain the Landlord's property.Remove, clean, and pack or crate items to protect against damage. Identify contents of containers anddeliver to Owner's designated storage area.3. Remove and Reinstall: Remove items indicated; clean, service, and otherwise prepare them for reuse;store and protect against damage. Reinstall items in locations indicated.4. Existing to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selectivedemolition. When permitted by the Owner, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage locationduring selective demolition and then cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations.B. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated toremain the Landlord's property, demolished materials shall become the Contractor's property and shall beremoved from the site with further disposition at the Contractor's option.C.Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjoining construction and siteimprovements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by selective demolition operations.D.Record drawings at Project closeout according to Division 1 Section "Contract Closeout."1. Identify and accurately locate capped utilities and other subsurface structural, electrical, or mechanicalconditions.E. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before startingselective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.F. Landlord will occupy portions of the building immediately adjacent to selective tenant demolition area.Conduct selective demolition so that Landlord's operations will not be disrupted. Provide not less than 72hours notice to Landlord of activities that will affect Landlord operations.G. Landlord assumes no responsibility for actual condition of buildings to be selectively demolished.H. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site will not be permitted.1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)1.3 EXECUTIONA. Survey the condition of the building to determine whether removing any element might result instructural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of the structure or adjacent structures duringselective demolition.B. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolitionactivities.C. Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage duringselective demolition operationsD. Utility Requirements: Locate, identify, shut off, disconnect, and seal or cap off indicated utility servicesserving building to be selectively demolished.1. Where utility services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide bypass connectionsto maintain continuity of service to other parts of the building before proceeding with selective demolition.E. Drain, purge, or otherwise remove, collect, and dispose of chemicals, gases, explosives, acids,flammables, or other dangerous materials before proceeding with selective demolition operations.F. Employ a certified, licensed exterminator to treat building and to control rodents and vermin beforeand during selective demolition operations.G. Conduct demolition operations and remove debris to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets,walks, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities.H. Conduct demolition operations to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings, facilities,and site improvements to remain. Ensure safe passage of persons around are of demolition. Erecttemporary barricades and/or covered passageways as required to prevent injury to persons.1. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between demolition and removal of existingconstruction, on exterior surfaces and new construction to ensure that no water leakage or damage occursto structure or interior areas.2. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain and are exposed duringselective demolition operations.3. Cover and protect furniture, furnishings, and equipment that have not been removed.I. Erect and maintain dust proof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and toseparate areas from fumes and noise.J. Provide and maintain interior and exterior shoring, bracing, or structural support to preserve stability andprevent movement, settlement, or collapse of building to be selectively demolished.K. Use water mist, temporary enclosures, and other suitable methods to limit the spread of dust and dirt.Comply with governing environmental protection regulations.L. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and areas.M. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolitionoperations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before start of selective demolition.N. Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and asindicated.O. Promptly patch and repair holes and damaged surfaces caused to adjacent construction by selectivedemolition operations.P. Where repairs to existing surfaces are required, patch to produce surfaces suitable for new materials.Q. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into adjoining construction toremain in a manner that eliminates evidence of patching and refinishing.R. Patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space where demolished walls or partitions extendone finished area into another. Provide a flush and even surface of uniform color and appearance.S. Patch, repair, or re-hang existing ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane surface of uniformappearance.T. Disposal: Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials toaccumulate on-site.1. Do not burn demolished materials.2. Dispose of demolished materials at designated spoil areas on Landlords's property.3. Transport demolished materials off Landlords's property and legally dispose of them.U. Sweep the building broom clean on completion of selective demolition operation.V. It is assumed that all hazardous materials have been removed prior to contractor's work start. If duringthe course of demolition, any additional hazardous materials are discovered, contractor is not to disturbthose materials and notify Owner and Landlord immediately. Owner will retain and pay for hazardousmaterial removal, however it shall be the responsibility of the General Contractor to coordinate this work.SECTION 03300 - CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETEPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSA.Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions andDivision 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.1.2 SUMMARYA.This Section specifies cast-in place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials,mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes, for the following:1. Slabs-on-grade, infill patching slabs over utility trenches and general floor patching.2. Slab on grade, miscellaneous cast-in-place concrete1.3 DEFINITIONSA.Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the following:blended hydraulic cement, fly ash (per ASTM C 618, Class F or C in maximum quantity of 15%) and otherpozzolans, ground granulated blast-furnace slag, and silica fume; subject to compliance with requirements.1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCEA.Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who has completed concrete Work similar in material,design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a recordof successful in-service performance, qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and asupervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. B.Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipmentand ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA.Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending anddamage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement.B. Waterstops: Store waterstops under cover to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and othercontaminants.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 FORMWORKA.Furnish formwork and form accessories according to ACI 301.B. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels that will provide continuous, true, andsmooth concrete surfaces. Furnish in largest practicable sizes to minimize number of joints.1. Exterior grade plywood suitable for concrete forms complying with DOC PS 1, metal, or other approvedpanel materials.C.Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, least two edges and one side for tight fit.D.Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 by 3/4 inch (19 by 19 mm), minimum.E. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, oradversely affect concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form tiesdesigned to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete onremoval.2.2 STEEL REINFORCEMENTA.Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, deformed plain-steel bars, cut bars true to lengthwith ends square and free of burrs.B. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82, as drawnC.Plain Steel Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185, fabricated from as-drawn steel wire into flat sheets.Minimum reinforcement of 6x6-W1.4xW1.4 WWF, ASTM A185-65ksi2.3 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIESA.Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fasteningreinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic,or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strengththan concrete2.4 RELATED MATERIALSA.Vapor Retarder: Polyethylene sheet, ASTM E1745, Class C, 10 milB. Flexible Waterstops: Rubber, CE CRD-C 513, or PVC, CE CRD-C 572.C.Self-Expanding Strip Waterstops: Rectangular or trapezoidal strip, butyl rubber with sodium bentonite orother hydrophylic material.D.Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber, or ASTM D 1752, cork orself-expanding cork.E. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059, Type II, non-redispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.F. Epoxy-Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, of class and grade to suitrequirements.2.5 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERALA.Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratorytrial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301.B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150 Types I & IIC.Normal Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, not exceeding 1-1/2" (38-MM) nominal size.D. Aggregate: ASTM C 33, uniformly graded, from a single source.E. Water: ASTM C 94 and potable.F. Add air-entraining admixture at manufacturer's prescribed rate to result in concrete at point ofplacement having an air content of 2.5 to 4.5 percent, ASTM C 260. rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SPECIFICATIONSSLSMOSP22.6 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTSA.Slabs-on-Grade: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows:1. Minimum Compressive Strength: minimum 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) at 28 days or match existing (only ifgreater).2. Air Content: Do not allow air content of troweled finished floors to exceed 3 percent.3. Slump: 4 inches (100 mm).B. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94 andASTM C 1116, and furnish batch ticket information.C.Project-Site Mixing: Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according toASTM C 94. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer.2.7 ADMIXTURESNo calcium chloride or chloride-ion producing admixture shall be used in any concrete.A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260.B. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type A.C. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type F.D. Water-Reducing and Accelerating Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type E.E. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494, Type D.2.8 FABRICATING REINFORCEMENTA.Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice."2.9 CURING MATERIALSA.Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application tofresh concrete.B. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet.C.Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C 309, Type 1, Class B.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 FORMWORKA.Design, construct, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301.B. Support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied,until structure can support such loads.C.Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation,and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117.D.Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Providecrush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms forinclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.1. Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevationsand slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; usestrike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.G. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.H.Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, andother debris just before placing concrete.I. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks andmaintain proper alignment.J. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's writteninstructions, before placing reinforcement.3.2 VAPOR RETARDERA.Install, protect, and repair vapor-retarder sheets according to ASTM E 1643; place sheets in positionwith longest dimension parallel with direction of pour.B. Lap joints 4 inches and seal with manufacturer's recommended tape.3.3 EMBEDDED ITEMSA.Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that isattached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use Setting Drawings, templates, diagrams,instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.3.4 STEEL REINFORCEMENTA.Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supportingreinforcement.1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before placingconcrete.3.5 JOINTSA.General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.B. Construction Joints: Locate and install so as not to impair strength or appearance of concrete, atlocations indicated or as approved by Architect.C.Isolation Joints: Install joint-filler strips at junctions with slabs-on-grade and vertical surfaces, suchas column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and other locations, as indicated.1. Extend joint fillers full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished concrete surface, unlessotherwise indicated.D.Contraction (Control) Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioningconcrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth ofthe concrete thickness.E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate orasphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.3.6 CONCRETE PLACEMENTA.Comply with recommendations in ACI 304R, ASTM C 94, ASTM C 1116 and ACI 301, for measuring,mixing, transporting, and placing concrete.1. Deposit concrete continuously and avoid segregation. Deposit concrete in forms in horizontal layersno deeper than 24 inches (600 mm), avoiding cold joints, and in depths not to exceed formwork designpressures.2. Consolidate concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment.3. Screed and initial-float concrete floors and slabs using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform andopen-textured surface plane, free of humps or hollows, before excess moisture or bleedwater appears onthe surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.4. Floors to be level to within 18" tolerance in 10 feet, smooth and sealed.Verify intended floor finish. Donot seal concrete surface where sealer would interfere with floor coating. Comply with floor finishmanufacturer specifications.3.7 FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABSA. Finish formed surfaces as follows:1. Apply rough-formed finish, defined in ACI 301, to concrete surfaces indicated or not exposed to publicview.2. Apply smooth-formed finish, defined in ACI 301, to concrete surfaces indicated and exposed to publicview or to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete, such aswaterproofing, dampproofing, veneer plaster, or painting.A.Do not apply rubbed finish to smooth-formed finish.1. Apply smooth-rubbed finish to smooth-formed finished concrete surfaces indicated or exposed topublic view.B. Finishing Floors and Slabs: Comply with recommendations in ACI 302.1R for screeding,restraightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces.1. Scratch Finish: Apply scratch finish, defined in ACI 301, to surfaces indicated and to surfaces toreceive concrete floor topping or mortar setting beds for ceramic or quarry tile, portland cement terrazzo,and other bonded cementitious floor finishes.2. Float Finish: Apply float finish, defined in ACI 301, to surfaces indicated, to surfaces to receive trowelfinish, and to surfaces to be covered with fluid-applied or sheet waterproofing, built-up or membraneroofing, or sand-bed terrazzo.3. Trowel Finish: Apply a trowel finish to surfaces indicated and to surfaces exposed to view or to becovered with resilient flooring, carpet, ceramic or quarry tile set over a cleavage membrane, paint, oranother thin film-finish coating system.a. After applying float finish, apply first trowel finish and consolidate concrete by hand or power-driventrowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform intexture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through appliedcoatings or floor coverings.b. Finish and measure surface so gap at any point between concrete surface and an unleveledfreestanding 10-foot- (3.05-m-) long straightedge, resting on two high spots and placed anywhere onthe surface, does not exceed the following:1)1/8 inch (3.2 mm).4. Trowel and Fine-Broom Finish: Apply a partial trowel finish, stopping after second troweling, tosurfaces indicated and to surfaces where ceramic or quarry tile is to be installed by either thickset orthin-set method. Immediately after second troweling, and when concrete is still plastic, slightly scarifysurface with a fine broom.5. Broom Finish: Apply a broom finish to exterior concrete, brooming with fiber-bristle broomperpendicular to main traffic route, to platforms, steps, and ramps, and elsewhere as indicated.6. Verify intended floor finish. Do not seal concrete surface where sealer would interfere with floorcoating. Comply with floor finish manufacturer specifications.3.8 CONCRETE PROTECTION AND CURINGGeneral: Protect concrete from excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1-1990 forcold-weather protection and with recommendations in ACI 305R-1990 for hot-weather protectionduring curing.1. Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions causeexcessive moisture loss.2. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface.3. Cure formed and unformed concrete for at least seven days by moisture curing,moisture-retaining-cover curing, or curing compound.4. Cure and seal floors and slabs with a curing and sealing compound according to manufacturer'swritten instructions.3.9 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA.Testing Agency: Engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency see CS-3 foradditional requirements.B. Testing Agency: Tests will be performed according to ACI 301, and additional requirements asindicated in these drawings, CS-3, Specifications and manufacturer requirements. General contractorshall coordinate and arrange with appropriate parties, Village, etc., and coordinate with the Owner'sConstruction Manager all such testing.3.10 REPAIRSA.Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architec/Ownert. Removeand replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to requirements of these drawings.END OF SECTION 03300SECTION 035416 - HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT (ARDEX)PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSA.Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such asDivision 01 specifications apply to this Section1.2 SUMMARYA.This Section includes a cement-based self-leveling underlayment formulated with a special blend ofpolymers used to level and smooth interior concrete, terrazzo, ceramic & quarry tile, metal, woodensubstrates, and non-soluble adhesive residue on concrete prior to the installation of finished flooring onall grade levels.1. ARDEX K-15® Premium Self-Leveling Underlayment2. ARDEX P 51™ Primer3. ARDEX P 82™ Ultra Prime4. ARDEX E 25™ Resilient EmulsionB. Related Sections include the following:1. Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete2. Section 07 26 19, Topical Moisture Vapor Mitigation3. Division 09 Flooring Sections1.3 REFERENCESA. ASTM C 109M, Compressive Strength Air-Cure OnlyB. ASTM C348, Flexural Strength of Hydraulic-Cement MortarsC. ASTM E84, Surface Burning Characteristics of Building MaterialsD. ASTM F2170, Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ ProbesE. ASTM F1869, Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Ca ChlorideF. ASTM 710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring1.4 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material andproduct used. Include manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets.B. Qualification Data: For Installer1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Installation of the ARDEX product must be completed by a factory-trained applicator, such as anARDEX LevelMaster® Elite or Choice Contractor, using mixing equipment and tools approved by themanufacturer. Contact ARDEX for a list of certified installers. See Ardex contact information on CS3.0sheet.B. Product must have a hydraulic cement-based inorganic binder content as the primary binder whichincludes portland cement per ASTM C150: Standard Specification for Portland Cement and otherspecialty hydraulic cements. Gypsum-based products are not acceptable.C.Manufacturer Experience: Provide products of this section by companies which have successfullyspecialized in production of this type of work for not less than 10 years. Contact ManufacturerRepresentative prior to installation.1.6 WARRANTY ARDEX K15® installed as part of a floor system, shall be installed in conjunction withthe recommended ARDEX Tile & Stone Installation Materials or WW HENRY Flooring Adhesive, asappropriate, to provide the ARDEX SystemOne 10-year comprehensive warranty.1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGA.Deliver products in original packaging, labeled with product identification, manufacturer, batchnumber and shelf life.B. Store products in a dry area with temperature maintained between 50° and 85° F (10° and 29° C)and Protect from direct sunlight.C.Handle products in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONSA.Do not install material below 50° F (10° C) surface and air temperatures. These temperatures mustalso be maintained during and for 48 hours after the installation of products included in this section.Install quickly if substrate is warm and follow warm weather instructions available from the ARDEXTechnical Service Department.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENTA.Hydraulic Cement-based Self-Leveling Underlayment1. Acceptable Products:a. ARDEX K 15®; Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements: 400 Ardex Park Drive, Aliquippa, Pa15001 USA, (724) 203-5000, www.ardex.comi. Primer Standard Porous Concrete: ARDEX P 51™ Primerii. Primer Non-porous substrates, ceramic & quarry tile, non-water soluble adhesive residue, concretetreated with silicate compounds, metal, and wooden subfloors: ARDEX P 82™ Ultra Primeiii. Additive: ARDEX E 25™ Resilient Emulsion2. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 73°F+/-3°F (23° C+/-3°C) and 50% +/-5% relative humidity:a. Application: Barrel Mix or Pumpb. Flow Time: 10 minutesc. Initial Set: Approx. 30 minutesd. Final Set: Approx. 90 minutese.Compressive Strength: 4100 psi at 28 days, ASTM C109M.f. Flexural Strength: 1000 psi at 28 days, ASTM C78.g. VOC: 0 g/l, calculated SCAQMD 11682.2 WATER: Water shall be clean, potable, and sufficiently cool (not warmer than 70°F).2.3 ALTERNATE UNDERLAYMENTS: When appropriate and when technical criteria are met for eachunderlayment, ARDEX K10, K13, K60 and V1200 are also approved underlayments for use on Ultaprojects. Alternate underlayments must meet technical requirements of conditions and moisturemitigation system being used (if any). PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PREPARATIONA. Concrete Subfloors: Prepare substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.1. Prior to proceeding please refer to ASTM F710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors toReceive Resilient Flooring. All concrete subfloors must be sound, solid, clean, and free of all oil, grease,dirt, curing compounds and any substance that might act as a bond breaker before priming. Mechanicallyclean if necessary using shot blasting or other. Acid etching and the use of sweeping compounds andsolvents are not acceptable.2. All cracks in the subfloor shall be repaired to minimize telegraphing through the underlayment.3. Substrates shall be inspected in accordance with ASTM F1869 or ASTM F2170 and corrected formoisture or any other conditions that could affect the performance of the underlayment or the finishedfloor covering. For areas where moisture vapor emissions exceed the limits required by the floor coveringmanufacturer refer to Section 07 26 19, Topical Moisture Vapor Mitigation Systems and install theappropriate ARDEX Moisture Control System.B. Joint Preparation:1. Moving Joints - honor all expansion and isolation joints up through the underlayment. A flexiblesealing compound such as ARDEX ARDISEAL™ Rapid Plus may be installed.2. Saw Cuts and Control Joints - fill all non-moving joints with ARDEX ARDIFIX™ Joint Filler or ARDEXSD-F™ FEATHER FINISH® as recommended by the manufacturer.C. Wooden subfloors: must be clean and free of all foreign matter. Sand to bare wood then vacuum toremove all dust. Re-nail any loose boards exhibiting movement.D. Metal subfloors must be clean and free of all rust and foreign matter. Where required, a corrosiveresistant coating should be applied and allowed to dry before priming.E. Cutback and other non-water soluble adhesive residues must be wet scraped to a thin,well-bonded layer.F. Non-porous subfloors such as ceramic and quarry tile as well as terrazzo should be clean and freeof all waxes and sealers. If necessary, clean by mechanical methods such as shot blasting or other.3.2 APPLICATION OF ARDEX K 15®:A. Examine substrates and conditions under which materials will be installed. Do not proceed withinstallation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.B. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction. Protectadjacent areas from contact due to mixing and handling of materials.C. Priming:1. Primer for standard absorbent concrete subfloors: Mix ARDEX P-51 1:1 with water and apply evenlywith a soft push broom. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. Allow todry to a clear, thin film (min. 3 hours, max. 24 hours). Underlayment shall not be applied until the primeris dry. Primer coverage is approximately 400 to 600 sq. ft. per gallon.2. Primer for extremely absorbent concrete subfloors: Make an initial application of ARDEX P-51mixedwith 3 parts water using a soft push broom. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excessprimer. Allow to dry thoroughly before proceeding with the standard application of primer as describedabove for standard absorbent concrete.3. Primer for non-porous subfloors, wooden or metal subfloors, or cutback and other non-water solubleadhesive residues over concrete: Prime with ARDEX P-82 Ultra Prime. Mix Part A (red) with Part B(white) and apply with a short-nap or sponge paint roller, leaving a thin coat of primer no heavier than athin coat of paint. Do not leave any bare spots. Remove all puddles and excess primer. Allow to dry to aclear, slightly tack film (minimum 3 hours, maximum 24 hours). Underlayment shall not be installed untilprimer is dry. Primer coverage is approximately 200 to 400 square feet per gallon.4. Minimum drying time for ARDEX P-82 Ultra-Prime over cutback adhesive is 18 hours.D.Mixing: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following.1. Add 7 quarts (6.5 L) of clean potable water per two 55-pound bag.2. Mix using a ½” (650 rpm) low speed heavy-duty mixing drill with an ARDEX T-1 mixing paddle. Do notoverwater.3. Aggregate mix: For areas to be installed over 1 ½” thick, aggregate may be added to reduce materialcosts. Mix ARDEX K 15® with water first, then add from 1/3 up to 1 part by volume of washed, wellgraded pea gravel aggregate (1/8" to 1/4" or larger). Do not use sand. Note: The addition of aggregatewill diminish the workability of the make it necessary to install a finish coat to obtain a smoothsurface. Ardex recommends a ¼” application of ARDEX K 15® neat to be installed as the finish coat.4. For pump installations, ARDEX K 15® shall be mixed using the ARDEX Levelcraft Automatic MixingPump. Start the pump at 210 gallons of water per hour, and then adjust to the minimum water readingthat still allows self-leveling properties. Do not overwater. Check the consistency of the product on thefloor to ensure a uniform distribution of the sand aggregate at both the top surface and bottom of thepour.E. Application: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following.1. ARDEX K 15® must be installed at a minimum thickness of 1/8” over the highest point in thefloor, which typically results in an average thickness of ¼” over the entire floor. ARDEX K 15® can beinstalled up to 1 ½” over large areas neat, and up to 5” with the addition of proper aggregate. ARDEXK 15® can also be featheredged to match existing elevations.2. Pour or pump the liquid ARDEX K 15® and spread in place with the ARDEX T-4 Spreader. Use theARDEX T-5 Smoother and featheredge and touch-up. Wear non-metallic cleats to avoid leaving marks inthe liquid ARDEX K 15®.3. Wood subfloors require the use of the mesh-reinforced ARDEX K15® + E25™ Resilient EmulsionUnderlayment System. After priming, install 3.4 galvanized diamond metal lath by stapling to the woodensubfloor approximately every 6 inches to center.4. Metal subfloors require the use ARDEX K15® + E25™ Resilient Emulsion Underlayment System.5. Steel subfloors require that the substrate first be primed with an anti-corrosive paint. After thoroughdrying of the paint, prime the surface with ARDEX P82™ Ultra Prime.F. Curing1. ARDEX K15® can be walked on in 2-3 hours. Moisture-insensitive tiles such as ceramic quarry andporcelain can be installed after 6 hours. Underlayment can accept all other finish floor covering materialsafter 16 hours at 70°F and 50% relative humidity. For resinous systems such as epoxy and polyurethanefloors please contact the ARDEX Technical Services Department.3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA.Where specified, field sampling of the Ardex underlayment is to be done by taking an entireunopened bag of the product being installed to an independent testing facility to perform compressivestrength testing in accordance with ASTM C 109/modified: air-cure only. There are no in situ testprocedures for the evaluation of compressive strength.3.5 PROTECTIONA.Prior to the installation of the finish flooring, the surface of the underlayment should be protected fromabuse by other trades by the use of plywood, Masonite or other suitable protection course.SECTION 035416 - HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENT (MAPEI)PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SECTION INCLUDESA. Hydraulic cement underlayments and surface preparation.1.2 RELATED SECTIONSA. Section 03300 - Cast-In-Place Concrete.1.3 REFERENCESA. ASTM International (ASTM):1.ASTM C 109/C 109M - Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars(Using 2 inch [50-mm] Cube Specimens).2.ASTM C 150/C 150M - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.3.ASTM C 219 - Standard Terminology Relating to Hydraulic Cement.4.ASTM E 119 - Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.5.ASTM F 1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of ConcreteSubfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride.1.4 SUBMITTALSA. Submit under provisions of Section 013000.B. Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including: 1. Preparation instructions and recommendations.2. Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.3. Installation methods.1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCEA. Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 5 year experience manufacturing similar products.B. Installer Qualifications: Minimum 5 year experience installing similar products.C. Mock-Up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and applicationworkmanship.1. Finish areas designated by Architect.2. Do not proceed with remaining work until workmanship is approved by Architect.3. Refinish mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work.1.6 WARRANTYA. The MAPEI products listed in this specification, installed as part of a Tile & Stone or Floor CoveringInstallation System, installed within their shelf life and according to the products Technical Data Sheetsqualify for MAPEI's Best-Backed Warranty Program; Tile & Stone Installation Systems 10-YearCommercial System Limited Warranty or Floor Covering Installation Systems 10-Year Limited Warranty.1.7 PRE-INSTALLATION MEETINGSA. Convene minimum two weeks prior to starting work of this section.1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA. Deliver and store products in manufacturer's unopened packaging bearing the brand name andmanufacturer's identification until ready for installation.B. Handling: Handle materials to avoid damage.1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Maintain environmental conditions (temperature, humidity, and ventilation) within limits recommendedby manufacturer for optimum results. Do not install products under environmental conditions outsidemanufacturer's recommended limits.1.10 SEQUENCINGA. Ensure that products of this section are supplied to affected trades in time to prevent interruption ofconstruction progress.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA. Acceptable Manufacturer: MAPEI Corporation, 1144 E. Newport Center Drive, Deerfield Beach, FL33442, USA. Toll-Free Tel.: 1-800-992-6273. Fax: 954-246-8805. Email:TechServiceRequests@mapei.com. Web: www.mapei.us.B. Acceptable Manufacturer: MAPEI Inc., 2900 Francis-Hughes, Laval, QC, H7L 3J5, Canada. Toll-FreeTel.: 1-800-361-9309. Fax: 450-901-0196. Email: TServicesCA@mapei.com. Web: www.mapei.ca.C. Requests for substitutions will be considered in accordance with provisions of Section 016000.D. Substitutions: Not permitted.2.2 HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENTSA. Reduced Preparation, Hydraulic Cement Underlayment: Polymer-modified, self-leveling, hydrauliccement product that can be applied from feather edge to 2 inches (52 mm).1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Ultraplan Easy.B. High-Performance, Quick-Setting, Hydraulic Cement Underlayment: Polymer-modified, self-leveling,hydraulic cement product that can be applied from feather edge to 1-1/2 inches (38 mm).1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Ultraplan 1 Plus.C. Quick-Setting, Hydraulic Cement Underlayment: Polymer-modified, self-leveling, hydraulic cementproduct that can be applied in minimum uniform thickness of 1/8 inch to 1 inch (3 mm to 25 mm).1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Novoplan 2 Plus.D. Reduced-Preparation, Hydraulic Cement Underlayment: Polymer-modified, self-leveling, hydrauliccement product that can be applied in minimum uniform thickness of 1/8 inch to 1 inch (3 mm to 25 mm).1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Novoplan Easy Plus.E. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1/8 to 1/4 inch (3 to 6 mm); or coarse sand as recommendedby underlayment manufacturer.1. Provide aggregate when recommended in writing by underlayment manufacturer for underlaymentthickness required.F. Water: Potable and at a temperature of not more than 70˚F (21˚C).G. Reinforcement: For underlayment applied to wood substrates, provide galvanized metal lath or othercorrosion-resistant reinforcement recommended in writing by underlayment manufacturer.H. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended in writing for substrate, conditions, andapplication indicated. 1. High-Performance, 100 Percent-Solids Epoxy Primer:a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Primer E.2. Advanced-Technology Acrylic Latex Primer for Concrete:a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Primer L.3. All-Purpose Primer for Self-Leveling Underlayments:a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Primer T.4. Water-Based Epoxy Primer:a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Primer WE.2.3 ACCESSORIESA.FLEXIBLE SEALANTS1. Professional-grade, 100%-silicone sealant specifically formulated for heavy traffic expansion andmovement joints, horizontal and vertical complying with ASTM standards; shore A hardness (ASTMC661), joint movement (ASTM C920), elongation at break (ASTM D412), flexibility (ASTM C734) andpasses weatherability (Accelerated Weathering Tester QUV).a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Mapesil T.B. CRACK REPAIR / JOINT FILLER1. Two-component, high-modulus, epoxy bonding agent with sand broadcast.a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Planibond EBA.2. Two-part, 100% solids, moisture-tolerant, semi-rigid epoxy joint filler.a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Planibond JF.3. High-Performance, Fiber-Reinforced Skimcoating Compound.a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Planiprep SC.PART 3 EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA. Examine substrates, with Installer present, for conditions affecting performance of the Work.B. Proceed with application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.3.2 PREPARATIONA. General: Prepare and clean substrate according to manufacturer's written instructions.1. Treat nonmoving substrate cracks according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent cracksfrom telegraphing (reflecting) through underlayment.2. Fill substrate voids to prevent underlayment from leaking.3. Do not install over moving control joints (with active cracks) or over expansion joints.B. Concrete Substrates: Mechanically remove, according to manufacturer's written instructions, laitance,glaze, efflorescence, curing compounds, form-release agents, dust, dirt, grease, oil, and othercontaminants that might impair underlayment bond.1. Moisture Testing: Perform anhydrous calcium chloride test, ASTM F 1869. Proceed with installationonly after substrates do not exceed a maximum moisture-vapor-emission rate of 5 lbs. of water/1000 sq.ft. (2,27 kg of water/100 sq. m) in 24 hours.2. Concrete slabs exceeding 5 lbs. (3,63 kg) in MVER should be treated with a moisture vaporreduction product. Refer to MVE Moisture Vapor Emissions Technical Data Sheets at www.mapei.us forinformation.C. Wood Substrates: Mechanically fasten loose boards and panels to eliminate substrate movement andsqueaks. Sand to remove coatings that might impair underlayment bond and remove sanding dust.1. Install underlayment reinforcement recommended in writing by manufacturer.D. Metal Substrates: Mechanically remove, according to manufacturer's written instructions, rust, foreignmatter, and other contaminants that might impair underlayment bond. Apply corrosion-resistant coatingcompatible with underlayment if recommended in writing by underlayment manufacturer.E. Nonporous Substrates: For ceramic tile, quarry tile, and terrazzo substrates, remove waxes, sealants,and other contaminants that might impair underlayment bond, and prepare surfaces according tomanufacturer's written instructions.F. Adhesion Tests: After substrate preparation, test substrate for adhesion with underlayment accordingto manufacturer's written instructions.3.3 APPLICATIONA. General: Mix and apply underlayment components according to manufacturer's written instructions.1. Close areas to traffic during underlayment application and for time frame after applicationrecommended in writing by manufacturer.2. Coordinate application of components to provide optimum adhesion to substrate and between coats.3. At substrate expansion, isolation, and other moving joints, allow joint of same width to continuethrough underlayment.B. Apply primer over prepared substrate at manufacturer's recommended spreading rate.C. Apply underlayment to produce uniform, level surface.1. Feather edges to match adjacent floor elevations.D. Cure underlayment according to manufacturer's written instructions. Prevent contamination duringapplication and curing processes.E. Do not install floor coverings over underlayment until after time frame recommended in writing byunderlayment manufacturer.F. Remove and replace underlayment areas that evidence lack bond with substrate, including areas thatemit a "hollow" sound when tapped.3.4 PROTECTIONA. Protect underlayment from concentrated and rolling loads for remainder of construction period.SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS1.1 GENERALB.Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following:1. Shop drawings detailing fabrication and erection, including templates for anchor bolt placement.2. Samples, materials and finishes as may be requested by Architect.3. For structural steel fabrication: AISC Certification for steel fabrication is required.a.Fabricators Qualifications: A qualified fabricator who participates in the AISC Quality CertificationProgram and designated as an AISC Certified Plant, Category Sbd.b.Welding Qualifications: Qualifying procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1, structural weldingcode - steel.1.2 PRODUCTSA.General: Provide materials selected for their surface flatness, smoothness, and freedom fromsurface blemishes.B. Steel and Iron: As follows:1. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.2. Rolled Floor Plates: ASTM A 786/A 786M/Rolled from plate complying with ASTM A36/A, 36M, GrandC or D.3. Cold-Formed Tubing: ASTM A 500.4. Pipe: ASTM A 53, standard weight (schedule 40), unless otherwise indicated. Paint black, unlessotherwise indicated.5. Gray-Iron Castings: ASTM A 48, Class 30.6. Concrete Inserts: Threaded or wedge type; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47 (ASTM A47M) malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as required,hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F2329.C.Aluminum: As follows:1. Extrusions: ASTM B 221 (ASTM B 221M), alloy 6063-T6.2. Rolled Tread Plate: ASTM B 632 (ASTM B 632M) Pattern 1, alloy 6061-T6.D.Fasteners: Provide plated fasteners complying with ASTM B 633, Class Fe/Zn 25 forelectrodeposited zinc coating, for exterior use or where built into exterior walls. Select fasteners for thetype, grade, & class req'd.E. Shop Primer for Ferrous Metal: Fast-curing, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkydprimer with good resistance to corrosion, compatible with finish paint systems, and complying withperformance requirements of FSTT-P-664.F. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint, with dry film containing not less than 94percent zinc dust by weight.G.Concrete Fill: Comply with requirements of Division 3 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" fornormal-weight concrete with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3,000 psi (20 MPa).H.Nonshrink, Metallic Grout: Factory-packaged, ferrous-aggregate grout complying with ASTM C 1107.I. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous groutcomplying with ASTM C 1107.J. Fabrication, General: Form from materials of type, size, thickness, and shapes indicated. Work todimensions indicated or accepted on shop drawings, using proven details of fabrication and support.Reassemble items in shop to greatest extent possible.1. Shear and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove sharp or rough areas and ease exposededges.2. Weld corners and seams continuously. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion anddevelop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.Remove welding flux immediately. Finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended.3. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners wherepossible. Locate joints where least conspicuous.4. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwiseimpairing work.K. Rough Hardware: Furnish custom-fabricated bolts, plates, anchors, hangers, dowels, and othermiscellaneous steel and iron shapes for supporting and anchoring woodwork.1. Galvanize, unless otherwise indicated.L. Loose Bearing and Leveling Plates: Provide for steel items bearing on masonry or concrete, asindicated. Drill plates to receive anchor bolts.1. Galvanize after fabrication.M. Loose Steel Lintels: Fabricate from shapes and to sizes indicated.1. Galvanize after fabrication.N. Shelf and Relieving Angles: Fabricate to sizes indicated for attachment to support framing. Provideslotted holes to receive 3/4-inch (19-mm) bolts, spaced not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from ends andnot more than 24 inches (600mm) o.c.1. Furnish wedge-type concrete inserts, complete with fasteners, to attach shelf angles to cast-in-placeconcrete.2. Galvanize shelf angles to be installed on exterior concrete.O. Miscellaneous Framing and Supports: Provide as required to complete the Work but not includedwith structural steel framework. Fabricate as indicated and required to receive adjacent construction.Fabricate from structural steel of welded construction. Drill and tap to receive hardware, hangers, andsimilar items. Include anchors for building into other work, spaced not more than 24 inches (600 mm) o.c.P. Miscellaneous Steel Trim: Fabricate from steel shapes, plates, and bars of profiles shown withcontinuously welded joints, and smooth exposed edges. Miter corners and use concealed field spliceswherever possible. Provide cutouts, fittings, and anchorages; coordinate assembly and installation withother work.Q. Pipe Bollards: Fabricate from Schedule 80 steel pipe capped with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) steel plate.1. Fabricate sleeves for bollards from steel pipe with 1/4-inch- (6.4-mm-) thick steel plate welded tobottom of sleeve.R. Finish metal fabrications after assembly. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual forArchitectural and Metal Products" for recommendations on application of finishes. Shop-prime ferrousmetal items not indicated to be galvanized.1. Hot-dip galvanize items indicated to be galvanized. Comply with ASTM A 153 or ASTM A 123 asapplicable.2. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 3"Power Tool Cleaning."3. Apply shop primer per requirements of SSPC-PA 1 "Paint Application Specification No. 1" for shoppainting.1.3 EXECUTIONA. Installation, General: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Setunits accurately in location, alignment and elevation with edges and surfaces level, plumb, and true.1. Fit exposed connections accurately together and weld, unless otherwise indicated. Do not weld, cut,or abrade the surfaces of galvanized units that are intended for bolted connections.2. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete masonryor similar construction.B. Set loose items on cleaned bearing surfaces using wedges or other adjustable devices. After theitems have been positioned and plumbed, tighten the anchor bolts and pack space with grout.1. Use nonshrink, metallic grout in concealed locations where not exposed to moisture; use nonshrink,nonmetallic grout in exposed locations, unless otherwise indicated.C. Anchor bollards in concrete with pipe sleeves preset into concrete. Fill space between bollard andsleeve solidly with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout.1. Fill bollards solidly with concrete, mounding top surface.D. Touch up shop paint after erection. Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas andpaint with same material as used for shop painting.E. For galvanized surfaces, clean welds, bolted connections, & abraded areas, & apply galvanizingrepair paint.F. Corrosion Protection: Coat concealed surfaces of aluminum that will come into contact with grout,concrete, masonry, wood or dissimilar with the following:1.Cast Aluminum: Heavy coat of bituminous paint.2.Extruded Aluminum: Two coats of clear lacquer.SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY1.1 GENERALA. Submittals: Submit the following:1. Product Data for engineered wood products, underlayment, insulating sheathing, air-infiltration barriers,metal framing anchors, and construction adhesives.2. Material certificates for dimension lumber specified to comply with minimum allowable unit stresses.3. Wood treatment data, including chemical treatment manufacturer's instructions for handling, storing,installing, and finishing treated materials.1.2 PRODUCTSA. Lumber, General: Comply with DOC PS 20 and with applicable grading rules of inspection agenciescertified by the American Lumber Standards Committee's (ALSC) Board of Review. Provide dressedlumber, S4S, with each piece factory marked with grade stamp of inspection agency.1. Provide lumber with 15 percent maximum moisture content at time of dressing for 2-inch nominal(38-mm actual) thickness or less, unless otherwise indicated.B. Wood-Preservative-Treated Materials: Comply with applicable requirements of AWPA C2 (lumber)and AWPA C9 (plywood). Mark each treated item with the Quality Mark Requirements of an inspectionagency approved by ALSC's Board of Review.1. Pressure treat aboveground items with waterborne preservatives to a minimum retention of 0.25 lb/cu.ft. (4.0 kg/cu. m). After treatment, kiln-dry lumber and plywood to a maximum moisture content of 15percent. Treat indicated items and the following:a. Wood cants, nailers, curbs, equipment support bases, blocking, stripping, and similar members inconnection with roofing, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.b. Wood sills, sleepers, blocking, furring, stripping, and similar concealed members in contact withmasonry or concrete.c. Wood framing members less than 18 inches (460 mm) above grade.d. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth.2. Complete fabrication of treated items before treatment, where possible. If cut after treatment, applyfield treatment complying with AWPA M4 to cut surfaces. Inspect each piece of lumber or plywood afterdrying and discard damaged or defective pieces.3. For exposed items indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use chemical formulations that donot require incising, contain colorants, bleed through, or otherwise adversely affect the finishes.C.Dimension Lumber: Provide dimension lumber of grades indicated according to the ALSC NationalGrading Rule (NGR) provisions of the inspection agency indicated.1. Framing Other than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: Provide Construction or No. 2 grade and any of thefollowing species:a. Species: Southern pine; SPIB.b. Species: Douglas fir-larch; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.c. Species: Hem-fir; NLGA, WCLIB, or WWPA.d. Species: Douglas fir south; WWPA.2. Framing Other than Non-Load-Bearing Partitions: Provide any species and grade with a modulus ofelasticity of at least 1,300,000 psi (8950 MPa) and an extreme fiber stress in bending of at least 850 psi(5.9 MPa) for 2-inch nominal (38 mm-actual) thickness and 12-inch nominal (286-mm actual) width forsingle member use.D. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials:1. General: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20 (lumber) and AWPA C27 (plywood).a.Use Exterior type for exterior locations and where indicated.b.Use Interior Type A, High Temperature (HT) for enclosed roof framing, framing in attic spaces, andwhere otherwise indicated.2. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspectingagency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.a.For exposed lumber indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, mark end or back of each piece oromit marking and provide certificates of treatment compliance issued by inspection agency.3. For exposed items to indicated to receive a stained or natural finish, use formulations that do not bleedthrough, contain colorants, or otherwise adversely affect finishes.E. Miscellaneous Lumber: Provide No. 3 or Standard grade lumber of any species for support orattachment of other construction, including rooftop equipment curbs and support bases, cant strips,bucks, nailers, blocking, and similar members.F. Air-Infiltration Barrier: Air retarder complying with ASTM E 1677; made from polyolefins; eithercross-laminated films, woven strands, or spunbonded fibers; coated or uncoated; with or withoutperforations to transmit water vapor but not liquid water; and with minimum water-vapor transmission of10 perms (575 ng/Pa x s x sq. m) when tested according to ASTM E 96, Procedure A.G.Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in groundcontact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with a hot-dip zinc coating per ASTM A 153or of Type 304 stainless steel.1. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.2. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property Class 4.6); with ASTMA 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.H.Metal Framing Anchors: Provide galvanized steel framing anchors of structural capacity, type, andsize indicated and as follows:1. Research or Evaluation Reports: Provide products for which model code research or evaluationreports exist that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction and that evidence of compliance ofmetal framing anchors for application indicated with building code in effect for Project.2. Allowable Design Loads: Provide products with allowable design loads, as published by manufacturer,that meet or exceed those indicated. Manufacturer's published values shall be determined from empiricaldata or by rational engineering analysis, and demonstrated by comprehensive testing performed by aqualified independent testing agency.3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: Hot-dip, zinc-coated steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653, G60 (ASTM A653M, Z180) coating designation; structural, commercial, or lock-forming quality, as standard withmanufacturer for type of anchor indicated.I. Sill-Sealer Gaskets: Glass-fiber-resilient insulation, fabricated in strip form, for use as a sill sealer;1-inch (25-mm) nominal thickness, compressible to 1/32 inch (0.8mm); selected from manufacturer'sstandard widths to suit width of sill members indicated.J. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: Formulation complying with APA AFG-01 that isapproved for use with type of construction panel indicated by both adhesive and panel manufacturers.K. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: DOC PS 1, exterior, AC where exposed toview, [Exterior, C-C Plugged, where acceptable to owner/landlord] [fire-retardant treated where required,]in thickness indicated or, if not indicated, not less than 3/4-inch nominal thickness.1.3 EXECUTIONA. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted.B. Fit rough carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as required for accurate fit. Correlatelocation of furring, nailers, blocking, grounds, and similar supports to allow attachment of otherconstruction.C. Securely attach rough carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated,complying with the following:1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven staples, P-nails, and allied fasteners.2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer.3. "Recommended Nailing Schedule" of referenced framing standard and with AFPA's "National DesignSpecifications for Wood Construction."4. "Table 23-I-Q--Nailing Schedule" of the Uniform Building Code.5. "Table 2305.2--Fastening Schedule" of the B.O.C.A. National Building Code where applicable.6. "Table 1705.1--Fastening Schedule," of the Standard Building Code.7. "Table 2304.9.1--Fastening Schedule," of the International Building Code.D.Use hot-dip galvanized or stainless-steel nails where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, inground contact, or in area of high relative humidity.E. Countersink nail heads on exposed carpentry work and fill holes with wood filler.F. Framing Standard: Comply with AFPA's "Manual for Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwiseindicated.G.Air-Infiltration Barrier: Cover sheathing with air-infiltration barrier to comply with manufacturer'swritten instructions.1. Apply air-infiltration barrier to cover upstanding flashing with 4-inch (100-mm) overlap.a.All manufacturers of air barrier, installation and flashing products are to provide letters of compatibilityfor these products in combination with each other.SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRYPART 1 - GENERAL (Not Applicable)PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MATERIALS, GENERALA.Lumber Standards: DOC PS 20 and grading rules of inspection agencies certified by AmericanLumber Standards Committee Board of Review.B. Softwood Plywood: DOC PS 1. C. Hardwood Plywood: HPVA HP-1.2.2 STANDING AND RUNNING TRIMA.Exterior Lumber Trim: Smooth-textured Clear Heart, western red cedar, Grade A, western red cedar,B & B, southern yellow pine.B. Exterior Primed Hardboard Trim: High-temperature cured, high-resin, wood fiber composite; factoryprimed; and recommended by manufacturer for exterior use.C.Interior Trim: Painted Trim C Select, eastern white pine; B & Btr. Select or Supreme, Idaho white,lodgepole, ponderosa, or sugar pine, Stained Trim rift-sawn, clear, kiln-dried red oak selected forcompatible grain and color. rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SPECIFICATIONSSLSMOSP3SECTION 06400 - CUSTOM CASEWORKField Installation:1. Install casework plumb, level, true and straight with no distortions. Shim as required using concealedshims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8" in 8'-0" for plumb and level and with no variations in flushness ofadjoining surfaces. Scribe and cut to fit adjoining work. Anchor to blocking or directly to substrates withoutdistortion so that cabinet doors fit openings properly and are accurately aligned. Adjust hardware to centerdoors in openings and to provide free operation. Anchor countertops securely to base units and othersupport systems as indicated.Adjust and clean:1. Repair damaged and defective casework where possible to eliminate defects, where not possible torepair, replace casework. Clean, lubricate and adjust hardware for smooth operation.2. Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet work is complete, and HVAC system isoperating and maintaining temperature and relative humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder ofthe construction period.SECTION 07210 - BUILDING INSULATION1.1 GENERALA. Submittals: Product Data for each type of insulation product specified.B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Provide insulation and related materials with thefire-test-response characteristics indicated as determined by testing identical products per ASTM E 84,ASTM E 119, or ASTM E 136 by UL or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authoritieshaving jurisdiction. Identify materials with appropriate markings of applicable testing and inspecting agency.C.All manufacturers of vapor barrier, insulation and flashing products, are to provide letters ofcompatibility for these products in combination with each other.1.2 PRODUCTSA.General: Provide insulating materials that comply with requirements and with referenced standards.1. Preformed Units: Sizes to fit applications indicated; selected from manufacturer's standard thickness,widths, and lengths.B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: Rigid, cellular polyisocyanurate thermal insulation faced on bothsides with aluminum foil to comply with requirements indicated below:1. ASTM Standard: ASTM C 1289, Type I, Class 1 or 2.C.Unfaced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I (blankets without membrane facing) oftype described below:1. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool.2. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass.3. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from slag or rock wool.4. Surface-Burning Characteristics: Maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50,respectively.D.Faced Mineral-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type III, Class A (blankets with reflectivevapor-retarder membrane facing and flame spread of 25 or less); with foil-scrim-kraft, foil-scrim, orfoil-scrim-polyethylene vapor-retarder membrane on 1 face.1. Mineral-Fiber Type: Fibers manufactured from glass.E. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, 6 mils (0.15 mm) thick, with maximum permeancerating of 0.13 perm (7.5ng/Pa x s x sq. m) and vapor retarded tape: pressure -sensitive tape of typerecommended by vapor retarder manufacturer for sealing joining and penetrations in vapor retarder.F. Adhesive for Bonding Insulation: Product with demonstrated capability to bond insulation securely tosubstrates indicated without damaging insulation and substrates. Verify compatibility of manufacturer ofinsulation.1.3 EXECUTIONA.Installation, General: Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to productsand application indicated.1. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, unsoiled, and has not been exposed at any time to ice andsnow.2. Extend insulation in thickness indicated to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly aroundobstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.3. Apply single layer of insulation to produce thickness indicated, unless multiple layers are otherwiseshown or required to make up total thickness.B. Install board insulation on concrete substrates by adhesively attached, spindle-type insulationanchors.C.Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure in placewith adhesives or other anchorage system. Seal all joints caused by seams, pipes, conduits, electricalboxes and similar items penetrating objects and vapor retarders. Repair tears or punctures immediatelybefore concealment by other work.D.Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures,physical abuse, sunlight (UV) and other causes.SECTION 072619 - TOPICAL MOISTURE VAPOR MITIGATION SYSTEM (ARDEX)PART 1 - GENERAL1.1RELATED DOCUMENTSDrawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division01, Division 03, and Division 09 specifications that apply to this Section1.2SUMMARYA.This Section includes a single-coat, fast-curing, 100% solids epoxy moisture management systemformulated to suppress excessive moisture vapor emissions in new or existing concrete prior to installingan ARDEX Underlayment.1. ARDEX MC™ RAPID One-Coat Moisture Control System2. ARDEX P 82™ Ultra Prime3. ARDEX ARDIFIX™ Two-Part, Low Viscosity Rigid Polyurethane4. ARDEX ARDISEAL™ RAPID PLUS Fast Setting Semi-Rigid Joint Sealant5. ARDEX K15, V1200, K60, K13 or K10 Self Leveling Underlayments6. ARDEX MRP™ Moisture Resistant PatchA.Related Sections include the following:1. Section 03 30 00, Cast-In-Place Concrete2. Division 09 Flooring Sections1.3REFERENCESA.ASTM F2170 - Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using in situ ProbesB.ASTM F1869 - Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium ChlorideC.ASTM 710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient FlooringD.ASTM C1583 - Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Concrete Surfaces and the Bond Strengthor Tensile Strength of Concrete Repair and Overlay Materials by Direct TensionE.ASTM E96 - Standard Test Methods for Water Vapor Transmission of MaterialsF.ASTM D1308 - Chemical Resistance of FinishesG.ASTM F3010-13-Two-Component Resin Based Membrane-Forming Moisture Mitigation Systems forUse Under Resilient Floor Coverings.1.4SUBMITTALSA.Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each material andproduct used. Include manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets.B.Qualification Data: For Installer1.5QUALITY ASSURANCEA.Installation of the ARDEX product must be completed by a factory trained applicator, such as anARDEX LevelMaster Elite® or ARDEX Choice Contractor, using mixing equipment and tools approved bythe manufacturer. Contact ARDEX for a list of certified installers. See Ardex contact information on CS3.0sheet.B. Manufacturer Experience: Provide products of this section by companies which have successfullyspecialized in production of this type of work for not less than 5 years. Contact ManufacturerRepresentative prior to installation.1.6WARRANTYA.Certified applicator must file a pre-installation checklist with the manufacturer and receive writtenconfirmation of the approval to proceed in order to obtain the extended 10-year ARDEX MC™ RAPIDWarranty.1.7DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGA.Deliver products in original packaging, labeled with product identification, manufacturer, batch numberand shelf life.B. Store products in a dry area with temperature maintained between 50° and 85° F (10° and 29° C)and Protect from direct sunlight.C.Handle products in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations.1.8PROJECT CONDITIONSA.Do not install material below 50° F (10° C) surface and air temperatures. These temperatures mustalso be maintained during and for 48 hours after the installation of products included in this section. Installquickly if substrate is warm and follow warm weather instructions available from the ARDEX TechnicalService Department.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1TOPICAL MOISTURE VAPOR EMISION SYSTEMA.One-Coat Moisture Control System for Concrete to Receive ARDEX Underlayments and ToppingsAcceptable Products:a.ARDEX MC™ RAPID; Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements: 400 Ardex ParkDrive, Aliquippa, Pa 15001 USA 724-203-50001. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 70°F+/-3°F (21° C+/-3°C) and 50% +/-5%relative humidity:a. Application: Manualb. Material Requirements on CSP 3 Prepared Concrete: Max 270 sq. ft. per mixed unit for 10 milsc. Permeability (ASTM E96): ≤0.06 permsd. 14 pH solution (ASTM D1308): No effecte. Working Time: 20 minutesf. Pot Life: 20 minutesg. VOC: 0g/L, calculated SCAQMD 1113h. Walkable: Minimum of 4 hoursi.Prime and Install Underlayment: Minimum 4 hours, maximum 24 hours2.2HYDRAULIC CEMENT UNDERLAYMENTA.Hydraulic Cement-based Self-Leveling Underlayment.1. Acceptable Products:a.ARDEX K 15®; Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements: 400 Ardex Park Drive, Aliquippa, Pa15001 USA, (724) 203-5000, www.ardexamericas.comi.Primer: ARDEX P 82™ Ultra Prime2. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 70°F+/-3°F (21° C+/-3°C) and 50% +/-5% relative humidity:a.Application: Barrel Mix or Pumpb.Flow Time: 10 minutesc.Initial Set: Approx. 30 minutesd.Final Set: Approx. 90 minutese.Compressive Strength: Minimum 4100 psi at 28 days, ASTM C109M.f.Flexural Strength: 1000 psi at 28 days, ASTM C78.g.VOC: 0 g/l, calculated SCAQMD 11132.3ALTERNATE UNDERLAYMENTS: When appropriate and when technical criteria are met for eachunderlayment, ARDEX K10, K13, K60 and V1200 are also approved underlayments for use on Ultaprojects. Alternate underlayments must meet technical requirements of conditions and moisture mitigationsystem being used (if any).2.4 WATER: Water shall be clean, potable, and sufficiently cool (not warmer than 70°F).2.5CRACK REPAIR: As required to provide a sound, solid substrate to accept the moisture controlsystem:1.ARDEX ARDIFIX™ Two-Part, Low Viscosity Rigid Polyurethane2.ARDEX ARDISEAL™ RAPID PLUS Fast Setting Semi-Rigid Joint SealantPART 3 - EXECUTION3.1PREPARATIONA.Concrete Subfloors: Prepare substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.1. Prior to proceeding please refer to ASTM F710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors toReceive Resilient Flooring. All concrete subfloors must be sound, solid, clean, and free of all oil, grease,dirt, curing compounds and any substance that might act as a bond breaker before application.2. Mechanical preparation of the surface is required to obtain a minimum ICRI concrete surface profile of 3(CSP 3). This substrate preparation must be by mechanical means, such as shot blasting.3. The concrete must have a minimum tensile strength of at least 150 psi for areas to receive normal foottraffic, and 200 psi for area of heavy commercial traffic when tested in accordance with ASTM C1583. Theconcrete surface can be damp, but must be free of standing water.4. Prior to beginning the installation, measure the relative humidity within the concrete (ASTM F2170). Forthese relative humidity methods, the RH shall not exceed 100%. No standing water shall be present.5. If the concrete substrate is too uneven to provide a uniform film thickness of the ARDEXMC™ RAPID (typically CSP 6 or higher), the substrate can be pre-smoothed using ARDEXK 301™ Self-Leveling Exterior Concrete Topping or ARDEX MRP™ Moisture Resistant Patch.3.2APPLICATION OF ARDEX MC™ RAPID:A.Examine substrates and conditions under which materials will be installed. Do not proceed withinstallation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.B. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction. Protectadjacent areas from contact due to mixing and handling of materials.C. Mixing: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following.1. Each individual 22lb. unit contains separate, pre-measured quantities of hardener (Part B) and the resin(Part A). After opening each container, stir the individual components thoroughly before blending. Thehardening agent (Part B) is added to the resin (Part A).2. Pour all of the hardener into the resin portion and stir thoroughly for a minimum of 3 minutes using a lowspeed drill and an epoxy mixing paddle. Once mixed, pour some of the epoxy back into the hardenercontainer, stir for 10 seconds, and then pour all of the contents back into the resin container. Mix for anadditional 30 seconds before applying.D.Application: Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions and the following.1. Apply the first coat of freshly mixed ARDEX MC™ RAPID to the prepared concrete surface in a uniformdirection at an application rate of up to 270 sq. ft. per unit to achieve a coating thickness of 10 mils. Use ashort-nap paint roller or notched squeegee for smoother surfaces, and a longer nap roller for more unevensubstrates. To minimize the potential for pinhole formation, work the ARDEX MC™ RAPID into the surfacewith the roller to ensure maximum penetration. ARDEX MC™ RAPID can also be worked into the surfacewith a paintbrush for hard to reach areas and corners. Once the area is completely coated, allow to dry fora minimum of 4 hours (max. 24 hours). It is not necessary to re-test the substrate for moisture emissionsprior to installing the floor covering.2. For ARDEX Underlayment applications of ¼” or less, prime the surface of the ARDEX MC™ RAPID withARDEX P 82™ Ultra Prime. Allow the AREX P 82™ Ultra Prime to drythoroughly (min. 3 hours; max. 24 hours) before installing the underlayment.3. For ARDEX Underlayment applications greater than ¼” (6mm), or if the ARDEX MC™ RAPID was notworked into the surface sufficiently enough to prevent pinholes, a third coat with sand broadcast isneeded. No ARDEX P82™ Ultra Prime in required.a.Working at a 90° angle to the direction the first coat was applied; apply the ARDEX MC™ RAPID at acoverage rate of 10 mils. While this coat is still in a fresh state (maximum 20 minutes), broadcast anexcess of fine sand (less than 1/50 of an inch in grain size or 98.5% passing sieve size #35 or #30)consistently over the entire area.Note: When broadcasting sand,use a NIOSH approved dust mask in conformance with OSHArequirements regarding the handling of sand. Do not stand or walk on the freshly applied epoxy whenbroadcasting the sand.b.Once an area has been completely covered with sand, the surface of the sand can be walked on, beingcareful not to expose the epoxy at any time. Use approximately 1 lb. of sand per square foot of area.Once the sand broadcast is complete, avoid all traffic over the surface for a minimum of 4 hours.c.After 4 hours, broom sweep and vacuum the surface to remove all loose sand. The clean, preparedsurface of the sand is the priming system for the ARDEX Underlayment. No additional priming isrequired.d.Following the application of MC RAPID and primer or sand broadcast, install the ARDEX Underlayment,such as ARDEX K 15® Premium Self-Leveling Concrete Underlayment, or Topping in accordance withprinted instructions found in the corresponding technical brochure.e.It is not necessary to re-test the substrate for moisture emissions prior to installing the coating or floorcovering.3.3FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA.Where specified, field sampling of the ARDEX products is to be done by taking an entire unopenedbag/unit of the product being installed to an independent testing facility to perform testing. There is noin-situ test method applicable for this system.3.4PROTECTIONA.Prior to the installation of the finish flooring, the surface of the underlayment should be protected fromabuse by other trades by the use of plywood, Masonite or other suitable protection course.SECTION 072619 - TOPICAL MOISTURE VAPOR MITIGATION SYSTEM (MAPEI)PART 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSDrawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such as Division01, Division 03, and Division 09 specifications that apply to this Section.1.2 SUMMARYA.Work includes Moisture Vapor Emission (MVE) Control System (Topical Moisture Vapor MitigationSystem) to prepare surface of concrete to receive moisture sensitive adhesives and floor coverings. MVEControl System will protect finish flooring from moisture and pH Alkalinity.1.Exterior rated, no moisture limit, trowel grade mortars to repair concrete prior to application of MVEControl coating.4. Static and dynamic concrete crack repair materials.5. Fluid-applied, resin-based, membrane-forming coating to control the moisture vapor emission rate(MVER) of interior [suspended concrete slabs][slab on grade][light weight slabs].6. Bond promoting primer for non-absorbent substrate to receive cementitious underlayments.5.Self-leveling floor underlayment.1.3 UNIT PRICE ALTERNATE1.4 RELATED SECTIONSA.03 30 00 Cast-In-Place Concrete.B.03 39 23 Membrane Concrete Curing.C.03 54 16 Hydraulic Cement Underlayment.D.07 16 00 Cementitious and Reactive Waterproofing.E.07 26 00 Vapor Retarder.F.09 30 00Tiling.G.09 33 00Stone Tiling.H.09 60 00 Flooring.I.09 62 00 Specialty Flooring.J.09 64 00 Wood Flooring.K.09 65 00 Resilient Flooring.L.09 66 00 Terrazzo Flooring.M.09 67 00 Fluid Applied Flooring.N.09 68 00 Carpeting.O.09 97 00 Special Coatings.1.5 REFERENCES - Current versions at Bid DateA.ASTM F 1869 - Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of ConcreteSubfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride.B.ASTM F 2170 - Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Usingin situ Probes.C.ASTM 1907 - Standard Practices for Determining the Moisture-Related Acceptability of Concrete Floorsto Receive Moisture- Sensitive Finishes.D.ASTM E 96 - Standard Test Method for Water Vapor Transmission of MaterialsE.ASTM 4541B - Pull-Off Strength of Coatings.F.ASTM C109 - Standard Test Method for the Compressive Strength of Hydraulic Cement Mortars.G.ASTM C1708 - Standard Test Method for Self-Leveling Mortars Containing Hydraulic Cement.H.ASTM F2873 - Standard Practice for the Installation of Self-Leveling Underlayment and the Preparationof Surface to Receive Resilient Flooring.I.ASTM D5125 - Standard Test Method for Viscosity of Paints and Related Materials by ISO Flow Cups.J.ASTM E1155 - Standard Test Method for Determining FF (Floor Flatness) and FL (Floor Levelness).K.ASTM F3010 - Standard practice for Two-Component Resin Based Membrane-Forming MoistureMitigation System for use Under Resilient Floor Covering.L.ACI 503.1R, ASTM C1583 - Bond Strength or Tensile Strength of Concrete Repair and Overlay Materialsby Direct Tension (Pull-off Method).M.ASTM D7234 - Standard Test Method for Pull-Off Adhesion Strength of Coatings on Concrete UsingPortable Pull-Off Adhesion Tester.N.ASTM C1583/ACI 503.1R - Standard Test Method for Tensile Strength of Concrete Surfaces and theBond Strength or Tensile Strength of Concrete Repair and Overlay Materials by Direct Tension (Pull-offMethod).O.ASTM 710 - Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring.P.ICRI (International Concrete Repair Institute) Guide 310.2R - Selecting and Specifying ConcreteSurface Preparation for Sealers, Coatings, Polymer Overlays and Concrete Repair.Q.RFCI - Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings, Resilient FloorCovering Institute.R.ACI 504 R-90 - Guide to Sealing Joints in Concrete Structures.S.ACI 302.1 - Guide for Concrete Floor Slab Construction.T.ACI 302.2 - Guide for Concrete Slabs that Receive Moisture- Sensitive Flooring Materials.U.ASTM D1308 - Chemical Resistance of Finishes.V.United States Green Building Council (USGBC) LEED certification or other sustainability certification.W.South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) 1168.X.ASTM C856 Standard Practice for Petrographic Examination of Hardened Concrete.1.6 DEFINITIONSA.MVE: Moisture Vapor Emission.B.MVER: Moisture Vapor Emission Rate (measured in pounds / 1000 sf / 24 hours).C.RH: Relative Humidity (measured in percentage).D.VOC: Volatile Organic Compound (measured in grams/Liter).E.CSP: Concrete Surface Profile defined by ICRI.1.7 ACTION SUBMITTALSA.Comply with provisions of Section 01 30 00.B.Product Data: Manufacturer's data sheets on each product to be used, including:1.Preparation instructions and recommendations.2.Storage and handling requirements and recommendations.3.Installation methods.C.Manufacturer's Safety Data Sheets (SDS).D.Shop Drawings: Details of construction and relationship with adjacent construction. Indicate location ofbuilding movement joints.E.LEED Design Submittals:1.Product Data indicating VOC content of coatings.2.Laboratory Test Results indicating compliance with low-emitting materials3.Manufacturer's product data indicating no urea-formaldehyde content.4.Documentation showing test results measuring VOC content according to SQAQMD Rule No 1113.F.Warranty:1.MVE Control System Manufacturers [10 year] [ Lifetime] Warranty.1.8 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALSA.Qualification Data: Dates that Contractor's on-site personnel received training by the moisture vaporcontrol system manufacturer.B.Submit list of at least three similar projects performed by the Contractor within the previous three yearsthat used the same products and similar moisture vapor control system and self-leveling underlayment.C.Pre-Installation Moisture Vapor Test Reports.D.Field Quality Control Reports including Moisture Vapor Tests and Bond Strength Pull Tests on coatingsand repair mortars.1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLINGA.Deliver and store products in manufacturer's unopened original packaging until ready for installation.Record product codes and batch numbers and shelf life.B.Store products in a dry area with temperature maintained between 50°F and 85°F (10°C and 29°C)and protect from direct sunlight.C.Store and dispose of solvent-based materials, and materials used with solvent-based materials, inaccordance with requirements of local authorities having jurisdiction.D.Handle products in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations.1.10 QUALITY ASSURANCEA.Manufacturer Qualifications: Minimum 5 years manufacturing concrete resurfacing and rehabilitationproducts. Employs factory trained personnel who are available for product knowledge training.B.Installer Qualifications: Minimum 5 years installing moisture vapor emission control systems.C.Mock-Up: Provide a mock-up for evaluation of surface preparation techniques and applicationworkmanship.1.Finish areas designated by Architect.2.Do not proceed with remaining work until mockup is approved by Architect.3.Refinish mock-up area as required to produce acceptable work.4.Mockup will be basis for quality control evaluation on remainder of Work.1.11 FIELD CONDITIONSA.Environmental Limitations: Comply with MVE control systems manufacturer's written instructions forsubstrate and ambient temperature, but not less than 50°F (10°C) and not more than 90°F (32°C) at least48 hours before use.B.Maintain ambient air temperature and relative humidity in installation areas within range recommendedin writing by MVE control systems manufacturer, but not less than 50°F (10°C) or more than 90°F (32°C)and not less than 40 or more than 60 percent air relative humidity for 48 hours before, during installation,and for 48 hours after installation, unless longer period is recommended in writing by manufacturer.C.Install MVE control systems where concrete surface temperature will remain a minimum of °5F (3°C)higher than the dew point for ambient temperature and relative humidity conditions in installation areas for48 hours before installation, during installation, and for 48 hours after installation unless longer period isrecommended in writing by manufacturer.1.12 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: Conduct conference at [Project site] [Off site address]A.Discuss Contract Document Requirements, moisture tests, manufacturer recommendations, installer'srecommendations, scheduling, and protection of work from damage by other trades.B.Attendance required by: Contractor, Floor Installer, Manufacturer's Representative, Independent testingagency, Concrete Subcontractor, Ready Mix supplier.C.Objective of conference is:1.Review methods and procedures2. Tour job site representative areas to inspect and discuss condition of substrate3. Review concrete finishing requirements4. Review and finalize construction schedule5. Review required inspections, testing, certifications, material usage procedures6. Review environmental restrictions and forecasts7. Record content of conference including attendance and topics.D.Furnish record of pre-installation conference to all parties who are affected by MVE control systemswork.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 MANUFACTURERSA.Acceptable Manufacturer: MAPEI Corporation, 1144 E. Newport Center Drive, Deerfield Beach, FL33442, USA. Toll-Free Tel.: 1-800-992-6273. Fax: 954-246-8805. Email:TechServiceRequests@mapei.com. Web: www.mapei.us.2.2 MVE SYSTEMA.Components of MVE Control System from single source manufacturer. Do not mix products fromdifferent manufacturers. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:1.Concrete Repair Mortar: Minimum compressive strength after 4 hours > 1650 psi and after 28 days >4000psi when tested in accordance with ASTM C109 / C109M. Repair mortar to be exterior rated with nomoisture limitations for use to repair concrete prior to application of MVE control system.a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Planiprep® MRS.b.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Mapecem® Quickpatch withPlanicrete® UA additive.2.Crack Repair Resin for static non-moving joints:a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Epojet™ LV or MAPEI, Planibond®EBA. Thickening with sand is acceptable.3.Crack Repair for dynamic movement joints:a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Mapeflex™ P1 SL one-Component,Self-Leveling Elastomeric Polyurethane Sealant.4.MVE Control System:a.Epoxy Coating component of the MVE Control System when MVER is up to MVER is up to 25 lbs. per1,000 square feet (9.07 kg per 92.9 m²) per 24 hours: ASTM F3010 qualified, fluid-applied, twocomponent, 100% solids epoxy resin, low viscosity, penetrating, one-coat membrane forming system;formulated for application on concrete substrates to reduce MVER to level required for installation of floorcovering indicated, including adhesives.1) Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Planiseal® VS.2)Performance for Relative Humidity ASTM F2170: up to 100% RH.3)VOC Content SCAQMD Rule No 1168: < 50 g per L4)Viscosity: < 250 cps5) Pull Off / Bond Strength / Concrete Adhesion ASTM D7234: > 1000 psi (6.90 mPa) at 28 days withfailure in concrete substrate.6) Permeability ASTM E96-05: < 0.1 perm at > 10 mil Dry Film Thickness7)Reduction of Moisture Vapor Transmission ASTM E96: > 96% at 10 mil DFT.8) Alkali Resistance ASTM D1308: No affect up to pH 14 at 14 days.9) Relative Humidity Resistance ASTM 2170: Resists up to 100% RH.5.Bond Promoting Primer over non-absorbent MVE Control Epoxy Coating to receive up to 3/8 inchthickness of Self-Leveling Underlayment:a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Primer T™.6.Bond Promoting Primer over non-absorbent MVE Control Epoxy Coating to receive over 3/8 inchthickness of Self-Leveling Underlayment:a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPI, Primer E™ with sand broadcast.Consult Manufacturer.7.Self-Leveling Underlayment to be shrinkage compensated to smooth and flatten floors. Minimumcompressive strength after 7 days > 2000 psi, and after 28 days > 3500 psi when tested in accordance withASTM C109 / C109M:a.High-Performance, Quick-Setting, Hydraulic Cement Underlayment: Polymer-modified, self-leveling,hydraulic cement product that can be applied from 1/16 inch to 1-1/2 inches (1.5 mm to 38 mm).1)Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Ultraplan® 1 Plus.b.Reduced-Preparation, Hydraulic Cement Underlayment: Polymer-modified, self-leveling, hydrauliccement product that can be applied from featheredge to 2 inches (5 cm).1)Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Ultraplan® Easy.c.Quick-Setting, Hydraulic Cement Underlayment: Polymer-modified, self-leveling, hydraulic cementproduct that can be applied in minimum uniform thickness of 1/8 inch to 1 inch (3 mm to 25 mm).1)Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Novoplan® 2 Plus.d.Reduced-Preparation, Hydraulic Cement Underlayment: Polymer-modified, self-leveling, hydrauliccement product that can be applied in minimum uniform thickness of 1/8 inch to 1 inch (3 mm to 25 mm).1)Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Novoplan® Easy Plus.8.Final skim coat as needed prior to installing floor finish:a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Planiprep™ SC.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 EXAMINATIONA.Allow at least 7 days after placement of concrete to begin this Work.B.Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture RHcontent ASTM F2170, and/or MVE ASTM F1869 per the floor covering manufacturer.C.Verify slab has not been contaminated.D.Perform water bead test and photographically record contact angle of water bead meniscus to the floorto ensure concrete is hydrophilic.E.Record alkalinity testing per ASTM F710.F.Record ambient air RH, dew point and temperature.G.Record slab temperature.H.Concrete substrates must be structurally sound, solid, and meet industry standards as defined in ACICommittee 201 Report “Guide to Durable Concrete”.I.Notify Architect of out of tolerance conditions that will affect Work. Proceed with installation only afterunsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Installation of moisture control system indicatesacceptance of surfaces and conditions.3.2 PREPARATION TESTINGA.Pre-installation Testing by independent Testing Agency: [Owner will engage] [Engage] a qualifiedtesting agency to perform tests. Testing performed by an ICRI Concrete Moisture Testing Technician -Grade 1.B.Alkalinity Testing: Perform pH testing according to ASTM F710. Install MVE control system in areaswhere pH readings are less than [7.0][x] and in areas where pH readings are greater than [9.0][x].C.Moisture testing: Conform to ICRI test standards for three tests in the first 1000 sq. ft. and one test per1000 sq. ft. after that. Perform no fewer than three tests in each installation area and with tests evenlyspaced in installation to best represent the widest range of conditions.1.Perform Anhydrous Calcium Chloride Test: ASTM F1869. Install MVE Control system in locations whereconcrete substrate MVER exceeds [three] [ x ] lbs. of water / 1000 sq. ft. / 24 hours (1.36 kg water / 92.9sq. m / 24 hours).2.Perform Internal Relative Humidity Testing: ASTM D2170. Install MVE Control System in locations whereconcrete substrate RH exceeds [80%] [85%][90%][95%][100%].D.Bond Testing: Install minimum 100 sq. ft. (9.29 sq. m) test area of complete assembly of MVE ControlSystem bonded to prepared concrete substrate. Proceed with installation if tensile bond strength on MVEControl System is greater than 200 psi (1.38MPa) in heavy commercial traffic and 150 psi for normal foottraffic when tested in accordance with ASTM C1583.E.Concrete Core Test1.X Ray Diffraction (XRD) analysis which includes the evaluation of the concrete solids via energydispersive x-ray analysis (EDXA) 0-4 mm BTC Profile - (Below Top of Core Surface).2.Infra-red (IR) spectroscopy which is the organic chemical analysis, 0-4 mm BTC profile.3.Ion Chromatography (IC) analysis which is the analysis of water-soluble CL, SO4, K & Na 0-4 mm BTCProfile.3.3 SURFACE PREPARATIONA.Clean and prepare concrete substrate according to MVE control system manufacturer's writteninstructions to ensure adhesion of systems to concrete.B.For direct application of epoxy MVE control coating without mechanical profiling, concrete must beporous, have a CSP of #2 to #3, and be in pristine condition with no contamination present.C.Mechanically remove coatings and other substances that are incompatible with MVE control systemsand that contain soap, wax, oil, or silicone, using mechanical methods recommended in writing by MVEcontrol systems Manufacturer. Do not use solvents. Do not acid etch. Mechanically remove troweled CSP 1finish. Concrete surface must be mechanically profiled using dustless, engineer-approved methods toobtain a CSP of #2 to #3.1.[Method One: Achieve ICRI 310.2R Minimum CSP 3 by shot blasting using apparatus that abrades theconcrete surface with shot, contains the dispensed shot within the apparatus and recirculates the shot byvacuum pickup. Shot-blast with spherical steel shot SAE size range 230 - 300 as necessary to produce therequired profile. Remove all residual shot with a magnet. Use a handheld grinder to CSP 2 only in areasthat cannot be reached with bead blasting].2.[Method Two: Achieve ICRI 310.2R Minimum CSP 2 by diamond grinding that abrades the concretesurface. Remove all dust by vacuuming with high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter].D.Excessively weak, soft, dusty, cracked, or uneven surfaces may not be suitable substrates and mayrequire additional concrete removal techniques such as scarification and then patching prior to applicationof the MVE Control System.E.Asbestos abated slabs may have hydrophobic organic compounds in the capillaries of the concretewhich will be a bond break for coatings. Microscopic petrographic examination according to ASTM C856 toevaluate the concrete condition, potential deleterious substances and suitability for shot-blasting andcoating adhesion.F.Reinforcing fibers that become visible after shot blasting must be removed and vacuumed leaving nofibers exposed above the concrete surfaces.G.Do not install MVE Control System if substrate testing reveals unacceptable conditions.H.Ensure that all old adhesives, contaminants, curing compounds, oils, silicates, dust and other bondbreakers are completely removed.I.Remove dust and debris by broom sweeping and then vacuuming with High Efficiency Particulate Air(HEPA) filter. Do not use sweeping compound as they contain oils and wax that would contaminate theconcrete surface and inhibit bond of MVE Control System.J.After shot blasting, repair damaged and deteriorated concrete according to MVE control systemmanufacturer's written instructions.K.Prior to application of MVE Control Epoxy Coating, fill substrate surface depressions, ruts, spalls andother irregularities with exterior grade patch:1.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Planiprep® MRS.2.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Mapecem® Quickpatch with MAPEI,Planicrete® UA additive.L.Do not skimcoat entire concrete slab prior to application of epoxy MVE control system.M.Allow concrete to off-gas after bead blasting for a minimum of 24 hours but no more than 48 hours toavoid contamination by other trades. Failure to wait may result in the epoxy coatings ability to perform asan MVE control due to pin-holing, blisters and fish-eyes.3.4 CRACK PREPARATIONA.Consult with an experienced engineer to determine the appropriate substrate repair procedures andjoint treatment methods. Engineer to address contraction as well as potential expansion, movement andisolation joints. Cracks or de-bonding in the MVE control system that results from substrate movement arenot required to be warranted.B.Record location of cracks, both static and dynamic, on shop drawings.C.Do not apply MVE control system across substrate expansion, isolation, and other dynamic movingjoints.D.Mechanically prepare non-moving control and construction joints with a diamondcrack-chasing/concrete-cutting blade. Overcut joint width to obtain a sound, clean edge. Clean cracks orjoints with oil-free compressed air and dustless high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filter vacuum tocompletely remove contaminants (follow ACI RAP Bulletin 2, “Crack Repair by Gravity Feed with Resin”).E.Pre-filling static thin random drying shrinkage cracks (less than 0.01 inch (0.25 mm) width and notvertically displaced) is not required. Apply MAPEI, Planiseal® VS normally over areas of thin shrinkagecracked concrete.F.Fill static cracks (narrower than 1/8 inch (3 mm) and not vertically displaced) with MVE Crack RepairResin. Prefill cracks with 20 to 30 sieve size silica sand and apply MAPEI, Epojet™ LV.G.Fill static cracks (wider than 1/8 inch (3 mm) and not vertically displaced) with high-modulus epoxyMAPEI, Planibond® EBA; thickened with silica sand to create an epoxy mortar.H.Should contraction, control or saw-cut joint dormant joints appear not filled flush to top of surface afterinstallation of MVE Crack Repair Resin, fill static non-moving joints with high-modulus MAPEI, Planibond®EBA epoxy. Fill joints full-depth and flush to surface.I.Fill dynamic joints with self-leveling polyurethane sealant MAPEI, Mapeflex™ P1 SL. Do not spanmovement joint with self-leveling underlayment nor flooring.J.Reinforcing fibers that become visible after crack preparation must be removed and vacuumed leaving nofibers exposed above the concrete surface.3.5 PROTECTION - OTHER SURFACESA.Protect walls, floor openings, electrical openings, door frames, and other obstructions during theinstallation.3.6 INSTALLATION MVE CONTROL SYSTEM - EPOXYA.General: Install MVE control system according to ASTM F3010 and manufacturer's written instructionsto product a uniform, monolithic surface free of surface deficiencies such as pin holes, fish eyes and voids.B.Adjust application methods per manufacturer's written instruction as determined by site conditions,presence of sub-slab vapor barrier, concrete mix design, lightweight aggregates, suspended slab vs slabon grade, and age of concrete.C.Refer to the Safety Data Sheet (SDS) for details on handling and safety equipment.D.Mixing: Mix in accordance with Manufacturer's instructions. Mix only full units. Strictly follow minimummixing time.E.In a single coat application, apply MVE control system epoxy to manufacturer's recommended rate withno less than dry film thickness of 10 mils minimum to achieve design perm rating. Apply with notchedsqueegee or notched trowel and back roll with 3/8 nap roller. Adjust application rate depending on job siteconcrete conditions including porosity and profile.F.Cure MVE Control System components according to the manufacturer's written instruction. Preventcontamination or other damage during curing processes.G.After curing, examine MVE control system for surface deficiencies. Repair surface deficienciesaccording to manufacturer's written instructions.3.7FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA.Inspect MVE Control System to ensure that all voids and pinholes are filled/sealed before moving on tothe next flooring phase. Do so by filling any voids and/or shaving off the tops of any bubbles and reapplyinga thin coating of MVE Control System over the surface. Verify no bond break present.3.8INSTALLATION OF PRIMER FOR SELF-LEVELERA.Self-Leveling Underlayment up to 3/8 inch thickness: Apply MAPEI, Primer T™ to epoxy MVE controlsystem and allow primer to dry completely.B.Self-Leveling Underlayment over 3/8 inch thickness: Apply MAPEI, Primer E™fArial|b0|i0|c0|p34; to epoxyMVE control system and broadcast 20/30 sieve clean washed kiln dried sand to rejection. After 24 hours,vacuum non-bonded sand.3.9 INSTALLATION OF SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENTA.Read all installation instructions thoroughly before installation.B.Before installation, close doors and windows, and turn off HVAC systems to prevent drafts duringapplication and until the floor cures. Protect areas from direct sunlight.C.Make sure concrete substrate and ambient room temperatures are between 50°F and 95°F (10°C and35°C) before application. In large applications, allow for indirect air circulation to dissipate humidity createdby leveler application. Temperatures must be maintained within this range for at least 72 hours after theinstallation of self-leveler. In cooler conditions, use indirect auxiliary heaters to maintain ambient andsubstrate temperatures within the required range. For temperatures above 85°F (29°C), follow ACIhot-weather application guidelines to ensure a successful installation. Water to be clean, potable, and cool,not warmer than 70°F. Conventional piston, rotor-stator or underlayment-type pumps may be used forapplication of self-leveling over large areas.D.Strictly follow manufacturer's mixing instructions for exact water cement ratios, mixing times, speed andtype of mixing blade. Mix full unit quantities, if working from bulk containers (i.e. super sacks), mixer mustbe able to accommodate entire unit of unmixed product. Self-leveler is a calcium aluminate quick setting,fast drying shrinkage compensated product when mixed correctly. Overwatering will cause shrinkage andpotential delamination.E.Maintain continuous flow of wet material to avoid trapping air or creating a cold joint.F.Maintaining a wet edge throughout placement. Quickly pour or pump self-leveler onto properlyprepared and primed surface in ribbon pattern.G.Spread self-leveler with gauge rake to desired depth. Break surface tension of material with smootheror needle roller to allow self-leveler to flow. Apply at 3/16 inch minimum thickness.H.Apply self-leveler to flatness of 1/8 inch in 10 feet.I.Verify with Manufacturer regarding minimum time to install ceramic tile, or non-breathable floor coveringson self-leveler.3.10 CLEANUPA.Use soap with water or use denatured alcohol to clean equipment before MVE Control System cures toa hardened state. Cured material can only be removed mechanically.3.11 PROTECTION - MVE CONTROL SYSTEMA.Protect the surface of the cured MVE control system from traffic and damage until covered by floorfinish. Protection may include plywood, or other suitable protection board.SECTION 07512 - ROOFING SYSTEM REPAIRGeneral: When penetration of the existing roofing system is required to accommodate new construction,perform necessary roofing system repair.Coordination:Before starting work, verify with the Tenant’s Construction Manager and the Landlord the following:1. Existing roof system materials and installation methods.2. Repair work responsibilities and warranty requirements.Qualifications:Repair work shall be performed only by an experienced roofing installer approved orlicensed by the existing roofing system materials manufacturer; with not less than five years ofsuccessful experience installing and repairing roofing systems similar to this projects existing roofingsystem.Materials: Provide and install only materials approved and recommended by the roofing manufacturer forrepairing the existing roofing system.Installation: Inspect roof surface conditions with roof manufacturer’s representative to verify extent andlocation of any other repairs required to ensure a watertight roofing system upon completion of the repairwork. Make necessary repairs. Match existing roof slope, insulation materials and roofing membranematerials, except as otherwise approved by the existing roofing system manufacturer to accommodatenew construction and repair work. Install curb flashing furnished by mechanical and electrical trades fornew roof top equipment.SECTION 07710 - MANUFACTURED ROOF SPECIALTIESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTSA.Submit Product Data, Shop Drawings, and color Samples.B. Provide products that comply with applicable requirements of SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet MetalManual," unless otherwise indicated.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 ROOF SPECIALTIESA.Aluminum coping system manufactured by Peterson Aluminum Co. Berridge, or Architect ApprovedEqualB. Finish: As noted or as selected from manufacturers standard colors.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA.Coordinate with installation of roof decks and other substrates to produce a watertight assemblycapable of withstanding inward and outward loading pressures, and thermal and lateral loads. Isolatemetals from dissimilar metals or corrosive substrates using bituminous coatings or other means ofpermanent separation.SECTION 07720 - ROOF ACCESSORIESPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTSA.Submit Product Data, Shop Drawings, and color Samples.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 ROOF ACCESSORIES (as indicated on drawings)A.Prefabricated Curbs and Equipment Supports1. Provide units with cant strips where applicable and base profile coordinated with roof membranerequirements and with roof insulation thickness and roof deck slope.B. Roof HatchesC.Heat-and-Smoke VentsD.Metal Grating Roof Walkway SystemPART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA.Installation: Unless otherwise indicated, install roof accessory items according to construction details ofNRCA's "Roofing and Waterproofing Manual." Coordinate with installation of roof deck, vapor barriers, roofinsulation, roofing, and flashing to ensure combined elements are secure, waterproof, and weathertight.Verify compatibility for all products and materials used in combination with each other. rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SPECIFICATIONSSLSMOSP4SECTION 07840 - FIRESTOPPINGPART 1 - GENERAL1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTSA.Submit Product Data and product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying compliance withspecified requirements.B. Provide firestopping systems with fire-resistance ratings indicated by reference to UL designations aslisted in its "Fire Resistance Directory," or to designations of another testing agency acceptable toauthorities having jurisdiction.C.Provide through-penetration firestopping systems with F-ratings indicated, as determined according toASTM E 814, but not less than the fire-resistance rating of the constructions penetrated.D.Provide through-penetration firestopping systems with T-ratings as well as F-ratings, as determinedaccording to ASTM E 814, where indicated.E. For exposed firestopping, provide products with flame-spread ratings of less than 25 andsmoke-developed ratings of less than 450, as determined according to ASTM E 84.PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 FIRESTOPPINGA.As indicated on drawings.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 INSTALLATIONA.Install firestopping systems to comply with manufacturer's written instructions and with requirementslisted in the testing agency's directory for the indicated fire-resistance rating. Furnish installer certifies,from installer indicating penetration fire stopping has been installed in compliance with requirements andmanufacturer's written recommendations.1. Penetrations in all fire resistant rated walls.2. Penetrations in horizontal assemblies.3. Penetrations in smoke barriers.SECTION 07900 - JOINT SEALANTS1.1 GENERALA.Preconstruction Joint Sealant-Substrate Tests: Submit substrate materials representative of actualjoint surfaces to joint sealant manufacturer for laboratory testing of joint sealants for adhesion to primedand unprimed substrates and for compatibility with joint substrates and other joint-related materials.B. Submittals: In addition to product data submit the following:1. Samples of each type and color of joint sealant required.2. Certified test reports for joint sealants evidencing compliance with requirements.1.2 PRODUCTSA.Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are compatible withone another and with joint substrates under service and application conditions, as demonstrated by testingand field experience.B. Colors: Provide color indicated of exposed joint sealants or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected byArchitect from manufacturer's standard colors.C.Elastomeric Sealant Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealantof base polymer indicated complying with ASTM C 920 requirements.1. One-Part, Nonsag Polysulfide Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 12-1/2; Uses T, M, G, A, and O.2. One-Part, Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Type S; Grade NS; Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and O;formulated with fungicide; intended for sealing interior joints with nonporous substrates exposed to highhumidity and temperature extremes.D.Butyl Sealant: Manufacturer's standard one-part, nonsag, solvent-release-curing, polymerized butylsealant complying with ASTM C 1085 and formulated with minimum of 75 percent solids to be nonstaining,paintable, and have a tack-free time of 24 hours or less.E. Acrylic-Emulsion Sealant: One-part, nonsag, mildew-resistant, paintable, acrylic-emulsion sealantcomplying with ASTM C 834.F. Silicone-Emulsion Sealant: Product complying with ASTM C 834 and, except for weight lossmeasured per ASTM C 792, with ASTM C 920, that accommodates joint movement of not more than 25percent in both extension and compression for a total of 50 percent.G.Acoustical Sealant: Nonsag, paintable, nonstaining, latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 andeffective in reducing airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in buildingconstruction as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies per ASTM E 90.H.Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Nondrying, nonhardening, nonskinning, nonstaining,gunnable, synthetic rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reducetransmission of airborne sound.I.Tape Sealant: Solvent-free, butyl-based tape sealant with a solids content of 100 percent formulated tobe nonstaining, paintable, and nonmigrating in contact with nonporous surfaces with or withoutreinforcement thread to prevent stretch and packaged on rolls with release paper on one side.J. Preformed Foam Sealant: Preformed, precompressed, open-cell, high-density urethane foam sealantimpregnated with a nondrying, water-repellent agent; in precompressed size and in roll or stick form to fitjoint widths indicated; permanently elastic, mildew-resistant, nonmigratory, nonstaining, compatible withjoint substrates and other joint sealants; and as follows:1. Impregnating Agent: Manufacturer's standard.2. Density: Manufacturer's standard.3. Backing: Pressure-sensitive adhesive factory applied to one side, with protective wrapping.K. Sealant Backings, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, andother joint fillers; approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experienceand laboratory testing.1. Plastic Foam Joint Fillers: Preformed, compressible, resilient, nonwaxing, nonextruding strips of plasticfoam of material indicated below, and of size, shape, and density to control sealant depth and otherwisecontribute to producing optimum sealant performance.a. Open-cell polyurethane foam.b. Closed-cell polyethylene foam, nonabsorbent to liquid water and gas, nonoutgassing inunruptured state.c. Proprietary, reticulated, closed-cell polymeric foam, nonoutgassing, with a density of 2.5 pcf andtensile strength of 35 psi per ASTM D 1623, and with water absorption less than 0.02 gram/cubiccentimeter per ASTM C 1083.d. Any material indicated above.2. Elastomeric Tubing Joint Fillers: Neoprene, butyl, EPDM, or silicone tubing complying with ASTM D1056, nonabsorbent to water and gas, and capable of remaining resilient at temperatures down to -26 degF (-32 deg C).3. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape as recommended by sealant manufacturerfor preventing bond between sealant and joint filler or other materials at back of joint.L. Primer: As recommended by joint sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to jointsubstrates indicated.1.3 EXECUTIONA.General: Comply with joint sealant manufacturer's instructions applicable to products and applicationsindicated. Clean (and/or prime) joints in accordance with manufacturers recommendations prior to start ofapplication of joint sealant. Comply with ASTM C1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials,applications and conditions indicated.B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with ASTM C 1193.C.Acoustical Sealant Application Standard: Comply with ASTM C919 for use of joint sealants inacoustical applications.D.Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins,tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beadsof configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant withsides of joint.1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not discolorsealants or adjacent surfaces.3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C1193, unless otherwise indicated.END OF SECTION 07901SECTION 08110 - STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES1.1 GENERALA.Submit Product Data for each type of door and framespecified.B. Quality Assurance: Comply with ANSI/SDI 100.C.Fire-Rated Door Assemblies: NFPA 80, identical to assemblies tested per ASTM E 152, and labeledand listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or another testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authoritieshaving jurisdiction.1.2 PRODUCTSA.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:1. Amweld Building Products, Inc.2. Ceco Door Products.3. Fenestra Corp.4. Kewanee Corp.5. Republic Builders Products.6. Steelcraft.B. Hot-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 569 (ASTM A 569M).C.Cold-Rolled Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366 (ASTM A 366M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 620 (ASTMA 620M), drawing quality.D.Galvanized Steel Sheets: ASTM A 526 (ASTM A 526M), commercial quality, or ASTM A 642 (ASTM A642M), drawing quality, with A 60 or G 60 (Z 180 or ZF 180) coating designation, mill phosphatized.E. Steel Doors: Provide 1-3/4-inch- (44-mm-) thick doors of materials and ANSI/SDI A250.4, A250.8and ANSI/SDI 100 grades and models specified below, or as indicated on Drawings or schedules:1. Interior Doors: Level II, heavy-duty, Model 2, seamless design, minimum 0.0478-inch- (1.2-mm-) thickcold-rolled steel sheet faces.2. Exterior Doors: Level III, extra heavy-duty, Model 2, seamless design, minimum 0.0635-inch- (1.6-mm-)thick galvanized steel sheet faces.F. Frames: Provide frames for doors, sidelights, borrowed lights, and other openings that comply withANSI/SDI 100; fabricate to be rigid, neat in appearance, and free from defects, warp, or buckle.1. For interior frames provide units of the knock-down type, formed from 0.0478- inch- (1.2-mm-) thickcold-rolled steel for openings 48 inches (1220 mm) or less in width and from 0.0598-inch- (1.5-mm-) thicksteel for openings over 48 inches (1220 mm) in width.2. For exterior frames provide units with mitered or coped and continuously welded corners, formed from0.0635-inch- (1.6-mm-) thick galvanized steel sheet.3. Door Silencers: 3 on strike jambs of single-door frames and 2 on heads of double-door framesG.Tolerances: Comply with SDI 117.H.Fabricate concealed stiffeners, reinforcement, edge channels, louvers, and moldings from either cold-or hot- rolled steel sheet.I. Hardware Preparation: Prepare doors and frames to receive mortised and concealed hardwareaccording to SDI 107.J. Glazing Stops: Minimum 0.0359-inch- (0.9-mm-) thick steel or 0.040-inch- (1-mm-) thick aluminum.1. Provide nonremovable stops on outside of exterior doors and on secure side of interior doors for glass indoors.2. Provide screw-applied, removable, glazing beads on inside of glass in doors.K. Finishes, General: Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative toapplying and designating finishes.1. Apply primers and organic finishes to doors and frames after fabrication.L. Galvanized Steel Sheet Finishes: Comply with SDI 112 and the following:1. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces with nonpetroleum solvent so that surfaces are free of oil or othercontaminants. After cleaning, apply a conversion coating of the type suited to the organic coating appliedover it. Clean welds, mechanical connections, and abraded areas, and apply galvanizing repair paintspecified to comply with ASTM A 780.2. Galvanizing Repair Paint: SSPC-Paint 20, high-zinc-dust-content paint with dry film containing not lessthan 94 percent zinc dust by weight.3. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Where field painting after installation is indicated, applyair-dried primer specified below immediately after cleaningM.Steel Sheet Finishes: Comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1."1. Surface Preparation: Solvent-clean surfaces according to SSPC-SP 1. Remove mill scale and rust tocomply with SSPC-SP 5 (White Metal Blast Cleaning) or SSPC-SP 8 (Pickling).2. Pretreatment: Immediately after surface preparation, apply a conversion coating suited to organiccoating applied over it.3. Factory Priming for Field-Painted Finish: Apply shop primer that complies with ANSI A224.1 acceptancecriteria, is compatible with finish paint systems indicated, and has capability to provide a sound foundationfor field-applied topcoats. Apply primer immediately after surface preparation and pretreatment.1.3 EXECUTIONA.General: Install steel doors, frames, and accessories according to Shop Drawings, manufacturer'sdata, and as specified.B. Placing Frames: Comply with provisions of SDI 105, unless otherwise indicated. Set framesaccurately in position, plumbed, aligned, and braced securely until permanent anchors are set.1. Except for frames located in existing concrete, masonry, or gypsum board assembly construction, placeframes before constructing enclosing walls and ceilings and after finish flooring installation.2. Install at least 3 anchors per jamb adjacent to hinge location on hinge jamb and at corresponding heightson strike jamb.3. Install fire-rated frames according to NFPA 80.C.Door Installation: Fit hollow-metal doors accurately in frames, within clearances specified in ANSI/SDI100.1. Fire-Rated Doors: Install with clearances specified in NFPA 80.D.Prime Coat Touchup: Immediately after erection, sand smooth any rusted or damaged areas of primecoat and apply touchup of compatible air-drying primer.E. Protection Removal: Immediately before final inspection, remove protective wrappings from doorsand frames.END OF SECTION 08110SECTION 08211 - FLUSH WOOD DOORS1.1 GENERALA. Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following:1. Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door, elevation of each kind of door, details ofconstruction, location and extent of hardware blocking, and other pertinent data.2. Samples of actual materials in small sections for each face material and finish.B. Quality Standards:1. Comply with the following standards:a. NWWDA Quality Standard: I.S.1-A, "Architectural Wood Flush Doors," of the National WoodWindow and Door Association.b.AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the ArchitecturalWoodwork Institute.c.WIC Quality Standard: "Manual of Millwork" of the Woodwork Institute of California.2. Performance Grade:a.Heavy Duty unless otherwise indicated.b.Extra heavy Duty: public restrooms, exits, staging entrance.c.Standard Duty: Closet, Washer/Dryer Closet.1.2 PRODUCTSA.Manufacturers Qualifications: A qualified manufacturer that is certified for chain of custody by anFSC-accredited certification body. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide doors by one of thefollowing (or approved equal):1. Algoma Hardwoods Inc.2. Fenestra Corporation.3. Mohawk Flush Doors, Inc.4. Weyerhauser Co.B. Interior Solid Core Doors for Opaque Finish: As follows:1. Faces: Medium-density overlay over standard thickness hardwood face veneers.2. Grade: Premium.3. Construction: 7 plies.4. Core: Glued-block core.5. Bonding: Stiles and rails bonded to core, then entire unit abrasive planed before veneering.C.Fire Rated Doors: Doors complying with NFPA-80 that are listed and labeled by a qualified testingagency, for fire protection rating where indicated.D.Fabricate flush wood doors to comply with following requirements.1. In sizes indicated for job-site fitting.E. Shop prime exposed portions of doors for paint finish with one coat of wood primer specified inDivision 9 Section "Painting."1.3 EXECUTIONA.Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and referenced quality standard and asindicated.B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for hardware. Sealcut surfaces after fitting and machining and pretreatment.1. Shop Primer: Zinc-dust, zinc-oxide primer paint complying with performance requirements of FSTT-P-641, Type II.SECTION 08410 - ALUMINUM ENTRANCES AND STOREFRONTS1.1 General:A.System Performance Requirements: Comply with structural performance, air infiltration, and waterpenetration requirements indicated, as demonstrated by testing stock assemblies according to testmethods indicated.B. Accessibility Requirements: Entrance to comply with ADA/ABA Accessibility Guidelines: USArchitectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Boards, American's with Disability Act (ADA) andArchitectural Barriers Act (ABA) Accessibility Guidelines for buildings and facilities, and ANSI A117.1,current version.C.Thermal Movement: Provide for expansion and contraction resulting from an ambient temperaturerange of 180 deg F (100 deg C) without buckling, joint seal failure, undue stress on structural elements,damaging loads on fasteners, reduction of performance, or stress on glass. Doors shall function normallyover specified range.1. Wind Loads: Provide assemblies capable of withstanding pressures of 20 psf inward and outward,acting normal to plane of the wall.D.Structural Performance: Test in accordance with ASTM E 330. There shall be no glass breakage orpermanent damage to fasteners, anchors, hardware or actuating mechanism or permanent deformation offraming members in excess of 0.2 percent of their clear span.1. Deflection Normal to the Plane of the Wall: Test pressure shall be wind load specified. Deflection shallnot exceed 1/175 of clear span, when subjected to uniform load deflection test.2. Deflection Parallel to the Plane of the Wall: Test pressure shall be 1.5 times wind pressure. Deflectionof members carrying full dead load shall not exceed amount that will reduce glass bite below 75 percent ofdesign dimension or edge clearance between member and fixed glass or other fixed member above to lessthan 1/8 inch. Clearance between the member and operable door or window shall be at least 1/16 inch.3.Wind loads as per local jurisdictional and code requirements.4.Seismic loads, where applicable.5.Windbone, debris, impact resistance, where applicable.E. Air Infiltration: Not more than 0.06 CFM per sq. ft. of fixed area (excluding operable door edges)when tested in accordance with ASTM E 283 at inward test pressure differential of 1.57 psf.F. Water Penetration: No uncontrolled water penetration (excluding operable door edges) when testedin accordance with ASTM E 331 at an inward test pressure differential of 6.24 lbf per sq. ft.G.Condensation Resistance: Provide units showing condensation resistance factor (CRF) of not lessthan 45 when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.H.Thermal Transmittance: Provide U-value of not more than 0.65 BTU/(hr x sq. ft. x deg F) at 15-mphexterior wind velocity when tested in accordance with AAMA 1503.I. Submittals: Submit the following:1. Product Data: Include fabrication methods, data on finishing, hardware and accessories and surfacemaintenance recommendations.2. Shop Drawings: Include layout, installation details, 1/4-inch scale elevations, detail sections ofcomposite members, anchors and reinforcement, hardware mounting heights and glazing details.3. Hardware schedule organized into sets. Include item and manufacturer's name and designation of eachitem required.4. Samples: Pairs of samples of each finish on 12-inch-long sections. Where normal color variations areanticipated, include sets indicating full range of color variations.5. Certified test reports showing systems have been tested and comply with requirements.J. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved forinstallation of units required for this project and an installer who has completed installations similar to thoserequired and whose work has resulted in a record of successful in-service performance.K. Manufacturer's Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing systems similar to those indicatedand has a record of successful in-service performance.L. Design Criteria: Drawings indicate size, profile, and dimensional requirements and are based onspecific types and models indicated. Aluminum entrance and storefront by other manufacturers may beconsidered provided deviations do not change the design concept.1.2 Products:A.Aluminum Members: Alloy and temper recommended; comply with ASTM B 221 for extrusions, ASTMB 209 for sheet or plate, and ASTM B 211 for bars, rods, and wire. Kawneer screw splineB. Carbon Steel Reinforcement: Comply with ASTM A 36 for structural shapes, plates and bars, ASTMA 611 for cold-rolled sheet and strip, or ASTM A 570 for hot-rolled sheet and strip.C.Glazing Materials: Comply with "Glass and Glazing" section.D.Panel Core Material: Rigid, closed-cell polyurethane insulation.E. Fasteners: Aluminum, nonmagnetic stainless steel, zinc plated steel, or material warranted to benon-corrosive and compatible with aluminum components, hardware, anchors, and other components.1. Do not use exposed fasteners except for application of hardware. For hardware, use Phillips flat-headmachine screws that match finish of member or hardware being fastened.F. Concealed Flashing: 0.0179-inch (26 gage) minimum dead-soft stainless steel, or 0.026-inch-thickminimum extruded aluminum of alloy and type selected for compatibility with other components.G.Brackets and Reinforcements: High-strength aluminum; where use of aluminum is not feasible providenonmagnetic stainless steel or hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTM A 123.H.Concrete/Masonry Inserts: Cast iron, malleable iron, or hot-dip galvanized steel complying with ASTMA 123.I. Compression Weatherstripping: Replaceable molded neoprene gaskets complying with ASTM D 2000or molded PVC complying with ASTM D 2287.J. Sliding Weatherstripping: Replaceable wool, polypropylene, or nylon woven pile weatherstripping, withnylon fabric or aluminum strip backing, complying with AAMA 701.2.K. Hardware: Heavy-duty units required for operation; finish to match door.1. Ball-Bearing Butts: 5-knuckle, 2-bearings, steel ball bearing butts sized to comply with ANSI A156.1,Grade 1; 2 butts for doors 7 feet 6 inches or less, 3 butts for taller heavier doors.2. Non-removeable Pins at all exterior door locations: Provide set screw in hinge barrel that, whentightened into a groove in hinge pin, prevents removal of pin while entrance door is closed.3. Surface-Mounted Overhead Closers: Modern type with cover, for hinge side installation. Comply withANSI A156.4, Grade 1. Comply with recommendations for closer size. Include the following:a. Hold-open arm.b. Delayed-action closing.c. ADA, ANSI A117.1 for accessible entrances.4. Door Stop: Floor or wall mounted, as appropriate, with integral rubber bumper; comply with ANSIA156.16, Grade 1.5. Cylinders are supplied under another Division 8 Section.6. Thumb-Turns: Inside thumb-turn cylinders of cast aluminum alloy.7. Deadlocks: Mortised maximum security deadlock, with minimum 1-inch-long pivoted bolt and stainlesssteel strike box; comply with ANSI A156.5, Grade 1.8. Deadlatches: Mortise-type deadlatch with stainless steel strike box; comply with ANSI A156.5, Grade 1.9. Lever Handles: Cast aluminum alloy inside units.10. Panic Hardware: Concealed-rod type actuated by full-width crash bar. Comply with UL 305.11.Push-Pull Plates: Aluminum push-pull plates of style indicated.12.Thresholds: Extruded aluminum in mill finish, with anchors and clips, coordinated with pivots andfloor-concealed closers.13.Silencers: At locations without weatherstripping, provide neoprene silencers on stops to preventmetal-to-metal contact.L. Framing System: Fabricate from extruded aluminum members of size and profile indicated. Includereinforcing. Provide for flush glazing from the exterior without projecting stops. Shop-fabricate andpre-assemble. Provide frame sections without exposed seams.1. Infill Panels: Flush-laminated panels of thickness indicated, with core material laminated with waterproofglue between two sheets of aluminum.M.Stile-and-Rail Type Entrance Doors: Provide tubular frame members, fabricated with mechanical jointsusing heavy inserted reinforcing plates and concealed tie-rods or j-bolts.1. Glazing: Fabricate to facilitate replacement of glass or panels, without disassembly. Provide snap-onextruded aluminum glazing stops with exterior stops anchored for nonremoval.2. Design: Provide 1-3/4-inch-thick doors of design indicated.a. Medium stile (3-1/2-inch nominal width).N.Fabrication: Fabricate components to designs, sizes and thicknesses indicated and comply withindicated standards. Sizes and profiles are indicated on the drawings.1. Thermal-Break Construction: Fabricate framing with an integrally concealed, low conductance thermalbarrier, between exterior materials and interior members to eliminate direct metal-to-metal contact.O.Prefabrication: Complete fabrication, assembly, finishing and hardware application before shipment tothe Project. Disassemble only as necessary for shipment and installation.1. Do not drill and tap for surface-mounted hardware items until time of installation.2. Preglaze door and frame units to greatest extent possible.P. Welding: Comply with AWS recommendations. Grind exposed welds smooth. Restore mechanicalfinish.Q.Reinforcing: Install reinforcing for hardware and as necessary for performance requirements, sagresistance and rigidity.R.Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals with bituminous paint, suitable sealant, nonabsorptiveplastic or elastomeric tape or gasket between surfaces. Do not use coatings containing lead.S.Continuity: Maintain accurate relation of planes and angles, with hairline fit of contacting members.T. Fasteners: Conceal fasteners wherever possible.U.Provide finger guards of collapsible neoprene or PVC gasketing securely anchored into frame athinge-jamb of center-pivoted doors.V.Finishes: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applicationand designations of finishes. Finish designations prefixed by "AA" conform to the system established bythe Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.W.Class I Color Anodized Finish: AA-M12C22A42/A44. Comply with AAMA 606.1 or AAMA 608.1.1. Color: Clear Anodized1.3 Execution:A.Examine substrates for compliance with requirements, installation tolerances, and conditions that affectinstallation. Correct unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding.B. Installation: Comply with manufacturer's instructions. Set units plumb, level, and true to line, withoutwarp or rack of framing members, doors, or panels. Install in proper alignment and relation to establishedlines and grades. Provide support and anchor securely in place.C.Drill and tap frames and doors and apply surface-mounted hardware.D.Set sill members in bed of sealant, or with joint fillers or gaskets.E. Refer to "Glass and Glazing" Section for installation of glass and other panels glazed into doors andframing.F. Adjust hardware to function properly.G.Clean completed system after installation. Avoid damage to coatings.H.Clean glass after installation. Comply with "Glass and Glazing" Section for cleaning and maintenance.END OF SECTION 08410SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE1.1 GENERALA.Submit samples of hardware items, showing each required finish from each manufacturer (foracceptance of color and texture only).B. Submit final hardware schedule organized by "hardware sets," to indicate specifically the product tobe furnished for each item required on each door.1. Furnish templates to each fabricator of doors and frames as required for hardware preparation.2. Provide keying schedule. Verify keying and master keying requirements with tenant/landlord/owner asrequired.C.For fire-rated openings provide hardware tested and listed by UL or FM (NFPA Standard 80). On panicexit devices provide UL or FM label indicating "Fire Exit Hardware."1.2 PRODUCTSA.Number Designations: Numbers indicating hardware items are ANSI/BHMA standard numberdesignations.B. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by manufacturers forvarious products listed below. An asterisk (*) following manufacturer's name designates manufacturerwhose products are indicated in Hardware Schedule. Such products are listed in the schedule by specificreference to manufacturer's catalog numbers. Except as otherwise indicated, products of equivalentquality, design, and function by other listed manufacturers may be used, subject to approval of Architect.1. Butts and Hinges: Bommer, Cal Royal, Hager*, McKinney, H. Soss, Stanley, Roton.2. Key Control System: Key Control Systems, Telkee. Verify with Owner.3. Cylinders and Locks: Arrow, Best, Corbin & Russwin, Falcon, Sargent, Schlage*, Yale.4. Exit/Panic Devices: Adams Rite, Arrow, Corbin & Russwin, Dor-O-Matic, Locknet*, Monarch, Precision,Reed, Sargent, Von Duprin*, Yale.5. Overhead Closers: Arrow, Corbin & Russwin, Dorma, LCN*, International Door Closers, Monarch,Norton, Rixon-Firemark, Sargent, Yale.6. Door Control Devices: Baldwin, Brookline, Builders Brass, Corbin & Russwin, Glynn-Johnson, Hager,Ives*, Quality, Triangle Brass.7. Door Trim Units: Baldwin, Brookline, Builders Brass, Hager, Ives, Triangle Brass.8. Kick, Mop, and Armor Plates: Baldwin, Brookline, Corbin & Russwin, Hager, Hiawatha, Ives TriangleBrass*.9. Door Stripping and Seals: Hager, National Guard, Pemko, Reese, Sealeze, Ultra, Zero.10.Thresholds: Hager, National Guard, Pemko*, Reese, Sealeze, Zero.11.Automatic Drop Seals : Hager, National Guard, Pemko, Reese, Zero.SECTION 08800 - GLAZING1.1 GENERALA.System Performance Requirements: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding normal thermalmovement, wind loading, and impact loading, without failure including loss or glass breakage attributableto: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation; deterioration of glazing materials; and other defectsin construction.1. Glass Design: Provide glass lites in the thicknesses and strengths (annealed or heat-treated) to meet orexceed the following criteria based on analysis of Project loads and in-service conditions:a. Minimum glass thickness, nominally, of lites in exterior walls is 6.0 mm (0.23 inch).b. Minimum glass thicknesses of lites composed of annealed or heat-treated glass are selected sothe worst-case probability of failure does not exceed the following:1) 8 lites per 1000 for lites set vertically or not over 15 degrees off vertical and under wind action.c.Provide safety glazing in all hazardous locations as defined by code requirements. Providelabeling at all tempered and/or safety glazing locations.B. Submittals: In addition to product data, submit 12-inch-square samples of each type of glassindicated, except for clear monolithic glass products, and 12-inch-long samples of each color required(except black) for each type of sealant or gasket exposed to view.C.Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products comply withspecified requirements.D.Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing materialswere tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants.E. Compatibility test report from insulating glass edge sealant manufacturer indicating glass edgesealants were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials.F. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product manufacturers,"FGMA Glazing Manual," and publications of AAMA, LSGA, and SIGMA as applicable to productsindicated, except where more stringent requirements are indicated.G.Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR Part 1201 forCategory II materials.1. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC).2. Associated Laboratories, Inc. (ALI).3. National Certified Testing Laboratories (NCTL).1.2 PRODUCTSA.Float Glass: ASTM C 1036, Type I, Class as indicated below, and Quality q3:1. Class 1 (clear) unless otherwise indicated.B. Heat Treated Float Glass, Fabrication: Fabricate heat-treated float glass by the following method:1. Vertical (tong-held) or horizontal (roller-hearth) process, at manufacturer's option, except providehorizontal process where indicated as tongless or free of tong marks.C.Heat-Treated Float Glass Products: As follows:1. Uncoated, Clear, Heat-Treated Float Glass: ASTM C 1048, Condition A, Type I, Class 1, Quality q3, kindas indicated below:a. Kind HS where indicated.b. Kind FT where indicated.D.Sealed Insulating Glass Units: Preassembled units complying with ASTM E 774 and with otherrequirements indicated.1. For properties of individual glass lites making up units, refer to requirements specified elsewhere in thisSection applicable to glass products comprising lites of insulating glass units.2. Performance characteristics designated for coated insulating glass are nominal values based onmanufacturer's published test data for units with lites 6.0 mm (0.23 inch) thick and nominal 1/2-inchdehydrated space between lites, unless otherwise indicated.3. U-values are expressed as Btu/hour x sq. ft. x deg F.E. Elastomeric Glazing Sealants: Products complying with ASTM C 920 requirements indicated on eachElastomeric Glazing Sealant Product Data Sheet at the end of this Section, in colors indicated, compatiblewith other materials they will contact.1. Additional Movement Capability: Provide products, when tested per ASTM C 719, with the capability towithstand the specified percentage change in the joint width existing at time of installation and remain incompliance with other requirements of ASTM C 920 for uses indicated.F. Back-Bedding Mastic Glazing Tape: Preformed, butyl-based elastomeric tape, with or without spacerrod as recommended by tape and glass manufacturers for application indicated, and complying with AAMA800 for products indicated below:G.Expanded Cellular Glazing Tape: Closed-cell, polyvinyl chloride foam tape, factory coated withadhesive on both surfaces, and complying with AAMA 800 for product 810.5.H.Dense Compression Gaskets: Molded or extruded, gaskets of material indicated below, complying withstandards referenced with name of elastomer indicated below, and of profile and hardness required tomaintain watertight seal:1. Neoprene, ASTM C 864.2. EPDM, ASTM C 864.3. Silicone, ASTM C 1115.4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber, ASTM C 1115.5. Any material indicated above.I. Soft Compression Gaskets: Extruded or molded closed-cell, integral-skinned gaskets of materialindicated below, complying with ASTM C 509, Type II, black, and of profile and hardness required tomaintain watertight seal:1. Neoprene.2. EPDM.3. Silicone.4. Thermoplastic polyolefin rubber.5. Any material indicated above.J. Miscellaneous Glazing Materials: Products of material, size, and shape complying with referencedglazing standard, requirements of manufacturers of glass and other glazing materials involved for glazingapplication indicated, and with a proven record of compatibility with surfaces contacted in installation.K. Fabricate glass and other glazing products in sizes required to glaze openings indicated for Project,with edge and face clearances, edge and surface conditions, and bite complying with recommendations ofproduct manufacturer and referenced glazing publications as required to comply with system performancerequirements.1. Clean cut or flat grind vertical edges of butt-glazed monolithic lites in a manner that produces squareedges with slight kerfs at junctions with indoor and outdoor faces.1.3 EXECUTIONA.Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and otherglazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including those in "FGMAGlazing Manual."B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation.C.Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.D.Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.E. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction operationsincluding weld splatter.F. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any way,including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period.G.Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date scheduled forinspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as recommended by glassmanufacturer.H.Lock Strip Gasket Glazing: Comply with ASTM C 716 and gasket manufacturer's printedrecommendations. Provide supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise indicated.SECTION 09250 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES1.1 GENERALA.Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings, providematerials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose STC ratings were determined accordingto ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified independent testing agency.B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance- rated gypsum board assemblies areindicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that are identical to assemblies tested for fire resistanceaccording to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authoritieshaving jurisdiction.1.2 PRODUCTSA.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:1. Grid Suspension Assemblies:a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.b. Chicago Metallic Corp.c. USG Interiors, Inc.d. Worthington Steel Company (formerly National Rollinzeg Mills).2. Gypsum Board and Related Products:a. Domtar Gypsum.b. Georgia-Pacific Corp.c. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.d. United States Gypsum Co.B. Steel Framing Components for Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Provide components complying withASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.1. Wire Ties: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M), Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.062 inch (1.6 mm) thick.2. Wire Hangers: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M), Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper, 0.162-inch (4.1-mm)diameter.3. Hanger Rods: Zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.4. Flat Hangers: Zinc coated or protected with rust-inhibitive paint.5. Channels: Cold-rolled steel, 0.0598-inch (1.5-mm) minimum thickness of base metal and 7/16-inch-(11.1-mm-) wide flanges, and as follows:a. Carrying Channels: 2 inches (50.8 mm) deep, 590lb/1000 feet (88 kg/100 m), unless otherwiseindicated.b. Furring Channels: 3/4 inch (19.1 mm) deep, 300lb/1000 feet (45 kg/100 m), unless otherwiseindicated.d. Finish: Rust-inhibitive paint, unless otherwise indicated.e. Finish: ASTM A 653, G 60 (ASTM A 653M, Z 180) hot-dip galvanized coating for framing forexterior soffits and where indicated.6. Steel Studs for Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, in depth indicated and with 0.0179-inch (0.45-mm)minimum base metal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.a. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653, G 40 (ASTM A 653M, Z 90) hot-dip galvanized coating forframing for exterior soffits and ceiling suspension members in areas within 10 feet (3 m) ofexterior walls.7. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat shaped, 0.0179-inch (0.45-mm) minimum base metalthickness, unless otherwise indicated.a. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653, G 40 (ASTM A 653M, Z 90) hot-dip galvanized coating forframing for exterior soffits and ceiling suspension members in areas within 10 feet (3 m) ofexterior walls.8. Steel Resilient Furring Channels: Standard product fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A653 (ASTM A 653M) or ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M) to form 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) deep channel of thefollowing configuration:a. Single- or Double-Leg Configuration: Asymmetric-shaped channel with face connected to asingle flange by a single-slotted leg (web) or hat-shaped channel, with 1-1/2-inch- (38.1-mm-)wide face connected to flanges by double-slotted or expanded-metal legs (webs).9. Grid Suspension System for Interior Ceilings: ASTM C 645, manufacturer's standard direct-hung system.C.Steel Framing for Walls and Partitions: Provide steel framing members complying with the followingrequirements:1. Protective Coating: ASTM A 653, G 40 (ASTM A 653M, attached to and within 10 feet (3 m) of exteriorwalls.2. Steel Studs and Runners: ASTM C645/ASTM C754, in depth indicated and with 0.0179-inch (0.45-mm)minimum base metal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.a. Provide 0.0329-inch (0.84-mm) minimum base metal thickness for head runner, sill runner, jamb,and cripple studs at door and other openings.b. Provide 0.0329-inch (0.84-mm) minimum base metal thickness in locations to receivecementitious backer units.3. Deflection Track: Steel sheet top runner manufactured to prevent cracking of finishes applied to interiorpartition framing resulting from deflection of structure above; in thickness not less than indicated for studsand in width to accommodate depth of studs.a.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporatedinto the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1) Dietrich Metal Framing; SLP-TRK Slotted Deflection Track.2) MBA Building Suppliers; FlatSteel Deflection Track, Slotted Deflecto Track.3) Steel Network Inc. (The); VertiClip SLD, VertiTrack VTD Series.4)Superior Metal Trim; Superior Flex Track System (SFT).5) Telling Industries; Vertical Slip Track, [Vertical Slip Track II]4. Steel Rigid Furring Channels: ASTM C 645, hat shaped, in depth indicated and with 0.0179-inch(0.45-mm) minimum base metal thickness, unless otherwise indicated.5. Furring Brackets: Serrated-arm type, adjustable, fabricated from corrosion-resistant steel sheetcomplying with ASTM C 645, minimum thickness of base (uncoated) metal of 0.0329 inch (0.84 mm),designed for screw attachment to steel studs and steel rigid furring channels used for furring.6. Steel Resilient Furring Channels: Manufacturer's standard product designed to reduce soundtransmission, fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 (ASTM A 653M) or ASTM A 568(ASTM A 568M) to form 1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) deep channel of the following configuration:a. Single- or Double-Leg Configuration: Asymmetric-shaped channel with face connected to asingle flange by a single-slotted leg (web) or hat-shaped channel, with 1-1/2-inch- (38.1-mm-)wide face connected to flanges by double-slotted or expanded-metal legs (webs).7. Z-Furring Members: Manufacturer's standard Z-shaped furring members with slotted or nonslotted web,fabricated from steel sheet complying with ASTM A 653 (ASTM A 653M) or ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M);with a minimum base metal (uncoated) thickness of 0.018 inch (0.45 mm), face flange of 1-1/4 inch (31.8mm), wall-attachment flange of 7/8 inch (22.2 mm), and of depth required to fit insulation thicknessindicated.D.Fasteners for Metal Framing: Type, material, size, corrosion resistance, holding power, and otherproperties required to fasten steel framing and furring members securely to substrates involved; complyingwith the recommendations of gypsum board manufacturers for applications indicated.E. Gypsum Board Products: Types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize end-to-endbutt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application.1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C36/C36M-01, in thickness indicated.a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.b. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies.c. Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces.d. Edges: Tapered.e. Proprietary Gypsum Board Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one ofthe following products where proprietary gypsum wallboard is indicated:1) Gyprock Fireguard C Gypsum Board; Domtar Gypsum.2) Firestop Type C; Georgia-Pacific Corp.3) Fire-Shield G; National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.4)SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core; United States Gypsum Co.5) SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels, ULTRACODE Core; United States Gypsum Co.1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, in thickness indicated.a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.b. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies.c. Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces.d. Edges: Tapered.e. Proprietary Gypsum Board Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one ofthe following products where proprietary gypsum wallboard is indicated:1) Gyprock Fireguard C Gypsum Board; Domtar Gypsum.2) Firestop Type C; Georgia-Pacific Corp.3) Fire-Shield G; National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.4)SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels, FIRECODE C Core; United States Gypsum Co.5) SHEETROCK Brand Gypsum Panels, ULTRACODE Core; United States Gypsum Co.2. Exterior Gypsum Soffit Board: ASTM C 931, with manufacturer's standard edges, in thickness indicated.a. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated.3. Water-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630, in thickness indicated.a. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated.F. Cementitious Backer Units: ANSI A118.9 and C1325, in maximum lengths available to minimizeend-to-end butt joints with manufacturer's standard edges.G.Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with ASTM C1047, formed metal or plastic, with metal complying with the following requirement:1. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip process or rolled zinc.H.Accessories for Exterior Installations: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints formed from steelsheet zinc coated by hot-dip process or rolled zinc complying with ASTM C 1047.J. Joint Treatment Materials: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C475/C475M andthe recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment materials for eachapplication indicated.1. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated.a.Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached, open-weave, glass-fiber reinforcing tape withcompatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and jointtreatment materials for application indicated.b.Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached, open-weave, glass-fiber reinforcing tape withcompatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum board and jointtreatment materials for application indicated.2. Joint Tape for Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by cementitious backer unit manufacturer. rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SPECIFICATIONSSLSMOSP53. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged, job-mixed, chemical-hardeningpowder products formulated for uses indicated.a. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer.b. For filling joints and treating fasteners of water-resistant gypsum backing board behind base forceramic tile, use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer.c.For topping compound, use sandable formulation.4. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based products complyingwith the following requirements for formulation and intended use.a.Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product.1) All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds.5.Joint Compound for Cementitious Backer Units: Material recommended by cementitious backer unitmanufacturer.K. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag, paintable,nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that is effective in reducing airborne soundtransmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction as demonstrated by testingrepresentative assemblies according to ASTM E 90. Provide sealants that have VOC content of 250g/l orless when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, supart D (EPA Method 24).L. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, nonhardening,nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing interior concealedjoints to reduce transmission of airborne sound.M.Miscellaneous Materials: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that complywith referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer.1. Spot Grout: ASTM C 475, setting-type joint compound recommended for spot-grouting hollow metal doorframes.2. Fastening Adhesive for Wood: ASTM C557, as recommended by manufacturer.3. Fastening Adhesive for Metal: Special adhesive recommended for laminating by manufacturer gypsumpanels to steel framing.4. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications:a. Fastening gypsum board to steel members less than 0.033 inch (0.84 mm) thick.b. Fastening gypsum board to wood members.c.Fastening gypsum board to gypsum board.5. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 954 for fastening gypsum board to steel members from 0.033to 0.112 inch (0.84 to 2.84 mm) thick.6. Steel drill screws of size and type recommended by unit manufacturer for fastening cementitious backerunits.7. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514.8. Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt: ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt), nonperforated.9. Foam Gaskets: Closed-cell vinyl foam adhesive-backed strips that allow fastener penetration withoutfoam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, in width to suit metal stud size indicated.10.Thermal Insulation: Material indicated below, of thickness and width to fill voids formed by Z-furringmembers:a. Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket insulation to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I.b. Extruded-polystyrene board insulation to comply with ASTM C 578 for Type IV, and withflame-spread and smoke-developed ratings of 75 and 450, respectively, according to ASTM E 84.11.Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, thickness and maximum permeance rating as follows:a.4 mils (0.1 mm), 0.19 perms (10.9 ng/Pa x s x sq. m.)12.Vapor Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder manufacturerfor sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder.1.3 EXECUTIONA.Install steel framing to comply with ASTM C 754 and with ASTM C 840 requirements that apply toframing installation.1. Examine all areas and substrates including welded hollow metal frames and framing, with installerpresent, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance. Proceed withinstallation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Comply with ASTM 840.2. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board assemblies tosupport fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet accessories, furnishings, or similarconstruction.3. Isolate steel framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading imposedby structural movement.a.Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling.b.Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, except at floor.4. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with steel framing or furring members. Independentlyframe both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated.B.Installing Steel Framing for Suspended and Furred Ceilings: As follows:1. Sway-brace suspended steel framing with hangers used for support.2. Install suspended steel framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated, but not less than thatrequired by the referenced steel framing installation standard.3. Grid Suspension System: Attach perimeter wall track or angle where grid suspension system meetsvertical surfaces. Mechanically join main beam and cross-furring members to each other and butt-cut to fitinto wall track.4. For exterior soffits, install cross-bracing and additional framing to resist wind uplift according to details onDrawings.C.Installing Steel Framing for Walls and Partitions: Install steel studs and furring at spacingsindicated.1. Where studs are installed directly against exterior walls, install asphalt felt strips or foam gaskets betweenstuds and wall.2. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended ceilings, exceptwhere partitions are indicated to terminate at suspended ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doorsand openings and frame around ducts penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsumboard.3. Cut studs 1/2 inch (13 mm) short of full height to provide perimeter relief.4. For STC-rated and fire-resistance-rated partitions that extend to the underside of floor/roof slabs anddecks or other continuous solid structural surfaces to obtain ratings, install framing around structural andother members extending below floor/roof slabs and decks, as needed, to support gypsum board closuresneeded to make partitions continuous from floor to underside of solid structure. Seal construction atperimeters, openings, joints, etc. with a continuous bead of acoustical sealant in accordance withmanufactures requirements.5. Frame door openings to comply with GA-219, and with applicable published recommendations of gypsumboard manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.6. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none indicated, asrequired for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match framing required above doorheads.7. Install Z-furring members and thermal insulation as indicated and to comply with requirements ofmanufacturer's directions.8. Install polyethylene vapor retarder where indicated to comply with the following requirements:a. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor transmission. Secure inplace with mechanical fasteners or adhesives. Extend vapor retarder to cover miscellaneousvoids in insulated substrates, including those filled with loose mineral-fiber insulation.b. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall studs. Fastenvapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges, at perimeter of wall openings, and at lapjoints; space fasteners 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.c. Seal joints in vapor retarders caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar itemspenetrating vapor retarders with vapor retarder tape.d. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarder immediately before concealing it with theinstallation of gypsum board or other construction.D.Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to comply withASTM C 840 and GA-216.1. Install sound-attenuation blankets, where indicated, prior to installing gypsum panels unless blankets arereadily installed after panels have been installed on one side.2. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints and to avoidabutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end joints of adjacent panels not lessthan one framing member.3. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid-core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and doors over 32inches (813 mm) wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and immediately insert gypsum panelsinto frames.4. Form control and expansion joints at locations in accordance with ASTM C840, or as indicated and asdetailed, with space between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behindgypsum panels.5. Isolate perimeter of nonload-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments, except floors, asdetailed. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at these locations and trim edges withU-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are exposed. Seal joints between edges and abuttingstructural surfaces with acoustical sealant.6. Wood Framing: Install gypsum board panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction.Do not attach gypsum panels across the flat grain of wide-dimension lumber, including floor joists andheaders. Float gypsum panels over these members, or provide control joints to counteract wood shrinkage.7. Where STC-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, seal construction at perimeters, behindcontrol and expansion joints, openings, and penetrations with a continuous bead of acoustical sealantincluding a bead at both faces of the partitions. Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer'srecommendations for location of edge trim and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through gypsumboard assemblies.8. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application and finishingstandard and manufacturer's recommendations.a.Space screws a maximum of 12 inches (304.8 mm) o.c. for vertical applications.9. Space fasteners in panels that are tile substrates a maximum of 8 inches (203.2 mm) o.c.10.Install cementitious backer units to comply with ANSI A108.11.11.Install glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum backing board panels to comply with manufacturer'sinstallation instructions.12.Install water-resistant gypsum backing board panels at showers, tubs, and where indicated. Install with1/4-inch (6.4-mm) open space where panels abut other construction or penetrations.13.Acoustical Tile Base: Where gypsum panels form the base for adhesively applied acoustical tile, installgypsum wallboard panels with tapered edges taped and finished to produce a flat surface.14.Curved Surfaces:a. Install panels horizontally (perpendicular to supports) and unbroken, to extent possible, acrosscurved surface plus 12-inch- (300-mm-) long straight sections at ends of curves and tangent tothem.b. For double layer construction, fasten base layer to studs with screws 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.Center gypsum board face layer over joints in base layer, and fasten to studs with screws spaces12 inches (300 mm) o.c.15.Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows in accordance withmanufacturers installation instructions and specifications:a. Fasten with screwsb. Fasten to wood supports with single nailing.c. Fasten to wood supports with double nailing.d. Fasten to wood supports with adhesive and supplementary nails or screws.16.Multilayer Fastening Methods: Apply base layers of gypsum panels and face layer to base layers asfollows:a. Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws.b. Fasten base layers with screws and face layer with adhesive and supplementary fasteners.c. Fasten base layers to wood supports with nails and face layer with adhesive and supplementaryfasteners.E. Direct-Bonding to Substrate: Where gypsum panels are indicated as directly adhered to asubstrate (other than studs, joists, furring members, or base layer of gypsum board), comply with gypsumboard manufacturer's recommendations, and temporarily brace or fasten gypsum panels until fasteningadhesive has set.F. Exterior Soffits and Ceilings: Apply exterior gypsum soffit board panels perpendicular to supports,with end joints staggered over supports. Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) open space where panels abut otherconstruction or structural penetrations. Fasten with corrosion-resistant screws.G.Installing Trim Accessories: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with the samefasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories according to accessorymanufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners.1. Install cornerbead at external corners.2. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide edge trim type withface flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other types are indicated.a. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and back flangecan be attached to framing or supporting substrate.b. Install L-bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are installed.c. Install U-bead where indicated.d. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated.e. Install control joints at locations indicated.f. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations and inspecific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.H.Finishing Gypsum Board Assemblies: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges ofcornerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and elsewhere asrequired to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration.1. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint compound.2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints, except those with trim accessories having flanges not requiringtape.3. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories, except those with trimhaving flanges not intended for tape, as recommended by trim accessory manufacturer.4. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per GA-214/ASTMC840.a. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a higher level offinish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated assemblies.b. Level 2 where panels form substrates for tile and where indicated.c. Level 4 for gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.d. Level 5 for gypsum board surfaces, as indicated on drawings. Level 5 - The highest quality finishis the most effective method to provide a uniform surface and minimize the possibility of jointphotographing and of fasteners showing through the final decoration. This level of finish isrequired where gloss, semi-gloss or enamel are specified, or when flat joints are specified over anuntextured surface, or where critical lighting conditions occur. The prepared surface shall becoated with a drywall primer prior to the application of final decoration. All joints and interiorangles shall have tape embedded in joint compound and immediately wiped with a joint knife ortrowel, leaving a thin coating of joint compound over all joints and interior angles. Two separatecoats of joint compound shall be applied over all flat joints and one separate coat of jointcompound applied over interior angles. Fastener heads and accessories shall be covered withthree separate coats of joint compound. A thin skim coat of joint compound shall be trowel appliedto the entire surface. Excess compound is immediately sheared off, leaving a film or skim coatingof compound completely covering the paper. As an alternative to a skim coat, a materialmanufactured especially for this purpose may be applied. The surface must be smooth and free oftool marks and ridges. The prepared surface shall be covered with a drywall primer prior to theapplication of the final decoration.5. For Level 4 gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill (second), and finish(third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads, and accessories. Touch up and sandbetween coats and after last coat as needed to produce a surface free of visual defects and ready fordecoration.6. Where Level 2 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply first coat ofjoint compound.7. Where Level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound.8. Finish exterior gypsum soffit board using setting-type joint compounds to prefill joints and embed tape,and for first, fill (second), and finish (third) coats, with the last coat being a sandable product. Smooth eachcoat before joint compound hardens to minimize need for sanding. Sand between coats and after finishcoat.a.Painting exterior gypsum soffit board after finish coat has dried is specified in another Division 9Section.9. Finish cementitious backer units to comply with unit manufacturer's directions.END OF SECTION 09250SECTION 09300 - TILE1.1 GeneralA.ANSI Tile Standards: Comply with ANSI A137 Standard Specification for Ceramic Tile and ANSI108 series of tile installation standards included under "American National Standard specifications for theInstallation of Ceramic Tile."B. TCNA Installation Guidelines: TCNA "Handbook for Ceramic, Glass and Stone Tile Installation";comply with TCNA installation methods indicated.C.Performance Requirements:1. Dynamic Coefficient of Friction: For tile installed on walkways surfaces, provide products with thefollowing values as determined by testing identical products per ASTM C1028:a. Level Surfaces: Minimum 0.42 dynamic coefficient of friction.b. Step Treads: Minimum 0.42 dynamic coefficient of friction.c. Ramp Surfaces: Minimum 0.42 dynamic coefficient of friction.2. Manufacturer shall verify compliance and submittal documentation for all materials installed on all walkingsurfaces.D.Submittals: With manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for tile work, submitsamples of each type, color, and texture of tile mounted on 12-inch- square backing with joints grouted.1.2 ProductsA.Colors, Textures, and Patterns: For tile, grout, and other products requiring selection of colors,surface textures, patterns, and other appearance characteristics, comply with the following requirements1. Provide selections made by Architect from manufacturer's full range of standard colors, textures, andpatterns for products of type indicated.B. Sizes and Thickness: As indicated or, if not indicated, as selected by Architect frommanufacturer's standard sizes and thicknesses.C.Tile Grade: "Standard Grade" unless otherwise indicated.D.Unglazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Factory-mounted flat tile and as indicated on finish schedule tocomply with manufacturers requirements.E. Glazed Ceramic Mosaic Tile: Provide factory-mounted flat tile as indicated on finish schedule tocomply with manufacturers requirements.F. Trim Shapes: Same material, size, color, and texture as field tile.G.Marble Thresholds: ASTM C503, with a minimum abrasion resistance of 10 per ASTM C1353 orASTM C241and with honed finish.1. Description: Uniform, fine to medium-grained white stone.2. Description: Match Architect's sample as indicated on finish schedule.H.Elastomeric Sealants: Manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealants of basepolymer indicated that comply with requirements of Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers"including ASTM C 920 as referenced by Type, Grade, Class, and Uses.1.One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealants: ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25, Uses T1, T2, NT, I, M, G, A, and O (for use in joints in traffic and nontraffic areas).I. Cementitious Backer Units: Proprietary backing units with glass fiber mesh reinforcing and water-resistant coating on both faces, complying with the following requirements:1.Cement-Coated Portland Cement Panels: High-density portland cement surface coating on both faces and lightweight concrete core composed of portland cement and expanded ceramic aggregate; fabricated in panels 7/16-inch thick by 36 inches wide, weighing 3.2 - 3.8 psf.J. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide the following materials as recommended by manufacturer ascompatible with both tile units and grout:1.Temporary Protective Coating: Where applicable, provide protective coating to protect exposed surfaces of tile against adherence of mortar and grout, as recommended by manufacturer compatible with tile and mortar/grout products.K. Crack Isolation Membrane:1.General: Installing Contractor is required to field inspect substrate prior to tile installation for acceptable surfaces and provide crack isolation membrane as recommended by manufacturer to achieve proper tile installation results.2. Provide Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.12 for standard performance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application where required. Include reinforcement and accessories recommended by manufacturer.1.3 ExecutionA.Examine substrates, areas and conditions where tile will be installed, with installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of installed tile. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditionshave been corrected.B. Extend tile work into recesses and under or behind equipment and fixtures, to form a completecovering without interruptions, except as otherwise shown. Terminate work neatly atobstructions, edges and corners without disrupting pattern or joint alignments. Accurately formintersections and returns. Perform cutting and drilling of tile without marring visible surfaces.Carefully grind cut edges of tile abutting trim, finish or built-in items for straight aligned joints.Fit tile closely to electrical outlets, piping, fixtures and other penetrations so that plates, colors, orcovers overlap tile.C.Field-Applied Temporary Protective Coating: Contractor to verify and coordinate with tile manufacturer methods to prevent adhesion or staining of exposed tile surfaces by grout andcomply with manufacturers recommendations and installation instructions.3. Protection: When recommended by tile manufacturer, apply a protective coat of neutral protective cleaner to completed tile walls and floors. Protect installed tile work with Kraft paper or other heavy covering during construction period to prevent damage and wear.D.At "wet areas," install cementitious backer units and treat joints to comply with manufacturer's instructions for type of application indicated.E. Installation: Comply with ANSI A108.1 and 108.4 through A108.10, as applicable for type of tile,setting materials, grout, and methods of installation indicated. Comply with manufacturer'sinstructions for application of proprietary materials.1. Prohibit foot and wheel traffic from using tiled floors for at least three (3) days after grouting is completed.F. Joint Pattern: Use grid pattern with 1/16-inch-wide joints unless otherwise indicated. Align jointswhen adjoining tile on floor, base, walls and trim are the same size. Lay out tile work and center fields inboth directions within each space or on each wall area. Adjust to minimize tile cutting. Provide uniform jointwidths.G.Expansion, Control, Contraction, and Isolation Joints: As indicated, or as in accordance with TCNAHandbook Method EJ171. Keep joints free of adhesive and grout.1. Seal tile joints with elastomeric sealants to comply with Division 7 Section "Joint Sealers."2. Sealing tile joints is specified in Division 7 section "Joint Sealers."H.Cleaning: Upon completion of placement and grouting, clean all ceramic tile surfaces so they arefree of foreign matter. Use only recommended cleaners by the tile and grout manufacturer's and only after determining that cleaners are safe to use by testing on samples of the tile and other surfacesto be cleaned.1. Remove latex-portland cement grout residue from tile as soon as possible.2. Unglazed tile may be cleaned with acid solutions only when permitted by tile and grout manufacturer'sprinted instructions but no sooner than 14 days after installation. Protect metal surfaces, cast iron, andvitreous plumbing fixtures from effects of acid cleaning. Flush surface with clean water before and aftercleaning.3. Before final inspection, remove temporary protective coating, by method recommended by coatingmanufacturer that is acceptable to brick and grout manufacturer. Trap and remove coating to prevent it fromclogging drains.4. Finished Tile Work: Leave finished installation clean and free of cracked, chipped, broken unbonded, orotherwise defective tile work.SECTION 09305 - TILE AND STONE SETTING MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES(ARDEX)Part 1 - GENERAL1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTSA. Drawings, general provisions of the Contract, and other related construction documents such asDivision 01 specifications apply to this Section1.2 SUMMARYA. This Section includes materials for the preparation of substrates and materials for the installation oftile and stone finishes to include setting materials and grouts.B. Complete ARDEX product and system installation details are provided in their correspondingTechnical Brochure available at www.ardexamericas.com.C. Related Sections include the following:7.Division 09 Tile & Stone Sections1.3 REFERENCESA. AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARDS INSTITUTE (A.N.S.I.)1. A-118.4 Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar2. A-118.11 EGP Latex-Portland Cement Mortar.3. A-118.7 High Performance Cement Grouts for Tile Installation4. A-108.01 General Requirements for Subsurfaces and Preparations by Other Trades5. A-108.10 Installation of Grout in Tilework6. A-108.5 Installation of Ceramic Tile with Dry-Set Portland Cement Mortar or Latex-Portland CementMortarB. TILE COUNCIL OF NORTH AMERICA, INC.1.Handbook for Ceramic Tile InstallationC. INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS ORGANIZATION (ISO)1.ISO 13007 - Ceramic Tile-Grouts & Adhesives1.4 SUBMITTALSA. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's product data and installation instructions for each materialand product used. Include manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets.B. Qualification Data: For Installer1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLINGA. Deliver products in original packaging, labeled with product identification, manufacturer, batchnumber and shelf life.B. Store products in a dry area with temperature maintained between 50° and 85°F (10° and 29°C) and protect from direct sunlight.C. Handle products in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations.1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONSA. Maintain temperature in tile areas at not less than 50ºF (10ºC) or more than 85ºF (29ºC)during installation and for at least 7 days after completion, unless otherwise indicated in the productinstructions and/or in ANSI A108 installation standards.1.7 WARRANTYThe ARDEX products as specified herein qualify for the 10 year ARDEX SYSTEM ONE Extended WarrantyProgram.PART 2 - PRODUCTS2.1 SETTING MORTARA. Acceptable Products Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements: 400 Ardex Park Drive,Aliquippa, PA 15001 USA, (724) 203-5000, www.ardexamericas.com :1.ARDEX X 5™ Thin Set Mortar (No Substitutions)B. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 70°F+/-3°F (21° C+/-3°C) and 50% +/-5% relative humidity:1.Meets or Exceeds ANSI A 118.11 & ANSI A 118.42.2 GROUT & CAULKA. Acceptable Products Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements: 400 Ardex Park Drive,Aliquippa, PA 15001 USA (724)203-5000, www.ardexamericas.comARDEX FL™ Sanded Grout; Color: Silver Shimmer (No Substitutions)B. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 70°F+/-3°F (21° C+/-3°C) and 50% +/-5% relative humidity:1.Pot Life: 30 minutes2.Working Time: 30 minutes3.Open to Traffic: 90 minutesC. ARDEX SX Caulk - color to match groutSECTION 09305 - TILE AND STONE SETTING MATERIALS AND ACCESSORIES(MAPEI)PART 1 - GENERALA.SECTION INCLUDES1. Tile and stone setting mortars and adhesives.2. Grout for tile and stone.3. Self-leveling underlayment, skimcoating and patching.4. Waterproofing membrane.5.Crack isolation membrane.B. RELATED SECTIONS1. Section 093000 - Tile: Ceramic tile materials.2. Section 097500 - Stone Facing.C.REFERENCES1. ANSI A108 Series/A118 Series - American National Standards for Installation of Ceramic Tile.2. ASTM C 150 - Standard Specification for Portland Cement.3. TCNA (HB) - Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation; Tile Council of North America.4. ISO 13007 - International Standards Organization; classification for Grout and Adhesives.D.SUBMITTALS1. Submit under provisions of Section 01300.2. Manufacturer's technical information for each product specified.3. Samples: Color charts for selection of grout.4. Installation Instructions: Manufacturer's printed instructions for each product.E. QUALITY ASSURANCE1. Provide tile grout, setting materials, additives, and factory-prepared polymer modified mortars from thesame manufacturer.F. DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING1. Deliver and store packaged materials in original containers with seals unbroken and labels intact untiltime of use.2. Prevent damage or contamination to materials by water, freezing, foreign matter or other causes.a. Do not use frozen materials unless specifically allowed by manufacturer.b. Deliver and store materials on site at least 24 hours before work begins.c. Provide heated and dry storage facilities on site.G.PROJECT CONDITIONS1. Maintain environmental conditions and protect work during and after installation to comply withreferenced standards and manufacturer's printed recommendations.2. Vent temporary heaters to exterior to prevent damage to tile work from carbon dioxide build-up.3. Maintain temperatures at not less than 50 deg F (10 deg C) in tiled areas during installation and for 7days after completion, unless higher temperatures are required by referenced installation standards ormanufacturer's written instructions.PART 2 - PRODUCTSA.MANUFACTURERS1. Acceptable Manufacturer: MAPEI Corporation, 1144 E. Newport Center Rd., Deerfield Beach, FL 33442;USA. Toll-Free Tel: 800-992-6273; Fax: 954-246-8805. Email: TechServiceRequests@mapei.com. Web:www.mapei.us2. Acceptable Manufacturer: MAPEI, Inc., 2900 Francis-Hughes, Laval, QC, H7L 3J5; Canada Toll-FreeTel: 1-800-361-9309. Fax: 450-901-0196. Email: TServicesCA@mapei.com; Web: www.mapei.ca.3. Substitutions: Not permitted.B. SETTING MATERlALS1.Setting Mortar for Large Module Tile and Stone: Large and Heavy Tile polymer-modifiedsingle-component mortar complying with ANSI A118.4H or better and ISO 13007 C2S1 or better;a.MAPEI, Ultralite Mortar, ANSI A118.4HTE, ANSI A118.11, ANSI A118.15HTE, and ISO 13007C2TES1P1 or,b.MAPEI, Ultraflex LFT, ANSI A118.4HTE, ANSI A118.11, ANSI A118.15 HTE, and ISO 13007C2TES1P1 or,c.Applications: Interior wall and floor installations.2. Fast-Setting Thin-Set and Large and Heavy Tile Mortar: Latex modified hydraulic cement mortar;a.MAPEI, Granirapid System two-component system, of hydraulic mortar and flexible liquid polymer additive complying with ANSI A118.4F, ANSI A118.11, ANSI A118.15F, and ISO13007 C2FS2P2 or,b.MAPEI, Ultraflex LFT Rapid, A118.4HTF, ANSI A118.11, ANSI A118.15HTF, and ISO 13007C2TFS1P1.c.Applications: Interior wall and floor installations.3.Modified Dry-Set Cement Mortar for standard size tile (less than 15 inches - all sides);a.MAPEI, Ultraflex 2, ANSI A118.4E, ANSI A118.11, and ISO 13007 C2EP1.b.Applications: Interior wall and floor installations.C. SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT1.Self-Leveling Fast Track Underlayment: Pre-blended cementitious, for fast track floor coveringinstallation, for use in dry interior applications.a.Acceptable Product: MAPEI, Ultraplan 1 Plus, fast setting; for over cured concrete, exterior grade plywood, 1/16 inch to 1 1/2 inch (1.5 mm to 38 mm).b.Acceptable Product: MAPEI, Ultraplan Easy, fast setting reduced surface preparation self leveling underlayment featheredge to 2 inches (50 mm), over cured concrete, exterior gradeplywood, and adhesives residues.c.Primer: MAPEI, Primer T or MAPEI, Primer L.2.Self-Leveling Underlayment: Pre-blended cementitious, for thicknesses from feather edge, for use in dryinterior applications.a.Acceptable Product: MAPEI, Novoplan 2 Plus, normal-setting, polymer-modified; for over cured concrete, exterior grade plywood, 1/8 inch to 1 inch (3 mm to 25 mm).b.Acceptable Product: MAPEI, Novoplan Easy Plus, reduced surface preparationself-leveling underlayment 1/8 inch to 1 inch (3 mm to 25 mm), over cured concrete, exteriorgradeplywood, and adhesives residues.c.Primer: MAPEI, Primer T or MAPEI, Primer L.D. WATERPROOF AND CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANE1.Fluid-Applied Membrane: Advanced liquid-rubber; extremely quick-drying, premium waterproofing andcrack- isolation membrane, IAPMO-listed, ANSI A118.10 and ANSI A118.12.a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Mapelastic AquaDefense.1)With MAPEI, Reinforcing Fabric.E. GROUT MATERlALS1. High Performance Cement Tile Grout: Fast-setting sanded polymer-modified grout, ANSI A118.7 andISO 13007 CG2WAF; Compressive Strength: When tested in accordance with ÅSTM C109 at 110 percentflow;a.MAPEI, Ultracolor Plus FAb.Color: #104 Timberwolf.c.Applications: All interior and exterior tile; joints between 1/16 inch and 3/4 inch (1.5 mm and 25 mm) wide.d.Applications: Use for all tile for which a different grout is not specified.2.Premium Epoxy Mortar and Grout: For grout joints from 1/16 inch to 3/8 inch (1.5 mm to 10 mm), ANSIA118.3, ISO 13007 R2 and RG, with a VOC content of 65 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR59, Subpart D.a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Kerapoxy CQ.b.Applications: All interior and exterior tile; joints between 1/16 inch and 3/8 inch (1.5 mm and 10mm) wide.F. ACCESSORIES1.Floor Skimming, Coating and Patching: Per MAPEI recommendations.a.Acceptable Product: MAPEI, Planiprep SC.b.Acceptable Product: MAPEI, Planitop 330 Fast.2.Flexible Sealant: Professional-grade, 100%-silicone sealant specifically formulated for heavy trafficexpansion and movement joints, horizontal and vertical complying with ASTM standards; shore A hardness(ASTM C661), joint movement (ASTM C920), elongation at break (ASTM D412), flexibility (ASTM C734)and passes weatherability (Accelerated Weathering Tester QUV).a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Mapesil T.3.Grout Release and Sealers:a.Acceptable Product: MAPEI, UltraCare Grout Release.b.Acceptable Product: MAPEI, UltraCare Penetrating SB Stone, Tile & Grout Sealer.G. MIXES1.Proportion and mix materials in accordance with manufacturer's most current written instructions andapplicable ANSI standards.PART 3 - EXECUTION1. Examine surfaces to receive tilework and conditions under which tile will be installed.2. Do not proceed with tile work until surfaces and conditions comply with requirements indicated inreference tile installation standard and manufacturer's printed instructions.B. INSTALLATION1. Install tile in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions and the applicable requirements of ANSIA108 Series for the materials being used.2. Install tile using TCNA methods specified on the drawings.3. Floor Tile install in accordance with TCNA method F205 and F125 Full.4. Wall Tile install in accordance with TCNA method W244C, W224F, W245, W246..5. Install expansion and control joints in accordance with TCNA method EJ171.C.GROUTING1. Grout joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and ANSI A108.10.2. Clean sanding water, dust, and foreign substances from joints to be grouted.3. Clean and dry tile surfaces.4. After grouting, remove all grout residue promptly.D.PROTECTION1. Floors: Protect from all traffic for at least 72 hours after installation.a. Do not step on floor for at least 24 hours; if traffic is unavoidable after that, use plywood steppingboards.b. Protect from heavy traffic for at least 7 days after installation.c. When fast-setting materials are used to allow faster occupancy, comply with the manufacturer'srecommendations.2. Walls: Protect from impact, vibration and heavy hammering on adjacent and opposite walls for at least 14days after installation, unless manufacturer's instructions allow a shorter period.3. Protect from food products and chemicals which can cause staining for at least 14 days.4. Protect from freezing and total water immersion for at least 21 days after installation.END OF SECTIONSECTION 09306 - WATERPROOFING & CRACK ISOLATION COMPOUND (ARDEX)PART 1 - GENERALRefer to Section 09305 (Ardex) Part 1 GeneralPART 2 - PRODUCTSA. Acceptable Products Manufactured by ARDEX Engineered Cements: 400 Ardex Park Drive,Aliquippa, PA 15001 USA, (724) 203-5000, www.ardexamericas.com:2.1 ARDEX 8+9™A. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 70°F+/-3°F (21° C+/-3°C) and 50% +/-5% relative humidity:1. Meets or Exceeds ANSI A 118.10 & ANSI A 118.122. Pot Life: 45 Minutes3. Coats: 24. Dry Time: 1 hr. - coat 1, 2-hr coat 25. Accepts Tile: Within 90 minutes6. VOC Content: 0 g/L (calculated)7. Flood Test: Begin 4 hours after second coat has been applied2.2 ARDEX WA Epoxy Adhesive & Grout, Color #19 Silver ShimmerA. To be used in locations utilizing ARDEX 8+9 instead of sanded groutB. Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at 70°F+/-3°F (21° C+/-3°C) and 50% +/-5% relative humidity:C. Meets or Exceeds ANSI A-118.32.3 ARDEX K15 & ARDEX FEATHER FINISH (UNDERLAYMENT & PATCH) as required2.4 ARDEX MC™ Moisture Control Systems (RAPID or ULTRA) as requiredPART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PREPARATIONA. Subfloors: Prepare substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.1. Prior to proceeding please refer to ANSI A 108.01 “General Requirements for Subsurface” and theTCNA's “Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation” for detailed information. Substrate and ambienttemperatures must be a minimum of 50°F (10°C).2. All subfloors must be clean and completely free of all contaminants, including dust, oil, grease, wax,sealers, paint, varnish, etc. Prepare floor as required by mechanical means. Do not use chemicals to cleanthe floor.3. Install cementitious patch and underlayment as required and in accordance with manufacturer'srecommendations.B. Joint Preparation1. Moving Joints - Expansion joints must be provided over existing moving joints and cracks, and wheresubstrate materials change composition or direction per ANSI A108 AN-3.7. A flexible sealing compoundsuch as ARDEX ArdiSeal™ Rapid Plus may be installed.2. Saw Cuts and Control Joints - fill all non-moving joints with ARDEX ArdiFix™ Joint Filler, asrecommended by the manufacturer.3.2 APPLICATION OF WATERPROOFING AND CRACK ISOLATION COMPOUNDA. Examine substrates and conditions under which materials will be installed. Do not proceed withinstallation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.B. Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction. Protectadjacent areas from contact due to mixing and handling of materials.C. Install Waterproofing and Crack Isolation Compound1. Reference A-108.13 Installation of Waterproofing Membranes and A-108.17 Installation of Crack IsolationMembrane2. Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing of material, installation, and cure. Forquestions, contact the ARDEX Technical Services Department at (724) 203-5000.D. Install Tile with Thin-Set Mortar1. Install tiles following the general office outline procedure set forth in ANSI A108.5.Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing of material, installation, and cure. For questions,contact the ARDEX Technical Services Department at (724) 203-5000.3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA. Where required, contact manufacturer for field sampling methods and procedures.3.4 PROTECTIONA. Prior to the installation of the finish flooring from abuse by other trades by the use of plywood,Masonite or other suitable protection course.SECTION 09306 - WATERPROOFING & CRACK ISOLATION COMPOUND (MAPEI)PART 1 - GENERALRefer to Section 09305 (MAPEI) Part 1 GeneralPART 2 - PRODUCTSA.Acceptable Products Manufactured by:1.Acceptable Manufacturer: MAPEI Corporation, 1144 E. Newport Center Drive, Deerfield Beach, FL33442, USA. Toll-Free Tel.: 1-800-992-6273. Fax: 954-246-8805. Email: KMcGinley@mapei.com. Web:www.mapei.us.2.1 WATERPROOFING/CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANEA.General: Manufacturer's standard product that complies with ANSI A118.10 and ANSI A118.12 forperformance and is recommended by the manufacturer for the application indicated. Include reinforcementand accessories recommended by manufacturer.B.Products:1.MAPEI, Mapelastic AquaDefense.C.Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at73°F (21°C) and 50% relative humidity: Meets or Exceeds ANSI A 118.10 & ANSI A 118.12.1.Pot Life: 3 hours.2.Coats: 2, DFT 20 mils.3. Dry Time: 1st coat - When dark green and dry to touch.4.Accepts Tile: After 2nd coat - About 30 to 50 minutes (when dark green and dry to touch).5.VOC Content: 0 g/L (calculated).6.Flood Test: Cure at least 12 hours at 73°F (23°C) and 50% relative humidity.2.2 GROUT:A.Products:1.MAPEI; Kerapoxy CQ, Color #104 Timberwolf.B.To be used in locations utilizing MAPEI, Mapelastic AquaDefense, instead of sanded grout.C.Performance and Physical Properties: Meet or exceed the following values for material cured at73°F (23°C) and 50% relative humidity.D.Industry Standards: ANSI A118.3, ISO 13007 R2/RG.E.Grout Joint width: 1/16" and 3/8" (1.5 and 10 mm).2.3 SELF-LEVELING UNDERLAYMENT & PATCH (as required)A.Products:1.MAPEI, Ultraplan 1 Plus.2.MAPEI, Planiprep SC.2.4 MOISTURE CONTROL SYSTEMS (RAPID or ULTRA) (as required)A.Products:1.MAPEI, Planiseal VS or Planiseal VS Fast.PART 3 - EXECUTION3.1 PREPARATIONA.Subfloors: Prepare substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.1.Prior to proceeding please refer to ANSI A 108.01 “General Requirements for Subsurface” and the TCNA's “Handbook for Ceramic, Glass, and Stone Tile Installation” for detailed information. Substrateand ambient temperatures must be a minimum of 50°F (10°C).2.All subfloors must be clean and completely free of all contaminants, including dust, oil, grease, wax,sealers, paint, varnish, etc. Prepare floor as required by mechanical means. Do not use chemicals to cleanthe floor.3.Install cementitious patch and underlayment as required and in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations.B. Joint Preparation1.Dynamic Moving Joints - Expansion joints must be provided over existing moving joints and cracks, and where substrate materials change composition or direction per ANSI A108 AN-3.7.a. Products:1)MAPEI, Mapeflex P1 SL.2.Static non-moving joints (Saw Cuts and Control Joints) - As recommended by the manufacturer.a. Products:1)MAPEI, Epojet LV or Planibond EBA. Thickening with sand is acceptable.3.2 APPLICATION OF WATERPROOFING AND CRACK ISOLATION MEMBRANEA.Examine substrates and conditions under which materials will be installed. Do not proceed withinstallation until unsatisfactory conditions are corrected.B.Coordinate installation with adjacent work to ensure proper sequence of construction. Protectadjacent areas from contact due to mixing and handling of materials.C.Install Waterproofing and Crack Isolation Membrane.1.Reference ANSI A108.13 Installation of Waterproofing Membranes and ANSI A108.17 Installation of Crack Isolation Membrane.Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing of material, installation, and cure. For questions, contact:a. MAPEI Technical Services Department at (800) 992-6273.D. Install Tile with Thin-Set Mortar1.Install tiles following the general office outline procedure set forth in ANSI A108.5.Comply with manufacturer's printed instructions for mixing of material, installation, and cure. For questions, contact:a.MAPEI Technical Services Department at (800) 992-6273.3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROLA.Where required, contact manufacturer for field sampling methods and procedures.3.4 PROTECTIONA.Prior to the installation of the finish flooring from abuse by other trades using plywood, Masonite orother suitable protection course. rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850SECTION 09510 - ACOUSTICAL PANEL CEILINGS1.1 GENERALA.Submittals: In addition to product data for each type of acoustical panel and suspension systemrequired, submit the following: One set of 12-inch- (300-mm-) long samples of exposed suspension systemmembers, including moldings, for each color and system type required.B. Seismic Standard; in areas subject to seismic zones: Provide acoustical tile ceilings designed andinstalled to withstand the effect of earthquake motions according to the following:1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension Systems Requiring Seismic Restraint: Comply with ASTM E580.2. Acoustical Installation contractor to verify and comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.3. UBS Standard 25-2, "Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile and for Lay-in Panel Ceilings".4. ASCE 7. "Minimum Design Loads for Building and Other Structures": Section 9. " Earthquake Loads".5. Special Inspections: Engage a qualified special inspector to perform the following special inspectionswhere required by governing authority:a. Compliance of seismic design.1.2 PRODUCTSA.Acoustical Tile Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:1. Suspension system and acoustic panels as listed in finish legend within drawings.B. Acoustical Tile Standard: Provide manufacturer's standard tiles of configuration indicated that complywith ASTM E 1264 classifications as designated by types, acoustical ratings, and light reflectances, unlessotherwise indicated.1. Mounting Method for Measuring Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): Type E-400 (plenum mounting inwhich face of test specimen is 15-3/4 inches [400 mm] away from the test surface) per ASTM E 795.2. Test Method for Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): Where acoustical tile ceilings are specified to have aCAC, provide units identical to those tested per ASTM E 1414 by a qualified testing agency.C.Water-Felted, Mineral-Base Tiles: Type III, Form 2 acoustical tiles per ASTM E 1264, with paintedfinish, complying with pattern and other requirements indicated on drawings.D.Wire Hangers, Braces, and Ties: Provide wires complying with the following requirements:1. Zinc-Coated Carbon Steel Wire: ASTM A 641 (ASTM A 641M), Class 1 zinc coating, soft temper.2. Size: Select wire diameter so that its stress at 3 times the hanger design load (ASTM C 635, Table 1,Direct Hung) will be less than the yield stress of wire, but provide not less than 0.106-inch- (2.69-mm-)diameter wire.E. Sheet-Metal Edge Moldings and Trim: Type and profile indicated, or if not indicated, manufacturer'sstandard moldings for edges and penetrations that fit acoustical tile edge details and suspension systemsindicated; formed from sheet metal of same material and finish as that used for exposed flanges ofsuspension system runners.1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.b. Chicago Metallic Corporation.c. USG Interiors, Inc.F. Fire-Resistance-Rated Suspension System: Provide manufacturer's standard metal suspensionsystems of types, structural classifications, and finishes indicated that comply with applicable ASTM C 635requirements:1. Direct-Hung, Double-Web Suspension System: Main and cross runners roll formed from and cappedwith pre-painted or electrolytic zinc-coated, cold-rolled steel sheet; other characteristics as follows:a. Structural Classification: Heavy-duty system.b. Access: Upward, with initial access openings of size indicated or, if not indicated, as selected byArchitect from opening sizes approved for the fire-resistance-rated assembly indicated. Locateinitial access openings throughout the ceiling within each module formed by main runners andcross runners, and make additional access available through progressively removing remainingacoustical tiles.2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:a. Armstrong World Industries, Inc.b. Chicago Metallic Corporation.c. USG Interiors, Inc.G.Maintenance stock: At time of completion, provide two packages of each type of acoustic panels toowner for future replacement.1.3 EXECUTIONA.General: Install acoustical tile ceilings to comply with publications referenced below per manufacturer'sinstructions and CISCA "Ceiling Systems Handbook."1. Standard for Ceiling Suspension System Installations: Comply with ASTM C636/C636M.2. CISCA Recommendations per "Ceiling Systems Handbook" for Acoustical Ceilings: Comply with CISCA"Recommendations for Direct-Hung Acoustical Tile and Lay-In Panel Ceilings."B. Suspend ceiling hangers as follows:1. Secure wire hangers to ceiling suspension members and to supports above. Connect hangers eitherdirectly to structures or to inserts, eye screws, or other devices that are secure, that are appropriate forsubstrate, and that will not deteriorate or otherwise fail due to age, corrosion, or elevated temperatures.2. Space hangers not more than 48 inches (1200 mm) o.c. along each member supported directly fromhangers, unless otherwise shown; and provide hangers not more than 8 inches (200 mm) from ends ofeach member.3. Splay hangers only where required to miss obstructions; offset resulting horizontal forces by bracing,countersplaying, or other equally effective means. Where width of ducts and other construction withinceiling plenum produces hanger spacing that interfere with location of hangers at spacing required tosupport standard suspension-system members, install supplemental suspension members and hangers inform of trapezes or equivalent devices.C.Install edge moldings and trim of type indicated at perimeter of acoustical ceiling area and wherenecessary to conceal edges of acoustical tiles.D.Install suspension system runners so they are square and securely interlocked with one another.Remove and replace dented, bent, or kinked members.E. Install acoustical tiles in coordination with suspension system. Place splines or suspension systemflanges into kerfed edges so that tile-to-tile joints are closed by double lap of material.1. Fit adjoining tile to form flush, tight joints. Scribe and cut tile for accurate fit at borders and aroundpenetrations through tile.2. Hold tile field in compression by inserting leaf-type, spring-steel spacers between tile and moldings,spaced at 12 inches (305 mm) o.c.3. Fabricate access units for special suspension system access members and tile units modified asrequired to allow for removal of access units.4. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical tile ceilings, including trim and edge moldings. Comply withmanufacturer's written instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish damage. Remove and replacetiles and other ceiling components that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to permanentlyeliminate evidence of damage.END OF SECTION 09510SECTION 09660 - RESILIENT WALL BASE AND TILE FLOORING (ARDEX)1.1 GENERALA. Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following:1. Samples of each type, color and pattern of resilient base and floor tile.2. Maintenance data for resilient base and floor tile, to be included in Operation and Maintenance Manualspecified in Division 1.B. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, of eachclass, wearing surface, color, pattern and size of resilient base and floor tile installed.1.2 PRODUCTSA. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, reslient floor tiles that may beincorporated into the work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in the drawings.B. Products: Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide one of the products specified in thedrawings.C. Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066, Composition 1 (nonasbestosformulated), and with requirements specified in Vinyl Composition Floor Tile product shown on drawings.D. Rubber Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40, Type 1, and with requirements specified inthe Rubber Wall Base Product shown on the drawings.E. Ruber Accesssories: Products complying with requirements shown on the drawings.F. Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type recommended by flooring manufacturer.1. Primer: For substrates as follows:a. Non-porous substrates such as epoxy coating systems and metal: ARDEX P82 UltraPrimeb. Gypsum: ARDEX P 51 PrimerG. Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Self-Drying, Cement-Based FinishUnderlayment1. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements and site conditions: ARDEX Feather FinishH. Adhesives (Cements): Water-resistant type recommended by tile manufacturer to suit resilient floor tileproducts and substrate conditions indicated.1. Clear VCT Floor Adhesivea. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide HENRY 430 ClearPro2. Cove Base Adhesivea. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide HENRY 440 Cove Base Adhesive1.3 EXECUTIONA. Examine areas where installation of tiles will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates andconditions are satisfactory for tile installation and comply with tile manufacturer's requirements.1. Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 before beginning installation.2. For wood subfloors verify that underlayment surface is free of surface irregularities and substances withpotential to interfere with adhesive bond, show through surface, or stain tile.3. Proceed with installation only after substrate passes testing according to floor tile manufacturer's writtenrecommendation.B. Preparation: Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicated toreceive tile.C. Installation: Comply with tile manufacturer's installation directions and other requirements indicated1. Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tile widthsat opposite edges of room are equal to one another and are not less tha one-half of a tile.2. Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufacturerd andpackaged.a. Lay tiles with grain running in one direction.b. Lay tiles in basket weave pattern with grain direction alternating between reversed in adjacenttiles.c. Lay tiles in pattern with respect to location of colors, patterns and sizes as indicated on Drawings.3. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installing on top of finished tile floor,install tile before these items are installed.D. Install metal edge strips where indicated, using countersunk stainless steel anchors.E. Cleaning:1. Clean resilient tile floors after installation and 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended toestablish date of Substantial Completion.2. Apply protective polish according to floor tile manufacturer's directions.3. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, protecting and polishing floor tile.SECTION 09660 - RESILIENT WALL BASE AND TILE FLOORING (MAPEI)1.1 GENERALA.Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following.1.Samples of each type, color, and pattern of resilient base and floor tile.2.Maintenance data for resilient base and floor tile, to be included in Operating and Maintenance Manualspecified in Division 1.B.Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner not less than one box for each 50 boxes or fraction thereof, ofeach class, wearing surface, color, pattern, and size of resilient base and floor tile installed.1.2 PRODUCTSA.Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, resilient floor tiles that may beincorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the products specified in the drawings.B.Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the products specified in thedrawings.C.Vinyl Composition Floor Tile: Products complying with ASTM F 1066, Composition 1 (nonasbestosformulated), and with requirements specified in Vinyl Composition Floor Tile Product shown on drawings.D.Rubber Wall Base: Products complying with FS SS-W-40, Type I, and with requirements specified inthe Rubber Wall Base Product shown on the drawings.E.Rubber Accessories: Products complying with requirements shown on the drawings.F.Concrete Slab Primer: Nonstaining type recommended by flooring manufacturer.1.All-Purpose Primer.a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Primer T.G.Trowelable Underlayments and Patching Compounds: Portland-cement-based formulation provided orapproved by tile manufacturer for applications indicated.1.High-Performance, Fiber-Reinforced Skimcoating Compound.a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Planiprep SC.H.Adhesives (Cements): Water-resistant type recommended by tile manufacturer to suit resilient floor tileproducts and substrate conditions indicated.1.Premium Clear, Thin-Spread VCT Adhesive.a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Ultabond ECO 711.2.Premium Wall-Base Adhesive.a.Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide MAPEI, Ultrabond ECO 575.I.Edge Strips: Vinyl of width shown, of height required to protect exposed edge of tiles, and in maximumavailable lengths to minimize running joints.1.3 EXECUTIONA.Examine areas where installation of tiles will occur, with Installer present, to verify that substrates andconditions are satisfactory for tile installation and comply with tile manufacturer's requirements.1.Concrete Subfloors: Verify that concrete slabs comply with ASTM F 710 before beginning installation:2.For wood subfloors verify that underlayment surface is free of surface irregularities and substanceswith potential to interfere with adhesive bond, show through surface, or stain tile.3.Proceed with instillation only after substrate passes testing according to floor tile manufacturer'swritten recommendation.B.Preparation: Comply with manufacturer's installation specifications to prepare substrates indicatedto receive tile.C.Installation: Comply with tile manufacturer's installation directions and other requirements indicated.1.Lay out tiles from center marks established with principal walls, discounting minor offsets, so tile widths atopposite edges of room are equal to one another and are not less than one-half of a tile.2.Match tiles for color and pattern by selecting tiles from cartons in same sequence as manufactured andpackaged.a.Lay tiles with grain running in one direction.b.Lay tiles in basket weave pattern with grain direction alternating between reversed in adjacenttiles.c.Lay tiles in pattern with respect to location of colors, patterns, and sizes as indicated on Drawings.3.Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installing on top of finished tile floor,install tile before these items are installed.D.Install metal edge strips where indicated, using countersunk stainless steel anchors.E.Cleaning:1.Clean resilient tile floors after installation and 4 days prior to date scheduled for inspections intended toestablish date of Substantial Completion.2.Apply protective polish according to floor tile manufacturer's directions.3.Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for cleaning, protecting and polishing floor tile.SECTION 09720 - WALL COVERING1.1 GENERALIf at any time during the installation a product or installation issue should be discovered - immediatelycontact your distributor or dealer for further directions, additional instructions and/or resolution to addressissue before proceeding. After installing the first 3 strips of any wallcovering immediately confirm quality.Once again, make sure the product is correct, that there are no quality or product issues with thewallcovering. Should a quality issue or question arise, please call the Designtex installation HOTLINE at1-800-797-4949, Option 1, Ext. 8349 between the hours of 8 a.m to 5 p.m EST. Designtex will not takeresponsibility for any quality issues raised after the first 3 strips are cut and installed.Before installing any wallcovering, verify compliance and acceptable conditions, for any moisture problemsthat could have an effect on mold and mildew growth after the wallcovering is installed. Do not install anywallcovering if the walls appear to have any moisture damage or if the building appears to have moistureinfiltration problems. If you are uncertain if moisture problems are present, contact the manufacturer andgeneral contractor for the standard of care and best application or finish for that area and that design of abuilding. Designtex will not take responsibility for any quality issues if moisture problems are not addressedbefore installation. You should also refer to the Mold Handbook authored by the Wallcovering Associationwith respect to considerations for specifying vinyl wallcovering in various climates and for various buildingdesigns. The handbook can be located at: http://www.wallcoverings.org/MOLDbook.pdfA.Before Installing:1. Inspect each piece upon receipt. Immediately make claim with the carrier if the pieces are damaged.2. Check to see that you have received what was ordered and that the rolls all have the same style and runnumbers.3. If the material is to be stored, make sure the pieces are kept in a temperature controlled, dry area, andnot crushed.B. Surface Preparation:1.Site conditions: For best results, finished lighting should be in place at the time of wall preparationand wallcovering installation2. Acceptable hanging surfaces must be clean, smooth, dry and structurally intact.3. Any mildew must be removed from the walls and surfaces treated to inhibit further mildew growth. Inhumid, mold, and mildew prone areas use Zinsser Plus Mildew Proof Commercial Wallcovering System ormanufacturer approved equal that offers protection against the growth of mildew. More extensive moistureproblems may require additional steps before installation.4. Do not install wallcovering unless temperature above 55 degrees Fahrenheit is maintained.5. Prior to priming, seal damaged drywall facing paper prior to skim coating.6. Note: Crayon, pen markers, ink, screw and nail heads, and heavy pencil marks, and stainsneed to be sealed with a stain-killer prior to priming.7. For all new or refinished wall surfaces, a water-based wallcovering primer should be applied to surfacebefore application of wallcovering. Use a wallcovering primer that dries to a solid color to help concealdrywall joints8. Where there is a color contrast between the wall surface and the wallcovering, it is always best to tint theprimer to match the color of the wallcovering.9. Glossy and non-porous surfaces should be primed with a coat of an adhesion promoting primer such asR-35 prior to installation of wallcovering.10.Verify and comply with all manufacturer's installation instructions and specifications.C.Adhesive Application:1. Provide the use of a good quality heavy duty “clear” vinyl adhesive as made by Zinsser and Roman asrecommenced by wallcovering manufacturer. It's always advantageous to use a primer and adhesive fromthe same manufacturer.2. Do not dilute adhesive.3. In mildew prone environments, use of a mildew inhibitor is recommended. More extensive moistureproblems may require additional steps before installation.4. New vapor permeable primers and adhesives are now available to wallcovering installers, which couldreduce the risk of mold for all types of wallcoverings, versus the use of traditional primers and adhesives.Verify recommended product with manufacturer of wallcovering. Examples of such newly availablepermeable mildew systems are Zinsser's V.P. Vapor Permeable ™ System, specifically ShieldzV.P. Primer and Sure Grip V.P. Primer such as described in their attached flyer (www.zinsser.com tel. 732469-8100 ) and Roman Decorating Products” Ultra™ Plus Mildew System, specifically Ultra™ Plus Primerand Ultra™ Plus Adhesive (www.romandecoratingproducts.com tel.800 488-6117)D.Wallcovering Installation: Verify and comply with manufacturer's current written installation instructions,and as a minimum:1. Determine whether the pattern match is random, straight across, or drop match. Measure the wallheight, allowing for pattern match, add 4 inches, and then cut the wallcovering. It will overlap onto theceiling and the base approximately 2 inches2. Cut rolls in sequential order starting with the highest number working down to the lowest number. Makecertain that the run numbers are separated at break points such as corners. Number panels and headersas they are cut from the roll and apply to the wall in the same sequence.3. Any wallcovering design that does not have specific direction or horizontal match, could be installed byreversing alternate strips to ensure color uniformity at the seams. If product appears shaded or paneledafter the first 3 strips, we strongly suggest reversing alternate strips.4. If the wallcovering is table trimmed, use of a straight-edge and a razor is recommended. A fresh bladeshould be used on each cut. “Snap off” cutting tools are not recommended.5. The “overlap and double cut” method is an alternative method of installation with many fabric backedvinyl wallcoverings.6. All wallcoverings should be trimmed 2” to 4” on each edge to ensure best appearance.7. If paste does get on the vinyl wallcovering, clean it off immediately with warm water and blot dry withclean lint free towel. Use a soft bristle brush to clean if necessary. Change this water frequently. Becertain to wash the ceiling and the baseboard to remove any paste residue. Do not leave any overlap atthe seams since vinyl will not adhere to itself. Seams should be vertical, have a tight fit, and free from airand paste bubbles. Seams should not be located closer than 6” to corners.8. Avoid burnishing the face of the material. Use a wallcovering brush or a plastic scraper to smooth thewallcovering onto the wall.9. Use a seam roller to flatten the edges at the seams, ceilings and baseboards. Use light pressure. Donot press hard enough to remove the adhesive from underneath the wallcovering.10.After installing the first 3 strips of any wallcovering immediately conform quality of product. Once again,make sure the product is correct, that there are no quality or product issues with the wallcovering. Should aquality issue or question arise please call our installation HOTLINE at 1-800-797-4949, Option 1, Ext. 8349between the hours of 8 a.m to 5 p.m EST. Designtex will not take responsibility for any quality issues raisedafter the first 3 strips are cut and installed.11.If any of the above conflicts with manufacturer's written instructions, manufacturer written instructionshall take precedence.12.It is the responsibility of the installer to verify and comply with manufacturer's installation instructionsand provide a complete and acceptable finished product.END OF SECTION 09720SECTION 09900 - PAINTING1.1 GENERALA.This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and exterior itemsand surfaces.1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified are in addition to shop-priming and surfacetreatments.B. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in the schedules, except where asurface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where an item orsurface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces. If color orfinish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors or finishes available.C.Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces, operatingparts, and labels.1. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual, or other code-required labels orequipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.D.Submittals: Submit the following:1. Product data for each paint system specified, including block fillers and primers.a. Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and instructions forhandling, storage, and application of each material proposed for use.b. List each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application.Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.c. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controllinguse of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).2. Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts. After color selection, theArchitect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.3. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied, withtexture to simulate actual conditions, on actual samples of the actual substrate. Provide stepped samples,defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers. Use actual colors when preparing samplesfor review. Resubmit until required sheen, color, and texture are achieved.a. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture only:1) Concrete Masonry: Two 4-by-8-inch samples of masonry, with mortar joint in the center, for each finishand color.2) Painted Wood: Two 12-inch-square samples of each color and material on hardboard.3) Ferrous Metal: Two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8-inch-long samples of solid metal foreach color and finish.E. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting systemapplications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have resulted in aconstruction record of successful in-service performance.F. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the samemanufacturer as the finish coats.G.Field Samples: On wall surfaces and other exterior and interior components, duplicate finishes ofprepared samples. Provide full-coat finish samples on at least 100sq. ft. of surface.1. Final acceptance of colors will be from job-applied samples.2. The Owner will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for each type of coatingand substrate to be painted. Apply coatings in this room or surface according to the schedule or asspecified.H.Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containersbearing manufacturer's name and label with the product trade name manufacturer's instructions.I.Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambienttemperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Removeoily rags and waste daily.J. Project Conditions: Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, or when the relative humidity exceeds85 percent, or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point, or to damp or wetsurfaces.K. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding airtemperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C).L. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding airtemperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C).1.2 PRODUCTSA.Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers offering productsthat may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products thatmay be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to:a. Benjamin Moore & Co.b. Sherwin-Williams CompanyB. Paint Materials, General: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related materialsthat are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service andapplication, as demonstrated by the manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.C.Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the various coatingtypes specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not beacceptable.1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials isnot intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent productsof other manufacturers. Furnish the manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance forproposed substitutions.D.Colors: Provide color selections made by the Architect from the manufacturer's full range of standardcolors.1.3 EXECUTIONA.Examination: Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed forcompliance with requirements. Do not begin application until unsatisfactory conditions have beencorrected.B. Coordination: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of the totalsystems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of finish materials toensure use of compatible primers.1. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over substrates primed byothers.C.Preparation: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, lighting fixtures,and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide surface-applied protection prior tosurface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if necessary, to completely paint the items andadjacent surfaces. Following completion of painting operations in each space or area, have itemsreinstalled by workers skilled in the trades involved.D.Cleaning: Clean substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Removeoil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from thecleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.E. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to the manufacturer'sinstructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified.1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces to be painted. Remove efflorescence, chalk,dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen to remove glaze. If hardeners or sealers have beenused to improve curing, use mechanical methods of surface preparation.a. Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer.b. Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces. Do not paint surfaces where moisturecontent exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions.3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, andsandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off.a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or otherrecommended knot sealer before applying primer.b. Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges, ends, faces,undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases, and paneling.c. Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish or sealerimmediately upon delivery.4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop-coated; remove oil,grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methodsthat comply with recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council.a. Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire-brush, cleanwith solvents and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat.5. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean galvanized surfaces with nonpetroleum-based solvents so that the surfaceis free of oil and surface contaminants. Remove pretreatment from galvanized sheet metal fabricated fromcoil stock by mechanical methods.F. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer'sdirections.1. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required duringapplication. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain material beforeusing.2. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits.G.Application: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and techniques bestsuited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture,scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules.2. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.3. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the application method.Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured. Sand between applications where sanding isrequired to produce an even smooth surface. Tint each undercoat a lighter shade to facilitate identificationof each coat if multiple coats of same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match color if topcoat,but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.4. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint until paintfilm is of uniform finish, color, and appearance.5. The term exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures are in place.Extend coatings in these areas to maintain system integrity and provide desired protection.6. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces. Paintsurfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture as indicated on drawings.7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed surfaces.H.Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwiseprepared for painting as soon as practicable and before subsequent surface deterioration. Allow sufficienttime between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat until paint has dried.I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray or other applicators accordingto manufacturer's directions.1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied.2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by themanufacturer for the material and texture required.3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended for the material andtexture required.J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate.Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer.K. Block Fillers: Apply block fillers at a rate to ensure complete coverage with pores filled.L. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat to material to be painted or finished thathas not been prime-coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces where evidence of suction spotsor unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects due toinsufficient sealing.M.Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, orrepaint work not complying with specified requirements.N.Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paintmaterials from the site.1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washingand scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.O.Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting.Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable to Architect.P. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappingsprovided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations.1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced paintedsurfaces.Q.Paint Schedule: Provide the following paint systems ( or approved equal) for the various substratesindicated:1. Exterior Surfacesa. Ferrous & Non-Ferrous Metals (doors):1st coat: IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal & Wood Enamel (363)2nd coat: Moore's IMC DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss (M29)3rd coat: Moore's IMC DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss (M29)b. Galvanized Metal:1st coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal & Wood Enamel (363)2nd coat: Moore's IMC DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss (M29)3rd coat:Moore's IMC DTM Acrylic Semi-Gloss (M29)c. Concrete:1st coat: Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler (285)2nd coat: MoorGard Latex House Paint (103)3rd coat: MoorGard Latex House Paint (103)d. Stucco:1st coat: Moore's Acrylic Masonry Sealer (066)2nd coat: MoorGard Latex House Paint (103)3rd coat: MoorGard Latex House Paint (103)e.Unit Masonry (Concrete block):1st coat: Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler (285)2nd coat: MoorGard Latex House Paint (103)3rd coat: MoorGard Latex House Paint (103)2. Interior Surfaces: (refer to finish schedule on sheet A-4.1)a. Wood (painted):1st coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (253)2nd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Semi-Gloss Enamel (276)3rd coat: Moorcraft Super Spec LatexSemi-Gloss Enamel (276)b. Drywall:1st coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Enamel Undercoater & Primer Sealer (253)2nd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Pearl Finish (277)3rd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Pearl Finish (277)c. Concrete (concrete/ concrete block walls):1st coat Moorcraft Super Craft Latex Block Filler (285)2nd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Pearl Finish (277)3rd coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex Pearl Finish (277)d. Metals (hand rails, doors, frames & grills):1st coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel (363)2nd coat Impervex Latex High Gloss Metal and Wood Enamel (309)3rd coat Impervex Latex High Gloss Metal and Wood Enamel (309)e. Metals (columns, joists):1st coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel (363)2nd coat Impervex Latex High Gloss Metal and Wood Enamel (309)3rd coat Impervex Latex High Gloss Metal and Wood Enamel (309)f.Ceilings (drywall):1st coat Moorcraft Super Spec Latex EnamelUndercoater & Primer Sealer (253)2nd coat Moore's Muresco Ceiling Paint (258)3rd coat Moore's Muresco Ceiling Paint (258)g. Wood Doors (painted):1st coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel (363)2nd coat IronClad Latex Low Lustre Metal and Wood Enamel (363)Insert schedules for exterior and interior paint systems as required. See the Basic Section forexamples of various systems.R.Clean-up: During the progress of the work, remove from site, discarded paint materials, rubbish, cansand rags at the end of each work day. Upon completion of painting work, clean window glass and otherdamaged paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint and clean damaged finish surfaces. Touch-upand restore all damaged or defaced painted surfaces after completion of work of other trades.SECTION 10260 - SPECIALTY WALL PANELSA.Provide surface preparation of substrate wall surfaces and installation of wall protection elements,where indicated on the drawings, as specified herein and as needed for a complete and proper installation.Comply with manufacturer's installation instructions, recommendations, procedures and installationsequence.B. FRP Panels:0.090” thick x 4’ wide “Marlite FRP”, #P-100 White or equal USDA accepted, semi-rigid fiberglassreinforced plastic paneling (ASTM D5319). If required per local codes, use Marlite #P-100 FR White,Class A: UL classified flame-spread less than 20, fuel contributed 0, and smoke developed less than 200,per ASTM E-84.C.Panel Fitting:Position panels with 1/8” gap between each panel and division bar of moldings to allow for normalexpansion and contraction and extend 6 inches above ceiling line. Allow not less than 1/8” gap aroundpipes, electrical fittings and other projections. Use carbide-tipped power saws to cut panels or othermethods as recommended by manufacturer. Prefit each panel before installing.D.Install panels by using Marlite #C-375 adhesive complying with ASTM G557, (or Marlite #C551adhesives where solvent vapors cannot be adequately ventilated) to back of panels for 100% coverage,with a notched trowel. Before adhesive skins over, set panels in position and press against wall. Complywith manufacturer installation instructions as required to flash off solvents. Apply adequate pressure tomake full contact between panel and wall.E. Panel Moldings:Provide one-piece matching trim and panel moldings at all joints between panels and at top and bottomedges of panels. Install moldings with continuous bead of Marlite Silicone Sealant MS-250 duringinstallation of panels. Seal joints between moldings and between molding and adjacent finish material.Remove excess sealant immediately.F. Stainless Steel Wall Panels: 18 and 24 gauge, as scheduled on the drawings, #4 Brushed Finish.Install panels in sheets as large as possible. All flush and corner joints to be lapped. Break all corners andedges to straight true lines. Exposed fasteners to be stainless steel.G.Clean all panels and protect from damage. Refer to manufacturer's specific cleaning recommendations.Do not use abrasive cleaners.SECTION 10522 - FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, CABINETS, AND ACCESSORIES1.1 GENERALA.Submittals: Submit the following:1. Product Data: Include rough-in dimensions, details showing mounting methods, relationships of box andtrim to surrounding construction, door hardware, cabinet type and materials, trim style, door construction,panel style, and materials.B. Coordination: Verify that cabinets are sized to accommodate type and capacity of extinguishersindicated, as well as wall depth requirements may be required.C.UL-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers shall be UL listed with UL listing mark for type, rating, andclassification of extinguisher.D.FM-Listed Products: Fire extinguishers approved by Factory Mutual Research Corporation for type,rating, and classification of extinguisher with FM marking.1.2 PRODUCTSA.Fire Extinguishers: Provide fire extinguishers as recommended by Owner's surety for each cabinet andfor other locations required by Owner's surety.1. Dry Chemical Type: UL-rated 10-B:C, 5-lb nominal capacity, in enameled steel container.2. Multipurpose Dry Chemical Type: UL-rated minimum 2-A:10-B:C, 2-1/2-lb nominal capacity, in enameledsteel container.B. Mounting Brackets: Provide brackets of sizes required for type and capacity of extinguisher indicated,in plated finish.C.Cabinet Construction: Box with trim, frame, door, and hardware to suit cabinet type, trim style, anddoor style indicated. Weld joints and grind smooth. Miter and weld perimeter door frames.1. Fire-Rated Cabinets: UL listed with UL listing mark with fire-resistance rating of wall where it is installed.2. Cabinet Type: Suitable for containing the following:a. Fire extinguisher.3. Cabinet Mounting: Suitable for the mounting indicated:a. Recessed: Fully recessed in walls of sufficient depth to suit trim style.b. Surface-Mounted: Fully exposed and mounted directly on wall.4. Trim Style: One piece with corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth.a. Exposed Trim: One-piece combination trim and perimeter door frame overlapping surroundingwall surface with exposed trim face and wall return at outer edge.1) Square-edge with 1/4- to 5/16-inch backbend depth.2) Metal: Same metal and finish as door.D.Door Material and Construction: Manufacturer's standard of material indicated, coordinated withcabinet types and trim styles selected.1. Enameled Steel: Hollow construction with tubular stiles and rails.2. Door Glazing: Fully tempered float glass complying with ASTM C 1048, Condition A, Type I, Quality q3,Kind FT, and Class as follows:a. Class 1 (clear).3. Identify fire extinguisher in cabinet with FIRE EXTINGUISHER lettering applied to door. Provide letteringto comply with authorities having jurisdiction for letter style, color, size, spacing, and location.a. Application Process: Silk screen.E. Identify bracket-mounted extinguishers with FIRE EXTINGUISHER in red letter decals applied to wallsurface. Letter size, style, and location to comply with authorities having jurisdiction.F. Door Style: Manufacturer's standard design.1. Full-Glass Panel: Float glass, 1/8 inch thick.G.Door Hardware: Provide door-operating hardware of proper type for cabinet type, trim style, and doormaterial and style indicated. Provide lever handle with cam-action latch, or exposed or concealed door pulland friction latch. Provide concealed or continuous-type hinge permitting door to open 180 degrees.H.Cabinet Finishes: Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual." Protect exposed finishes fromdamage by application of temporary strippable covering prior to shipment.I.Steel Cabinet Finishes: Solvent-clean surfaces to remove dirt, oil, grease, and other contaminants thatcould impair paint bond. Remove mill scale and rust from uncoated steel.1. Baked-Enamel Finish: Immediately after cleaning and pretreatment, apply a two-coat baked-enamelfinish consisting of prime coat and thermosetting topcoat. Comply with paint manufacturer's instructions forapplication and baking to achieve a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils.a. Color and Gloss: Manufacturer's standard designations. Paint the following:1) Exterior of cabinet except for surfaces indicated to receive another finish2) Interior of cabinet.1.3 EXECUTIONA.Installation: Follow manufacturer's printed instructions.B. Install at heights indicated, or if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable regulations ofgoverning authorities.1. Prepare wall recesses for cabinets as required by type and size of cabinet and style of trim and tocomply with manufacturer's instructions.2. Fasten mounting brackets and fire extinguisher cabinets to structure, square and plumb.C.Comply with NFPA 10 for extinguisher placement.D.Fire-Rated Fire Protection Cabinets, where applicable, comply with ASTM E814 for fire resistancerating of walls where they are installed.SECTION 10800 - TOILET AND BATH ACCESSORIES1.1 GENERALA.Submittals: Manufacturer's product data for each toilet accessory item specified, including details ofconstruction relative to materials, dimensions, gages, profiles, mounting methods, specified options, andfinishes.1.2 PRODUCTSA.Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide toilet accessories by one of thefollowing:1. American Specialties, Inc.2. Bobrick Washroom Equipment, Inc.3. McKinney/Parker.B. Materials, General: Fabricate toilet accessory items from the following materials and according torequirements specified for individual accessory items:1. Stainless Steel: AISI Type 302/304, with polished No. 4 finish, 0.034-inch (22-gage) minimum thickness,unless otherwise indicated.2. Sheet Steel: Cold-rolled, commercial quality ASTM A1008/A1008M, 0.04-inch (20-gage) minimumthickness, unless otherwise indicated. Surface preparation and metal pretreatment as required for appliedfinish.3. Galvanized Steel Sheet: ASTM A653/A653M, G60.4. Mirror Glass: Nominal 6.0-mm (0.25-inch) thick plate glass conforming to ASTM C1503, Type I, Class 1,Quality q2, and with silvering, electro-plated copper coating, and protective organic coating.5. Galvanized Steel Mounting Devices: ASTM A153, hot-dip galvanized after fabrication.6. Fasteners: Screws, bolts, and other devices of same material as accessory unit, or of galvanized steelwhere concealed.7. Keys: Provide universal keys for access to toilet accessory units requiring internal access for servicing,resupply, etc. Provide a minimum of six keys to Owner's representative.C.Surface-Mounted Roll Paper Towel Dispensers: Provided by Ulta and installed by G.C. Fabricate ofcast aluminum with satin finish.D.Single Roll Toilet Tissue Dispenser: Provided by Ulta and installed by G.C. Size to accommodate coretype tissue to 5" diameter roll.E. Stainless Steel Grab Bars: Provide grab bars with wall thickness not less than .050 inch (18 gage)and as follows:1. Mounting: Concealed, manufacturer's standard flanges and anchorages.2. Clearance: 1-1/2-inch clearance between wall surface and inside face of bar.3.Gripping Surfaces: Manufacturer's standard nonslip texture.4. Heavy-Duty Size: Outside diameter of 1-1/2 inches.F. Stainless Steel Angle-Framed Mirror Units: Fabricate frame with angle shapes not less than 0.05 inch(18 gage), with square corners mitered, welded, and ground smooth. Provide in No. 4 satin polished finish.G.Fabrication: Only a maximum 1-1/2-inch diameter, unobtrusive stamped manufacturer logo, asapproved by Architect, is permitted on exposed face of toilet or bath accessory units. On either interiorsurface not exposed to view or back surface, provide additional identification by means of either awaterproof, printed label or a stamped nameplate, indicating manufacturer's name and product modelnumber.H. Surface-Mounted Toilet Accessories, General: Except where otherwise indicated, fabricate units withtight seams and joints, exposed edges rolled. Hang doors or access panels with continuous stainless steelpiano hinge. Provide concealed anchorage wherever possible.1.3 EXECUTIONA.Installation: Install toilet accessory units according to manufacturers' printed installation instructions,using fasteners appropriate to substrate as recommended by unit manufacturer. Install units plumb andlevel, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated.and level, firmly anchored in locations and at heights indicated. Verify and comply with A.D.A.A.G.(American's with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines), accessibility guidelines and local governingauthorities having jurisdiction.1. Secure mirrors to walls in concealed, tamperproof manner with special hangers, toggle bolts, or screws.Set units plumb, level, and square at locations indicated, in accordance with manufacturer's instructions fortype of substrate involved.2. Adjust toilet accessories for proper operation and verify that mechanisms function smoothly. Replacedamaged or defective items.3. Clean and polish all exposed surfaces strictly according to manufacturer's recommendations afterremoving temporary labels and protective coatings.SECTION 11400 - EQUIPMENT & FURNISHING INSTALLATION WORK INCLUDED:A.Install Owner supplied equipment and furnishings, where shown on the drawings, as specified herein,and as needed for a complete and proper installation. Coordinate for delivery, receive at the site, unload,protect, set-in-place and coordinate final connections.B. Related Work: Plumbing and electrical work required in connection with the retail equipment isincluded in other sections of these specifications or as specified on plumbing and mechanical drawings.C.Quality Assurance: In addition to complying with requirements of governmental agencies havingjurisdiction, installation of all retail equipment shall comply with: Underwriters Laboratory (UL) for items withelectrical components ANSI standards for vacuum breakers and air gaps National Fire PreventionAssociation (NFPA) National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)D.Coordination: Verify and coordinate rough-in locations of electrical and plumbing connections. Examineand inspect rough-in services and installation of floor, ceiling or other conditions under which the equipmentis to be installed. Verify and coordinate all voltage requirements of owner provided equipment ascompatible with building system. Verify that dimensions of such items are acceptable before installation ofthe work. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.E. Installation: Set each item of non-mobile and portable equipment securely in place, leveled andadjusted to correct height. Anchor to supporting substrate where indicated and where required for sustainedoperation and use without shifting or dislocation. Conceal anchorages where possible.F. Adjust and Clean: Test each item of operational equipment to determine that it is operating properly.Coordinate repair or replacement of equipment found to be defective with the equipment supplier. Removeprotective coverings, if any and clean items, ready for use.VINYL FLOOR TILE PREP.INSTALLATION ANDPROTECTION GUIDELINESSLSMOSP6 rgla solutions, inc.5100 River Road, Ste 125Schiller Park, IL 60176p: 847.671.7452f: 847.671.4200www.rgla.comREVISIONS:DATE:THE ABOVE DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONSAND IDEAS, DESIGNS AND ARRANGEMENTSREPRESENTED THEREBY ARE AND SHALLREMAIN THE PROPERTY OF THIS OFFICE: ANDNO PART THEREOF SHALL BE COPIED,DISCLOSED TO OTHERS OR USED IN THECONNECTION WITH ANY WORK OR PROJECTOTHER THAN THE SPECIFIC PROJECT FORWHICH THEY HAVE BEEN PREPARED ANDDEVELOPED WITHOUT THE WRITTEN CONSENTOF THIS OFFICE. VISUAL CONTACT WITHTHESE DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATIONS SHALLCONSTITUTE CONCLUSIVE EVIDENCE OFACCEPTANCE OF THESE RESTRICTIONS.WRITTEN DIMENSIONS ON THESE DRAWINGSSHALL HAVE PRECEDENCE OVER SCALEDDIMENSIONS: CONTRACTORS SHALL VERIFYAND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL DIMENSIONSAND CONDITIONS ON THE JOB AND THISOFFICE MUST BE NOTIFIED OF ANYVARIATIONS FROM THE DIMENSIONS ANDCONDITIONS SHOWN BY THESE DRAWINGS.SHOP DETAILS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO THISOFFICE FOR APPROVAL BEFORE PROCEEDINGWITH FABRICATION.© 2021 RGLA SOLUTIONS, INC.© 2021 ROBERT G. LYON & ASSOCIATES, INC.DRAWN BYCHECKED BYJOB NUMBERSHEET NAME5100 River Road, Ste 125 Schiller Park, IL 60176 p: 847.671.7452 f: 847.671.4200 www.rgla.comSEAL:LL & ULTA REVIEW04/27/202120442BID ISSUEPERMIT ISSUE04/27/202104/28/2021ULTA #1503SOUTH MEADOW SQUARE744 SOUTH MEADOW STREETSUITE 400ITHACA, NY 14850PREPARATION OF SUB-FLOORS:Mannington Commercial suggests that you reference the current ASTM F710, "Standard Practice ofPreparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient Flooring" and contact one or more of the following or othermoisture suppressant system suppliers for assistance:Ardex (724) 203-5000 www.ardex.comKoester American Corp. (757) 425-1206 www.koesterusa.comMapei (800) 426-2734 www.mapei.comUzin Ltd. (800) 505-4810 www.ufloorsystems.comA.Subfloor PreparationCareful subfloor preparation is vital for an excellent floor appearance and good tile adhesion. The subfloormust be smooth, firm, flat, clean, dry, free from defects and fit for purpose. A suitable smoothing compoundshould be used to ensure that no irregularities show through to the surface of the finished floor. In all cases,the subfloor must meet the moisture and pH requirements before installation.Below and On-grade concrete subfloors must have a suitable vapor retarder properly installed beneath theslab. Crawlspaces and basements directly beneath the new floor installation should be maintained with arelative humidity +/- 10% of the room relative humidity where the flooring is installed. This can beaccomplished by proper ventilation and air circulation or using a dehumidifier. Always follow othermanufacturers' written recommendations for the use and installation of their proprietary surface preparationmaterials.1.Record site conditions, test results and corrective action(s). Mannington Commercial requireswritten documentation of site conditions, test results and corrective action(s) before processing claims.2.Subfloor must be clean (free of dirt, sealers, curing, hardening or parting compounds or anysubstance that may stain or prevent adhesion), smooth, flat, sound, fit for purpose, free of movement,excessive moisture and high alkalinity.3.Slick surfaces such as power troweled concrete shall be profiled to allow for a mechanical bondbetween the adhesive and subfloor.4.Remove existing resilient floor covering, 100% traces of old adhesives, paint or other contaminantsby scraping, sanding, grinding, shot blasting or scarifying the substrate. The use of adhesive removers orsolvents in the abatement or removal of existing or old adhesives is prohibited and may void the warranty.WARNING: ASBESTOS & SILICA - Refer to the current Resilient Floor Covering Institute (RFCI) document"Recommended Work Practices for Removal of Existing Resilient Floor Coverings" for guidance.5.Perform corrective actions necessary for elevated moisture or high alkalinity conditions.6.Surface Flatness for all Subfloors: The surface shall be flat to 1/8" in 10 ft (3 mm in 3 m). Bring highspots level by sanding, grinding etc. and fill low spots. Smooth surface to prevent any irregularities orroughness from telegraphing through the new flooring.7.Leveling and Patching:a.For concrete subfloors, use only high quality Portland cement based materials (minimum 3000 psicompressive strength according to ASTM C109). Mix with water only, do not use latex. Caution: Do notlightly skim coat highly polished or slick power troweled concrete surfaces. A thin film of floor patch will notbond to a slick subfloor and may become a bond breaker causing tiles to release at the interface of thesubfloor and patching material.b.Wood subfloors require an underlayment (double layer construction) with a minimum total thicknessof1" (25 mm). Use minimum ¼" (6 mm) thick APA rated "underlayment grade" plywood with a fully sandedface or other underlayment panel that is appropriate for the intended usage. Install and prepare panels andseamsaccording to the manufacturers' instructions.B.Installation ProceduresBefore starting the Spacia installation, ensure the following are satisfactorily completed. Start of flooringinstallation indicates acceptance of current subfloor conditions and full responsibility for completed work.•Acclimation: Acclimate tiles (keep cartons flat), adhesive, jobsite and subfloor to a stable conditionbetween64°-81° F (18°-27° C) and 50% +/- 10% RH for a minimum of 48 hours before and after installation.•Flooring Materials: Check quantity of Spacia tile and adhesive are sufficient for area to be installed.Check tile for visual defects before installation. Installation of flooring acknowledges acceptance ofmaterials.•Expansion joints, isolation joints, or other moving joints are incorporated into concrete floor slabs inorder to permit movement without causing random cracks in the concrete. These joints must be honoredand not be filled with underlayment products or other materials, and floor coverings must not be laid overthem. Expansion joint coveringsystems should be detailed by the architect or engineer based upon intended usage and aestheticconsiderations.•Surface cracks, grooves, depressions, control joints or other non-moving joints, and otherirregularities shall be filled or smoothed with high quality Portland cement based patching or underlaymentcompound for filling or smoothing, or both. Patching or underlayment compound shall be moisture, mildew,and alkali-resistant, and shall provide a minimum of 3000 psi compressive strength after 28 days, whentested in accordance with Test Method C 109 or Test Method C 472, whichever is appropriate.AMTICO High Moisture PS Adhesive SpecificationsAMTICO High Moisture PS Adhesive offers the following benefits:·Very low volatile organic compounds (VOC)·Meets California SCAQMD Rule 1168 & Section 01350 Requirements·Solvent-free - non-flammable - non-staining·Extended working time (up to 3 hours)·High tack and bond strength·Excellent plasticizer resistance·Protected against bio-degradation and mold growth·Freeze-thaw stable to 10°F (5 cycles)This adhesive should be used for bonding Amtico and Spacia tile floor coverings to APA registeredunderlayment grade plywood, terrazzo, existing well adhered tile, radiant heated subfloors where surfacetemperature do not exceed 85°F (29.40°C); and above, on, or below grade concrete in the absence ofhydrostatic pressure, excessive moisture or alkalinity.PreparationSub-floors must be sound, smooth, dry and free from any contamination which will affect adhesion.Concrete subfloors must be fully cured, clean, free from curing agents, excessive relative humidity(maximum 93% per ASTM F-2170) and or excessive moisture vapor emissions (maximum 10 lbs./1000SF/24 hrs. per ASTM F-1869). Concrete must have a 5.0 to 12.0 ph (ASTM F-710). If necessary, asuitable moisture suppressant system should be applied to the sub-floor. On grade and below-gradeconcrete subfloors must have an approved vapor retardant membrane (ASTM E-1745) which is properlyinstalled (ASTM E-1673). Wooden sub-floors should be overlaid with a suitable APA "underlayment grade"sanded face, exterior AC or BC plywood with a minimum 14" (6mm) thickness. Tiles, adhesive and sub-floorshould be allowed to stabilize to a temperature between 64°F (18°C) and 81°F (27°C), for a period of 48hours before, during and 24 hours after installation. Tiles must be stored flat.Amtico PS Adhesive is not designed to be used over floors with Moisture Vapor Emission (VE) from waterof intrusion or hydrostatic pressure.It is designed for slabs with high vapor emission from the water of hydration, or initial mixing. Amtico PSAdhesive should not be used on concrete slabs that do not have a vapor retardant membrane properlyplaced above the sand layer and next to the concrete.InstallationApply the adhesive to the substrate using the recommended trowel. Holding the trowel at an angle of 600,spread the adhesive evenly over an area of sub-floor that can be covered within the 3 hour working time.Wait until the adhesive has tacked up, which is usually about 15 minutes depending on site conditions,before placing the tiles in position. Press tiles firmly into position to obtain contract, paying particularattention to the tile edges. Pails of adhesive must be resealed with lid after use.FinishingAfter the tile have been placed in the adhesives, roll the floor within the 3 hour working time with a minimum100 lbs (45 kg) roller to ensure complete contact with the adhesive. Remove any adhesive from the face ofthe tile with a cloth moistened with denatured alcohol. The finished floor should be protected from pointloads and heavy traffic for 24 hours after installation. Tiles may be damp-mopped 24 hours afterinstallation.Trowel Recommendation and Approximate CoveragePorous SubstratesActual size notch:116" X 132" x 132" U-Notch(1.6mm x 0.8mm x 0.8mm)200-250 sq. ft./gal. (600-800 sq. ft/4gal.)Non-porous SubstratesActual size notch:116" X 132" x 564" U-Notch(1.6mm x 0.8mm x 2mm)300-350 sq.ft./gal. (1,200-1,400 sq.ft./4gal.)Note: Trowel dimensions are width x depth x spacing. Coverage is approximate and may vary dependingon type, condition, and porosity of substrate and the angle at which the trowel is held. Trowel illustrationsshown above are not a 100% scale.Sizes1 gallon, 4 gallonsShelf life2 years when stored in original unopened containers at temperatures between +50°F (12°C) and + 86°F(30°C). Protect from freezing.VINYL FLOOR TILE PREPINSTALLATION ANDPROTECTION GUIDELINESSLSMOSP7